JP2018102459A - Game machine - Google Patents

Abstract

PROBLEM TO BE SOLVED: To provide a game machine capable of improving mounting performance of components to a game board.SOLUTION: By a positioning hole punched and formed by a hybrid pin 321, a projection at a component side is easily inserted into a hole of the positioning hole by a tapered part punched and formed by a hybrid taper part 324b, and the projection at the component side inserted into the hole of the positioning hole can be held tentatively by a straight part punched and formed by a hybrid straight part 324a.SELECTED DRAWING: Figure 3

Description

  The present invention relates to a gaming machine such as a pachinko machine equipped with a gaming board.

  As a gaming machine, for example, there is a pachinko gaming machine provided with a gaming board having a gaming area formed on the front surface. This game board is a plate-like member, and a large number of obstacle nails are placed (planted) on the front side thereof, and a guide rail that forms a game area and a winning device that detects a game ball Alternatively, a plurality of parts such as decorative members that color the surface of the game board are disposed (see, for example, Patent Document 1).

JP 2013-027591 A

  Here, in the gaming machine as exemplified above, it is necessary to improve the mounting performance of parts to the game board, and there is still room for improvement in this respect.

  The present invention has been made in view of the above-described circumstances and the like, and an object thereof is to provide a gaming machine capable of improving the mounting performance of components to a game board.

  In order to achieve this object, a gaming machine according to claim 1 includes a plate body in which a game area where a game medium is played is formed on the front side, and a component fixed to the front side of the plate body. A gaming machine including a configured gaming board, wherein the component includes a base portion that comes into contact with the plate body, and a protrusion provided on a back surface side of the base portion, and the plate body includes: A hole formed so that the protrusion of the component can be inserted therein, the hole including an insertion receiving part that receives the insertion of the protrusion into the hole, and the protrusion inserted into the hole. And a holding part for holding.

  The gaming machine according to claim 2 is the gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and an insertion receiving portion and a holding portion are respectively formed on the surface side of the hole. The

  The gaming machine according to claim 3 is the gaming machine according to claim 2, wherein the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and is continuously extended from the surface side of the hole by a predetermined load means provided in the holding portion. Thus, the elastic force of the plate body is always applied to the protrusion.

  According to the gaming machine of the first aspect, a game area where a game with a game medium is performed is formed on the front side of the plate body, the component is fixed to the front side of the plate body, and the game board is constituted by the plate body and the component. The component is provided with a protrusion on the back side of the base that is in contact with the plate, and the plate is provided with a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. On the other hand, the insertion of the protruding portion is accepted, and the protruding portion inserted into the hole is held by the holding portion. Accordingly, the protrusion of the component can be held by the holding portion of the hole while the protrusion of the component is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion of the hole. Therefore, it is possible to continue to hold the protrusion while securely inserting the protruding portion into the hole, and it is possible to prevent the component from being detached from the game board and to improve the performance of attaching the component to the game board. There is.

  According to the gaming machine of the second aspect, in addition to the effect of the gaming machine of the first aspect, the following effect can be obtained. That is, the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate, and the insertion receiving part and the holding part are formed on the surface side of the hole. As a result, the protrusion of the component that can be inserted into the hole is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving part formed on the surface side of the hole, and the holding part that is also formed on the surface of the hole. The protrusion to be inserted can be held immediately. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be held while being reliably inserted into the hole.

  According to the gaming machine of the third aspect, in addition to the effect produced by the gaming machine according to the second aspect, the following effect is produced. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the elastic force of the plate body is always applied to the protrusion from the surface side of the hole to a predetermined depth by the constant load means provided in the holding portion. Is granted. Accordingly, the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protrusion by the load means and the protrusion can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to keep holding the protruding portion inserted into the hole.

It is a front view of the pachinko machine in a 1st embodiment of the present invention. It is a rear view of a pachinko machine. It is a front view of the game board of a pachinko machine. It is a figure which shows the structure of the main display unit arrange | positioned at a game board, (a) is a front view of a main display unit, (b) is the main display unit seen from the IVb line direction of (a). (C) is sectional drawing in the IVc-IVc line | wire of (a), (d) is an expanded sectional view which expanded (c). It is a figure which shows the structure of the start prize port unit arrange | positioned at a game board, (a) is a front view of a start prize port unit, (b) is the start seen from the Vb line direction of (a). It is a top view of a prize opening unit, (c) is a sectional view in the Vc-Vc line of (a), (d) is an expanded sectional view which expanded (c). It is a figure which shows the structure of the through gate arrange | positioned at a game board, (a) is a front view of a through gate, (b) is a top view of the through gate seen from the VIb line direction of (a). (C) is a sectional view taken along line VIc-VIc in (a). It is a figure for demonstrating the through gate arrange | positioned in a game board, a main display unit, and a start winning opening unit, (a) is an enlarged front view of the through gate in a game board, (b) is ( It is typical sectional drawing in the VIIb-VIIb line of a), (c) is an enlarged front view of a part of the main display unit in a game board, (d) is the schematic in the VIId-VIId line of (c). (E) is an enlarged front view of a part of the start winning opening unit, and (f) is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along line VIIf-VIIf in (e). It is a block diagram which shows the electric constitution of a pachinko machine. It is the schematic which shows the flow of the manufacturing process of a pachinko machine. It is the schematic which shows the flow of the manufacturing process of a game board. It is the figure which showed typically the positioning drilling machine which forms the positioning hole for each components in the manufacturing process of a game board. It is a figure which shows the structure of a straight pin, (a) is a typical front view of a straight pin, (b) is a typical side view of a straight pin, (c) is a schematic of a straight pin It is a bottom view. It is a figure which shows the structure of a taper pin, (a) is a typical front view of a taper pin, (b) is a typical side view of a taper pin, (c) is a typical bottom view of a taper pin. . It is a figure which shows the structure of a hybrid pin, (a) is a typical front view of a hybrid pin, (b) is a typical side view of a hybrid pin, (c) is a schematic of a hybrid pin It is a bottom view. It is the figure which showed typically the 1st conveyance process which conveys a game board in the manufacturing process of a game board. It is the figure which showed typically the screw driving machine which fixes each component to a game board with a screw in the manufacturing process of a game board. It is a front view of a game board before a positioning hole creation process for parts is performed. It is a figure which shows the structure of the nail hole for game nails, (a) is an enlarged front view of XVIIIa in FIG. 17, (b) is sectional drawing of the XVIIIb-XVIIIb line of (a), ( c) is a sectional view taken along line XVIIIc-XVIIIc of (a). It is a front view of the game board after the positioning hole creation process for components was performed. It is a figure which shows the structure of a main display positioning hole, (a) is an expanded front view of XXa in FIG. 19, (b) is sectional drawing of the XXb-XXb line | wire of (a), (c) (A) is a sectional view taken along line XXc-XXc, (d) is an enlarged view of XXd in (b), and (e) is an enlarged view of XXe in (c). It is a table | surface which shows the relationship between a straight pin and the shape of the main display positioning hole drilled and formed by the straight pin. It is a figure which shows the structure of a starting positioning hole, (a) is an enlarged front view of XXIIa in FIG. 19, (b) is sectional drawing of the XXIIb-XXIIb line of (a), (c) is (A) is a sectional view taken along line XXIIc-XXIIc, (d) is an enlarged view of XXIId in (b), and (e) is an enlarged view of XXIIe in (c). It is a table | surface which shows the relationship between a taper pin and the shape of the starting positioning hole drilled and formed by the taper pin. It is a table | surface which shows the error classification produced in the manufacturing process of a game board, the main influence of the error, a cause, the possibility of correction, and importance. It is the front view of the through gate which showed the example of failure of the screw stop by a screw driver. It is a figure which shows the structure of a through-positioning hole, (a) is an enlarged front view of XXVIa in FIG. 19, (b) is a sectional view taken along line XXVIb-XXVIb in (a), and (c) (A) is a sectional view taken along line XXVIc-XXVIc, (d) is an enlarged view of XXVId of (b), and (e) is an enlarged view of XXVIe of (c). It is a table | surface which shows the shape of the through positioning hole drilled and formed by the hybrid pin. It is a front view of the game board after a game nail planting process and a rail and windmill planting process were performed. It is a front view of the game board after a 1st conveyance process was performed. It is a front view of the game board after the 1st screw stop process and the 2nd conveyance process were performed. (A) is a table showing the evaluation items in the case of evaluating pin suitability and the contents and scoring for each item, and (b) is a table showing pin types based on the total points of pin suitability evaluation points. is there. It is a list of parts which drill and form a positioning hole using a straight pin. It is a list of parts which drill and form a positioning hole using a taper pin. It is a list of the components which drill and form a positioning hole using a hybrid pin. It is the figure which showed the structure of the start winning opening unit in 2nd Embodiment, (a) is a front view of the starting winning opening unit of 2nd Embodiment, (b) is a XXXVb line direction of (a). It is a top view of the start winning opening unit of 2nd Embodiment seen from, (c) is sectional drawing in the XXXVc-XXXVc line of (a), (d) is an expanded sectional view of (c). (E) is a sectional view taken along line XXXVe-XXXVe in (a), and (f) is an enlarged sectional view in (e). It is the table | surface which showed the pin appropriateness of the start winning opening unit in 2nd Embodiment. It is a front view of the center frame in 3rd Embodiment. It is the table | surface which showed the pin appropriateness of the 2nd center frame in 3rd Embodiment. It is a figure which shows the structure of the hybrid pin for forming a positioning hole in the game board base in 4th Embodiment, (a) is a front view of this hybrid pin, (b) is a side view of this hybrid pin It is a figure and (c) is a bottom view of this hybrid pin.

<First Embodiment>
Hereinafter, a first embodiment, which is an embodiment when the present invention is applied to a pachinko gaming machine (hereinafter simply referred to as a “pachinko machine”) 10, will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. First, an external configuration of the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 1 is a front view of the pachinko machine 10, FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10, and FIG. 3 is a front view of the game board 13 of the pachinko machine 10.

  As shown in FIG. 1, the pachinko machine 10 includes an outer frame 11 having an outer shell formed of a wooden frame combined in a substantially rectangular shape, and an outer frame 11 having substantially the same outer shape as the outer frame 11. And an inner frame 12 supported to be openable and closable. In order to support the inner frame 12, metal hinges 18 are attached to the outer frame 11 at two upper and lower portions on the left side when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the side on which the hinge 18 is provided is used as an opening / closing axis. The frame 12 is supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front front side (front side). When the inner frame 12 is closed, the inner frame 12 is locked to the outer frame 11.

  The inner frame 12 is made of a synthetic resin, specifically an acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (hereinafter abbreviated as “ABS”) resin. ABS resin is suitable as a constituent material of the inner frame 12 because it has a low material cost, has a good paste such as plating, has a good decorative property, and has a high impact resistance.

  The inner frame 12 has a game board 13 (see FIG. 3), which will be described later, provided with a large number of game nails and various winning holes 3a, 4a, 5a, etc. in the region 2/3 to 3/4 on the upper side when viewed from the front. It is detachably mounted. A ball ball game is performed by the ball flowing down the front surface of the game board 13. The inner frame 12 includes a ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 8) that launches a ball to the front area of the game board 13, and a launch rail that guides the ball launched from the ball launch unit 112a to the front area of the game board 13. (Not shown) etc. are attached.

  On the front side of the inner frame 12, a door frame 14 that covers the upper side of the front surface and a lower dish unit 15 that covers the lower side thereof are provided. In order to support the door frame 14 and the lower tray unit 15, metal hinges 19 are attached to two upper and lower portions on the left side of the front view (see FIG. 1), and the door provided with the hinge 19 is used as an opening / closing axis. The frame 14 and the lower plate unit 15 are supported so as to be openable and closable toward the front side of the front. The locking of the inner frame 12 and the locking of the door frame 14 (and the lower plate unit 15) are unlocked by inserting a dedicated key into the key hole 21 of the cylinder lock 20 and performing a predetermined operation. Further, the pachinko machine 10 has a door opening switch (not shown) that detects that one of the inner frame 12 and the door frame 14 (and the lower plate unit 15) is unlocked and opened (the door is opened). Z).

  The door frame 14 is assembled with decorative resin parts, electrical parts, and the like, and a window portion 14a having a substantially elliptical opening is provided at a substantially central portion thereof. A glass unit 16 having two sheets of glass is disposed on the back side of the door frame 14, and the front surface of the game board 13 can be seen on the front side of the pachinko machine 10 through the glass unit 16.

  On the door frame 14, an upper plate 17 that stores balls is formed in a substantially box shape that protrudes forward and has an upper surface opened, and prize balls and rental balls are discharged to the upper plate 17. The bottom surface of the upper plate 17 is formed to be inclined downward to the right when viewed from the front (see FIG. 1), and the sphere thrown into the upper plate 17 is guided to the ball launching unit 112a (see FIG. 8). A frame button 22 is provided on the left side of the top surface of the upper plate 17 when viewed from the front.

  The frame button 22 is, for example, a button that is pressed by the player when changing the stage of the effect displayed on the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) described later. Further, the frame button 22 is also used as an operation button for causing the player to select the contents of the so-called super reach, which is an aspect of the variable display.

  The variable display is an effect displayed on the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), and as described later, a ball launched into the front area of the game board 13 goes to the start winning opening 4a (see FIG. 3). The result of the lottery performed for the start winning by the combination of the symbols that are stopped after the symbol (a special symbol to be described later) is displayed in a variable manner for a predetermined time. This is an effect of presenting (whether or not a big hit) to the player.

  The stage is an effect mode in which the various effects displayed on the special symbol display device 81 are unified. In the pachinko machine 10, there are three stages: “city stage”, “empty stage”, and “island stage”. A stage is provided. Various effects such as the above-described variable display and reach effect executed during the variable display are designed to be performed according to the theme given to each stage.

  The stage is changed when the player presses the frame button 22 during a period when the display is not changed or during a high-speed change in which a special symbol is displayed in a high-speed manner in a manner that is not visible to the player. Each time the frame button 22 is operated, it is repeatedly changed in the order of “city stage” → “empty stage” → “island stage” → “city stage” →. In addition, immediately after the power is turned on, “city stage” is set as the initial stage.

  In addition, when the normal reach production is started in the variable display performed by the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3), when the normal reach is developed into the super reach, the super reach production mode selection screen is displayed during the normal reach. Is displayed on the special symbol display device 81.

  On the selection screen, a plurality of effect mode candidates that can be selected as the effect mode of super reach are displayed, and one of the effect mode candidates is selected. If the player presses the frame button 22 while the selection screen is displayed, the selected effect mode candidate is changed. Then, based on the production mode candidate selected when developing into super reach, the production mode of super reach is determined, and super reach is executed by the special symbol display device 81 (see FIG. 3) according to the production mode. The

  In the present embodiment, the frame button 22 is configured as a button to be pressed. However, instead of the frame button 22, the player makes a predetermined direction with respect to the pachinko machine 10 (for example, forward with respect to the pachinko machine 10). , Rearward, rightward and leftward), and may be configured by an operation lever that can be tilted. Then, based on the direction in which the operation lever is tilted, the effect stage may be selected and changed, or the super reach effect mode may be selected.

  The door frame 14 is provided with light emitting means such as various lamps around the door frame 14 (for example, a corner portion). These light emitting means play a role of enhancing the effect of the game during the game by changing or controlling the light emission mode by turning on or blinking according to the change of the gaming state at the time of big hit or predetermined reach. For example, on the peripheral edge of the window portion 14a, there are provided lighting portions 29 to 33 that incorporate light emitting means such as a light emitting diode (hereinafter abbreviated as “LED”). In the pachinko machine 10, these lighting parts 29 to 33 function as effect lamps such as jackpot lamps, and the lighting parts 29 to 33 are turned on by lighting or blinking of the built-in LEDs at the time of jackpot or reach effects. Alternatively, it blinks to notify that the jackpot is being hit or that the reach is one step before the jackpot. Further, in the upper left part of the front view of the door frame 14 (see FIG. 1), there is provided a display lamp 34 having a built-in light emitting means such as an LED and capable of displaying when a prize ball is being paid out and when an error has occurred.

  A small window 35 is formed by attaching a transparent resin from the back side so that the back side of the door frame 14 can be seen on the lower side of the right illumination part 32, and a sticking space K1 on the front side of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3). ) Can be visually recognized from the front of the pachinko machine 10. In addition, in the pachinko machine 10, a plated member 36 made of ABS resin that is chrome-plated is attached to an area around the electric decoration parts 29 to 33 in order to bring out more gorgeousness.

  A ball rental operation unit 40 is disposed below the window 14a. The ball lending operation unit 40 is provided with a frequency display unit 41, a ball lending button 42, and a return button 43. When the ball lending operation unit 40 is operated in a state where a bill or a card is inserted into a card unit (ball lending unit, not shown) arranged on the side of the pachinko machine 10, Loans are made. Specifically, the frequency display unit 41 is an area in which the remaining amount information such as a card is displayed, and the built-in LED is lit to display the remaining amount as the remaining amount information. The ball lending button 42 is operated to obtain a lending ball based on information recorded on a card or the like (recording medium), and the lending ball is supplied to the upper plate 17 as long as there is a remaining amount on the card or the like. Is done. The return button 43 is operated when requesting the return of a card or the like inserted into the card unit.

  In addition, in a pachinko machine in which a ball is lent directly to the upper plate 17 from a ball lending device or the like without using a card unit, a so-called cash machine does not require the ball lending operation unit 40. In this case, the ball lending operation unit 40 It is also possible to add a decorative seal or the like to the installation portion of the parts so that the component configuration is common. A pachinko machine using a card unit and a cash machine can be shared.

  In the lower plate unit 15 located on the lower side of the upper plate 17, a lower plate 50 for storing a ball that could not be stored in the upper plate 17 is formed in a substantially box shape having an open upper surface. Yes. On the right side of the lower plate 50, an operation handle 51 that is operated by a player to drive a ball into the front surface of the game board 13 (see FIG. 3) is disposed. Inside the operation handle 51, a ball launch unit 112a is provided. The touch sensor 51a for permitting driving (see FIG. 8), the push button type stop switch 51b for stopping the launch of the sphere during the pressing operation, and the amount of rotation of the operation handle 51 A variable resistor (not shown) for detecting the change in electrical resistance is incorporated.

  When the operation handle 51 is rotated clockwise by the player, the touch sensor 51a is turned on, and the resistance value of the variable resistor changes corresponding to the operation amount, and according to the rotation operation amount of the operation handle 51. Thus, the ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the resistance value of the variable resistor, and the ball is driven into the front surface of the game board 13 with a jump amount corresponding to the player's operation. The sphere launch interval in the sphere launch unit 112a is set to about 0.6 seconds. Further, when the operation handle 51 is not operated by the player, the touch sensor 51a and the stop switch 51b are off.

  In the lower part of the front of the lower plate 50, a ball removal lever 52 is provided for operating when the balls stored in the lower plate 50 are discharged downward. The ball removal lever 52 is always urged in the right direction. By sliding the ball release lever 52 in the left direction against the urge, the bottom opening formed in the bottom surface of the lower plate 50 is opened. A ball naturally falls from the bottom opening and is discharged. The operation of the ball removal lever 52 is normally performed in a state where a box (generally referred to as “a thousand box”) for receiving the balls discharged from the lower plate 50 is placed below the lower plate 50. As described above, the operation handle 51 is disposed on the right side of the lower plate 50, and the ashtray 53 is attached on the left side of the lower plate 50.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 2, the back surface structure of the pachinko machine 10 is demonstrated. FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 10. As shown in FIG. 2, control board units 90 and 91 and a back pack unit 94 are mainly provided on the back side of the pachinko machine 10. The control board unit 90 is unitized by mounting a main board (main control apparatus 110), an audio lamp control board (audio lamp control apparatus 113), and a display control board (display control apparatus 114). The control board unit 91 is unitized by mounting a payout control board (payout control apparatus 111), a firing control board (launching control apparatus 112), a power supply board (power supply apparatus 115), and a card unit connection board 116.

  The back pack unit 94 includes a back pack 92 and a dispensing unit 93 that form a protective cover. Each control board has a micro-processing unit (hereinafter referred to as “MPU”) as a one-chip microcomputer that controls each control, a port for communicating with various devices, and various lotteries. A random number generator used at the time, a clock pulse generation circuit used for time counting and synchronization, and the like are mounted as necessary.

  The main control device 110, the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114, the payout control device 111 and the firing control device 112, the power supply device 115, and the card unit connection board 116 are housed in the board boxes 100 to 104, respectively. . The board boxes 100 to 104 include a box base and a box cover that covers the opening of the box base. The box base and the box cover are connected to each other, and each control device and each board are accommodated.

  Further, the substrate box 100 (main control device 110) and the substrate box 102 (dispensing control device 111 and launch control device 112) connect the box base and the box cover so that they cannot be opened by a sealing unit (not shown) (caulking structure). Consolidated). In addition, a seal (not shown) is attached to the connecting portion between the box base and the box cover so as to cover the box base and the box cover. This seal seal is made of a brittle material. If the seal is to be peeled off in order to open the substrate boxes 100, 102, or if the substrate boxes 100, 102 are forcibly opened, the box base side and the box cover are removed. Cut to the side. Therefore, it is possible to know whether or not the substrate boxes 100 and 102 have been opened by checking the sealing unit or the sealing seal.

  The payout unit 93 includes a tank 130 that is located at the top of the back pack unit 94 and opens upward, a tank rail 131 that is connected to the lower side of the tank 130 and is gently inclined toward the downstream side, and downstream of the tank rail 131. A case rail 132 that is vertically connected to the side, and a payout device 133 that is provided at the most downstream portion of the case rail 132 and that pays out a ball with a predetermined electrical configuration of the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 8). ing. The tank 130 is successively replenished with balls supplied from the island equipment of the game hall, and a required number of balls are paid out by the payout device 133 as appropriate. A vibrator 134 for applying vibration to the tank rail 131 is attached to the tank rail 131.

  The payout control device 111 is provided with a state return switch 120, the firing control device 112 is provided with a variable resistor operation knob 121, and the power supply device 115 is provided with a RAM erase switch 122. The state return switch 120 is operated, for example, to eliminate ball clogging (return to a normal state) when a payout error occurs, such as ball clogging in the payout motor 216 (see FIG. 8). The operation knob 121 is operated to adjust the firing force of a launch solenoid (not shown) provided in the ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 8). The RAM erase switch 122 is operated when the power is turned on to return the pachinko machine 10 to the initial state.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 3, the details of the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 3 is a front view showing a configuration of the game board 13 attached to the inner frame 12. As shown in FIG. 3, the game board 13 is configured by attaching a cell sheet 60a on which a pattern and a pattern are printed on the front side (front side) of a wooden base plate 60 cut into a substantially square shape when viewed from the front. ing. An inner rail 61, an outer rail 62, and a right corner decoration 70 are assembled on the front side of the base plate 60 to which the cell sheet 60a is attached to form a game area. The front center portion of the game board 13 can be viewed from the front side of the inner frame 12 through the window portion 14a of the door frame 14 (see FIG. 1).

  A band-shaped metal plate is abbreviated on the front surface of the game board 13 (base plate 60 and cell sheet 60a. Hereinafter, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a may be collectively referred to as “game board 13”). An outer rail 62 formed by bending in an arc shape is planted, and an arc-shaped inner rail 61 formed of a strip-shaped metal plate is planted in the inner position of the outer rail 62 in the same manner as the outer rail 62. . The inner periphery of the game board 13 is surrounded by the inner rail 61, the outer rail 62, and the right corner decoration 70, and a glass unit (not shown) disposed on the back side of the game board 13 and the door frame 14. ) And the front and the back are surrounded by a game area where a game is played by the behavior of a ball. That is, the game area is a front surface of the game board 13 and is formed by dividing the two rails 61 and 62 and the right corner decoration 70 into a substantially circular area (a winning opening is provided and fired). Area where the falling sphere flows).

  The two rails 61 and 62 are provided to guide the ball fired from the ball launch unit 112a (see FIG. 8) to the upper part of the game board 13. A return ball preventing member 68 is attached to the tip portion of the inner rail 61.

  The return ball prevention member 68 includes a base 68a for the return ball prevention member 68 (hereinafter referred to as “return base 68a”) and an opening / closing plate 68b for the return ball prevention member 68 (hereinafter referred to as “return opening / closing plate 68b”). And). In a normal state, when the return opening / closing plate 68b reduces (closes) the exit of the ball guide area sandwiched between the two rails 61 and 62, and the ball is guided from the ball guide area to the upper part of the game board 13. The return opening / closing plate 68b is rotated by the momentum of the sphere to expand (open) the exit of the sphere guide area.

  More specifically, the sphere launched from the sphere launch unit 112a and guided by the sphere guide area collides with the surface of the return opening / closing plate 68b on the sphere guide area side. Then, the exit of the ball guide area is enlarged by rotating the return opening / closing plate 68b according to the momentum of the ball itself, and the ball moves to the game area above the game board 13. The return opening / closing plate 68b in which the exit of the ball guide region is enlarged is then moved in a direction to reduce (close) the exit of the ball guide region by a weight member (not shown) disposed inside the return opening / closing plate 68b. Rotate again to reduce (close) the exit of the ball guide area.

  On the other hand, in the return opening / closing plate 68b, the rotation of the return opening / closing plate 68b is restricted by the restriction wall portion provided in the return ball preventing member 68 except when a ball collides with the surface on the side of the ball guiding area. The outlet of the ball guide region is configured to maintain a reduced (closed) state. As a result, the ball once guided to the upper part of the game area of the game board 13 collides with the game area side surface of the return opening / closing plate 68b and rebounds again to the game area side. Therefore, it is possible to prevent a situation where the ball that has flowed into the game area returns to the ball guide area again.

  The return base portion 68a of the return ball preventing member 68 is made of a transparent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). Polycarbonate resin is low in material cost, has transparency, excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the return base portion 68a that enters the line of sight of the player who plays a game and frequently collides with a ball.

  Further, since the return base portion 68a is made of a transparent resin, the surface of the game board 13 located on the back side of the return base portion 68a is visible. Thereby, the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a on the back side of the return base portion 68a is configured to be visible by the player. The return opening / closing plate 68b is made of a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon).

  The return base 68a is provided with a bulged portion having a three-dimensional shape having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere forward from the return base 68a, and a return opening / closing plate 68b is provided at the bulged portion. Is pivotally attached.

  The return ball preventing member 68 is provided with screw insertion holes (hereinafter, screw insertion holes provided in the return base 68a are referred to as “return screw insertion holes”) at two positions above and below the return base 68a in the front view. (See FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into the return screw insertion holes, respectively. With the return ball prevention member 68 placed on the game board 13, the return ball prevention member 68 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the return screw insertion holes.

  Further, the return ball prevention member 68 has a plurality of projections (not shown in the first embodiment) (not shown in the first embodiment) on the back side of the return base portion 68a (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). The projected protrusions are referred to as “return protrusions”). The return protrusions are provided in the vicinity of the return screw insertion hole (for example, a distance of 5 millimeters from the return screw insertion hole). Further, the return protrusion is formed so as to slightly protrude from the return base portion 68a to the back side (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

  When the return ball preventing member 68 is attached to the game board 13, the return protrusions are formed in positioning holes 601 and 602 (to be described later) formed in the game board 13 (hereinafter, positioning holes provided for the return protrusions are referred to as “return positioning holes 601. , 602 "). Thereby, the return ball prevention member 68 before screwing is temporarily held by the game board 13. The return ball prevention member 68 is not displaced with respect to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the return screw insertion holes in a state where the return protrusions are temporarily held in the return positioning holes 601 and 602. Fixed.

  Note that, as described above, the return ball preventing member 68 is only provided with the return opening / closing plate 68b with respect to the return base portion 68a, and the entire volume of the return ball preventing member 68 is also small. Therefore, the entire weight of the return ball prevention member 68 is light (for example, 5 grams), and is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

  A return rubber 69 is attached to the tip of the outer rail 62 at a position corresponding to the maximum flying portion of the sphere, and the sphere launched with a momentum of a predetermined level or more hits the return rubber 69 and the momentum is attenuated while the center portion side. Rebounded. In addition, a resin-made right corner decoration 70 formed by providing an arc connecting the rails on the inner surface side between the lower right end of the inner rail 61 and the upper right end of the outer rail 62 is provided. It is arranged.

  The right corner decoration 70 is a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon). When the right corner decoration 70 is viewed from the front, the front side of the cell sheet 60a is visually recognized by the right corner decoration 70. It is configured to be impossible. In addition, on the lower surface of the right corner decoration 70 (the lower right side of the game board 13), there is provided a sticking space K1 for sticking a certificate or an identification label. The stamp or the like stuck on the sticking space K1 can be viewed from the front of the pachinko machine 10 through the small window 35 (see FIG. 1) of the door frame 14.

  Further, the right corner ornament 70 is a part that is elongated in the vertical direction in a front view and has a moderate bow shape in the middle. Moreover, it is a component which has the shape where the part which comprises the lower bonding space K1 was expanded. Further, the right corner ornament 70 has a three-dimensional outer shape having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere forward from the base of the right corner ornament 70 (hereinafter referred to as “right base 70 a”). It is a part.

  Further, the right corner ornament 70 has screw insertion holes (hereinafter referred to as right screw insertion holes provided in the right base portion 70a) at a total of four locations including two upper portions and two lower portions of the right corner ornament 70. (Refer to FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into the right screw insertion holes. The right corner decoration 70 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the right screw insertion holes in a state where the right corner decoration 70 is placed on the game board 13.

  Further, the right corner decoration 70 has a plurality of projections (not shown in the first embodiment) (not shown in the first embodiment) on the back side (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a) of the right base 70a. The protrusion is referred to as a “right protrusion”. The right protrusion is provided in the vicinity of each right screw insertion hole of the right corner decoration 70 (for example, a distance of 5 millimeters from each right screw insertion hole). Further, the right protrusion is formed so as to slightly protrude from the back side of the right base 70a (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

  When the right corner decoration 70 is attached to the game board 13, the right protrusion is formed into positioning holes 603 to 606 (hereinafter referred to as “right positioning holes 603” provided for the right protrusion). 606 "). Thereby, the right corner decoration 70 before screwing is temporarily held on the game board 13. Then, the right corner decoration 70 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced by screwing screws into the right screw insertion holes with the right protrusions being temporarily held in the right positioning holes 603 to 606. Is done.

  Although the right corner decoration 70 has a large overall volume, no other parts are mounted on the right base portion 70a, so the entire weight of the right corner decoration 70 is light (for example, 80 grams). Therefore, the right corner decoration 70 is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13. Further, since the right corner ornament 70 has an elongated shape when viewed from the front, a reinforcing member is provided for the purpose of increasing the rigidity of the entire component (for example, a metal reinforcing plate is disposed on the back side of the right corner ornament 70). You may) When the reinforcing member is disposed, the entire weight of the right corner decoration 70 is increased by the amount of the reinforcing member, so that it is classified as a heavy part.

  An upper left corner decoration 71 is disposed on the upper left side of the game board 13 in the front view (upper left side in FIG. 3) and outside the game area defined by the outer rail 62. The upper left corner decoration 71 is a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon). When the upper left corner decoration 71 is viewed from the front, the front left side of the cell sheet 60a is formed by the upper left corner decoration 71. It is configured to be invisible.

  In addition, the upper left corner ornament 71, when viewed from the front, extends along the outer shape of the outer rail 62 from the upper right corner to the lower left corner of the base 71a of the upper left corner ornament 71 (hereinafter referred to as “upper left base 71a”). This part is a gentle bow that extends from the upper right to the lower left. The upper left corner decoration 71 is a component having a shape in which one corner is formed on the opposite side of the arcuate side. Furthermore, the upper left corner ornament 71 is a component having a three-dimensional outer shape having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere forward from the upper left base portion 71a.

  Further, the upper left corner ornament 71 has screw insertion holes (hereinafter, screw insertion holes provided in the upper left base 71a are referred to as “upper left screw insertion holes”) at the upper left, lower left and upper right of the upper left base 71a. Provided (see FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into the upper left screw insertion holes. The upper left corner ornament 71 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the upper left screw insertion holes in a state where the upper left corner ornament 71 is placed on the game board 13.

  Further, the upper left corner decoration 71 has a plurality of projections (not shown in the first embodiment) (not shown in the first embodiment) on the back side (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a) of the upper left base 71a. This protrusion is referred to as an “upper left protrusion”. This upper left protrusion is provided in the vicinity of the lower left upper screw insertion hole and the upper left upper screw insertion hole (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the upper left screw insertion hole) in the upper left screw insertion hole. Further, the upper left protrusion is formed to slightly protrude from the upper left base portion 71a to the back side (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

  When the upper left corner decoration 71 is attached to the game board 13, this upper left protrusion is provided with positioning holes 607 and 608 (hereinafter referred to as “upper left positioning hole 607” provided for the upper left protrusion). , 608 "). Thereby, the upper left corner decoration 71 before screwing is temporarily held on the game board 13. Then, by screwing a screw into the upper left screw insertion hole in a state where the upper left protrusion is temporarily held in each of the upper left positioning holes 607 and 608, the upper left corner decoration 71 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced. Is done.

  In the upper left corner decoration 71, no other parts are mounted on the upper left base 71a, and the entire volume of the upper left corner decoration 71 is small. Therefore, the overall weight of the upper left corner decoration 71 is light (for example, 50 grams) and is classified as a light part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

  A main display unit 87 is disposed on the lower left side of the game board 13 when viewed from the front (lower left side in FIG. 3) and outside the game area defined by the outer rail 62. Here, the configuration of the main display unit 87 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 4 is a diagram showing the configuration of the main display unit 87, FIG. 4 (a) is a front view of the main display unit 87, and FIG. 4 (b) is a view from the IVb line direction of FIG. 4 (a). FIG. 4C is a side view of the main display unit 87 as viewed, FIG. 4C is a cross-sectional view taken along line IVc-IVc in FIG. 4A, and FIG. 4D is an enlarged view of FIG. It is an expanded sectional view.

  The main display unit 87 is a non-transparent resin molded product (for example, made of black ABS resin containing carbon), and the front side of the cell sheet 60a is visually recognized by the main display unit 87 when viewed from the front. It is configured to be impossible.

  The main display unit 87 includes a first symbol display device 87a, a second symbol display device 87b, a first symbol hold display device 87c, and a second symbol, each of which is composed of a plurality of light emitting diodes (LEDs) as light emitting means. A symbol hold display device 87d and the like are provided.

  The 1st symbol display apparatus 87a is comprised by several LED, and displays the 1st symbol (special symbol) according to each control performed by the main controller 110 (refer FIG. 8) mentioned later. . The first symbol display device 87a displays the variation of the first symbol by indicating whether or not the variation is being performed in accordance with a ball entering the starting prize opening 4a (start winning prize) to be described later by a lighting state. Or, as a stopped symbol after the end of the variation of the first symbol, a symbol corresponding to the result of the lottery of the first symbol performed for the start winning is shown by the lighting state.

  The second symbol display device 87b is composed of a plurality of LEDs, and displays the second symbol (ordinary symbol) in accordance with each control performed by the main control device 110 (see FIG. 8) described later. . The second symbol display device 87b displays the variation of the second symbol by indicating whether or not the variation is being performed as a ball enters the through gate 7 to be described later. As a stop symbol after the change display, a symbol corresponding to the result of the lottery of the second symbol performed for the ball entering the through gate 7 is indicated by a lighting state.

  The first symbol holding display device 87c is the number of balls held in the first symbol, which is the number of balls (holding balls) whose variation in the first symbol has not been executed among the balls that have entered the start winning opening 4a described later. Is indicated by the lighting state. The second symbol hold display device 87d determines the number of held balls of the second symbol, which is the number of balls (holding balls) whose variation in the second symbol is not executed among the balls that have entered the through gate 7 described later. This is indicated by the lighting state.

  In addition to the display devices 87a to 87d described above, the main display unit 87 is configured to display the number of rounds and the error that is a big hit by a plurality of LEDs. Moreover, the 1st symbol display apparatus 87a is comprised so that the light emission color (for example, red, green, blue) of each LED may differ, The various game states of the pachinko machine 10 with few LED by the combination of the light emission color. Can be suggested.

  The main display unit 87 has a wiring (not shown) extending from the main control device 110 (see FIG. 8) on a main display connector portion 87e (see FIG. 4B) provided on the back side of the main display unit 87. By being connected, the main control device 110 is a display device unit configured to be directly controllable.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 4A, the main display unit 87 has an upper left to a right so as to follow the outer shape of the outer rail 62 from the upper left corner to the lower right corner of the main display base 87f in a front view. It is a part formed in a gentle bow shape extending downward. Further, the main display unit 87 has a plurality of corners (four corners in the first embodiment) formed on the opposite side of the arcuate side, and each of the plurality of corners has a rounded corner shape. It is a part. Further, as shown in FIG. 4B, the main display unit 87 has a thickness slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere forward from the base 87f of the main display unit 87 (hereinafter referred to as “main display base 87f”) ( For example, it is a part having a three-dimensional outer shape having 15 mm).

  The main display unit 87 has screw insertion holes 87g to 87i (hereinafter referred to as "main display screws" provided in the main display base 87f at the upper left, middle left and lower right of the main display base 87f. Insertion holes 87g to 87i ”) (see FIG. 4A). Screws can be screwed into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i, respectively. With the main display unit 87 placed on the game board 13, the main display unit 87 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 4B to 4D, the main display unit 87 includes a plurality (in the first embodiment, 2 in the first embodiment) on the back side of the main display base 87f (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). Projections 87j, 87k (hereinafter, the projections provided on the main display base 87f are referred to as "main display projections 87j, 87k"). The main display protrusions 87j and 87k are provided in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion holes 87g and 87i (for example, a distance of 5 millimeters from the main display screw insertion holes 87g and 87i). The main display protrusions 87j and 87k are formed so as to slightly protrude from the main display base portion 87f to the back surface side (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

  Note that no positioning projection is provided in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion hole 87h of the main display unit 87 (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the main display screw insertion hole 87h), and the main display of the main display unit 87 is not provided. The number of main display projections 87j and 87k (two) is one less than the number of screw insertion holes 87g to 87i (three). This is because the main display positioning holes 609 and 610 corresponding to the main display unit 87 are formed by straight pins 301 described later, so that the protrusion holding function is sufficiently secured by the two main display protrusions 87j and 87k. Because.

  When the main display unit 87 is attached to the game board 13, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k are formed in positioning holes 609 and 610 (to be described later) formed in the game board 13 (hereinafter referred to as positioning provided for the main display protrusions 87j and 87k). The holes are respectively inserted into “main display positioning holes 609 and 610”. As a result, the main display unit 87 before being screwed is temporarily held on the game board 13. Then, screws are screwed into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i in a state where the main display protrusions 87j and 87k are temporarily held in the main display positioning holes 609 and 610, respectively. The main display unit 87 is fixed without shifting.

  As described above, the main display unit 87 has only the display devices 87a to 87d configured by LEDs mounted on the main display base 87f, and the overall volume of the main display unit 87 is small. Therefore, the overall weight of the main display unit 87 is light (for example, 55 grams), and the components mounted on the game board 13 are classified as light components.

  Here, a state in which the main display unit 87 is attached to the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 7A is an enlarged front view of a part of the main display unit 87 in the game board 13, and FIG. 7B is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line VIIb-VIIb in FIG. 7A.

  As shown in FIG. 7A and FIG. 7B, the main display unit 87 is screwed into a main display screw insertion hole 87i (87g, 87h) provided in the main display base 87f. The game board 13 is fixed with screws. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when the main display unit 87 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, the main display protrusions are screwed into the main display screw insertion holes 87 i (87 g, 87 h) before screwing. 87k (87j) is inserted into the main display positioning hole 610 (609) and temporarily held so that the entire main display unit 87 is not displaced from the game board 13. Then, the main display unit 87 is screwed and fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the main display screw insertion holes 87i (87g, 87h) in the temporarily held state.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 7A, since the main display base 87f of the main display unit 87 is made of non-transparent resin, the back side of the main display base 87f is not visible. Therefore, the player cannot visually recognize the symbols printed on the cell sheet 60a located on the back side of the main display unit 87. Further, the periphery of the main display positioning hole 610 (609) into which the main display protrusion 87k (87j) is inserted cannot be visually recognized. Note that, in the first embodiment, the cell sheet 60a on the back side of the main display unit 87 is configured to be plain (a white background having no symbols and patterns). This is because the main display unit 87 is a component arranged outside the game area, and it is not necessary to print a design or a pattern at the position where the main display unit 87 is disposed.

  Further, the main display positioning hole 610 (609) to be inserted into the main display protrusion 87k (87j) is formed by being drilled by a straight pin 301 described later, but the main display positioning hole 610 (609) and the straight pin Details of 301 will be described later.

  Returning to FIG. 3, the description will be continued. In the game area formed by the inner rail 61, the outer rail 62 and the right corner decoration 70, there are a large number of game nails and windmills for ball guidance, a general winning port unit 3 having a general winning port 3a, and a start winning port 4a. The start winning opening unit 4 having the above, the attacker unit 5 having the large winning opening 5a, the through gate 7, the panel side decoration 8, and the variable display unit 80 are assembled. Note that the general winning award opening unit 3, the start winning award opening unit 4, the attacker unit 5, the through gate 7, the board side decoration 8, and the variable display unit 80 are formed in the router hole 651 formed in the game board 13 by router processing. ˜656 and fixed from the front side of the game board 13 by screws (male screws) such as wood screws.

  On the left side in the game area, there is a general winning opening unit 3 provided with a plurality of (two in the first embodiment) general winning openings 3a from which five balls are paid out as winning balls by winning the balls. It is arranged. In addition, a similar general prize opening unit 3 is arranged on the right side in the game area. The right general prize opening unit 3 is symmetrical in shape with respect to the left general prize opening unit 3, but the other configurations are the same, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

  The general prize opening unit 3 is made of a transparent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). Polycarbonate resin is low in material cost, has transparency, excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the general prize opening unit 3 that enters the line of sight of the player who performs the game. Further, since the base 3d of the general winning opening unit 3 (hereinafter referred to as "general base 3d") is made of a transparent resin, the surface of the game board 13 located on the back side of the general base 3d can be visually recognized. It is. Thereby, the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a on the back side of the general base 3d is configured to be visible by the player.

  In addition, you may perform a plating process, comprising the general winning opening unit 3 with an ABS resin. However, if the ABS resin is plated, it becomes more expensive than the case where it is formed of a transparent resin. Therefore, in the first embodiment, the importance is low for the game, and the player who plays the game The general winning opening unit 3 which is a difficult part to enter the field of view is made of a transparent resin without performing a plating process or the like for cost reduction.

  The general winning opening unit 3 is provided with a three-dimensional outer shape having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere forward from the general base 3d, and the general winning opening 3a is provided in the outer shape. Is provided. The general prize opening unit 3 is provided with a general prize opening switch 3b (see FIG. 8) capable of detecting a ball that has entered (winned) in the general prize opening 3a, and irradiates the front side of the pachinko machine 10 with light. A general decoration LED 3c (see FIG. 8) is provided.

  In the general winning a prize opening unit 3, an arrangement (not shown) extending from the main controller 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to a connector portion (not shown) provided on the back side of the general winning a prize opening unit 3. Thus, the main controller 110 can recognize the detection of the sphere based on the general winning a prize opening switch 3b.

  When a ball wins the general winning opening 3a, the general winning opening switch 3b (see FIG. 8) provided on the back side of the general winning opening unit 3 is turned on. Balls are paid out as prize balls. It should be noted that the general winning opening switch 3b is not mounted on the general winning opening unit 3, but the balls that are arranged on the back side of the game board 13 and enter the general winning opening 3a, the starting winning opening 4a to be described later, etc. are collected. You may comprise so that it may provide in the back frame set (not shown) discharged | emitted out of 10 machines.

  Further, the general winning a prize opening unit 3 has a general connector portion (not shown) in which wiring (not shown) extending from an audio lamp control device 113 (see FIG. 8) described later is provided on the back side of the general winning a prize opening unit 3. ). Thereby, the lighting control of the general decoration LED 3c is enabled by the sound lamp control device 113. Specifically, the general decoration LED 3c is controlled to be lit in a lighting manner in which each state can be identified according to execution of variable display of the pachinko machine 10, a big hit state, or an error occurrence.

  Further, the general winning a prize opening unit 3 has a screw insertion hole (hereinafter referred to as a “general screw” provided in the general base portion 3d) in a total of four locations, ie, two upper portions and two lower portions of the general base portion 3d in a front view. (Referred to as FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into the general screw insertion holes. In a state where the general prize opening unit 3 is placed on the game board 13, the general prize opening unit 3 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the general screw insertion holes.

  The general winning opening unit 3 has a plurality of projections (not shown in the first embodiment) (not shown in the first embodiment) on the back side of the general base 3d (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). The protrusions thus formed are referred to as “general protrusions”). The general protrusions are provided in the vicinity of the general screw insertion holes at the left and right ends (for example, a distance of 5 millimeters from the general screw insertion hole) among the general screw insertion holes of the general winning a prize opening unit 3. Further, the general protrusion is formed so as to slightly protrude from the back surface side of the general base portion 3d (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

  When the general winning a prize opening unit 3 is attached to the game board 13, the general protrusions are formed in positioning holes 611 and 612 (hereinafter referred to as “positioning holes provided for the general protrusions”) formed in the game board 13. , 612 "). Thereby, the general winning opening unit 3 before screwing is temporarily held on the game board 13. Then, by screwing a screw into the general screw insertion hole in a state where the general protrusion is temporarily held in each of the general positioning holes 611 and 612, the general winning opening unit 3 is not displaced with respect to the game board 13. Fixed.

  As described above, the general winning opening unit 3 includes the general winning opening switch 3b and the general decoration LED 3c mounted on the general base 3d, and the general winning opening unit 3 has a large overall volume. Therefore, the overall weight of the general winning a prize opening unit 3 is heavy (for example, 180 grams), and is classified as a heavy part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

  A variable display device unit 80 is disposed in the central portion of the game area. The variable display device unit 80 includes a rear unit attached to the game board 13 from the rear side of the pachinko machine 10 and a center frame 86 attached from the front side of the pachinko machine 10. The rear side unit of the variable display device unit 80 performs a special symbol variation display in synchronization with a variation display on the first symbol display device 87a, triggered by a ball entering a start winning opening 4a (start prize) to be described later. A special symbol display device 81 composed of a liquid crystal display (hereinafter simply referred to as “display device”), a special symbol holding lamp 82 for displaying the number of holdings of the special symbol variation display, and the passage of the ball of the through gate 7 Is used as a trigger to synchronize with the variable display on the second symbol display device 87b, and the normal symbol display device 83 composed of LEDs that display the normal symbol in a variable manner, and the normal symbol that displays the number of suspensions of the fluctuation display of the normal symbol A holding lamp 84 is provided. The center frame 86 of the variable display device unit 80 is disposed so as to surround the outer periphery of the special symbol display device 81, and the center frame 86 is provided with a center decoration LED 86a and a movable accessory 86b. .

  The special symbol display device 81 is composed of a 19-inch large liquid crystal display, and display contents are controlled by a display control device 114 (see FIG. 8) to be described later, for example, upper, middle and lower. The three symbol rows are displayed. Each symbol sequence is composed of a plurality of symbols, and these symbols are horizontally scrolled for each symbol sequence, and a variable display (variable effect) is performed in which the special symbols are variably displayed on the display screen of the special symbol display device 81. It is like that. In the special symbol display device 81 of the first embodiment, the display of the gaming state accompanying the control of the main control device 110 is performed by the first symbol display device 87a, whereas the display of the first symbol display device 87a is performed. The decorative display is performed accordingly. Instead of the liquid crystal display, the special symbol display device 81 may be configured using, for example, a reel.

  Four special symbol holding lamps 82 are provided corresponding to the maximum number of special symbols to be held, and are arranged symmetrically below the special symbol display device 81. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the number of hold of the special symbol variable display based on the passage of the ball to the start winning opening 4a is held up to 4 times, and the number of hold is the first symbol hold display device 87c described above. And the special symbol hold lamp 82 is also lit up.

  In addition, the maximum number of reserved balls of the special symbol is not limited to four times, and may be set to 3 times or less, or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the first symbol hold display device 87c, the special symbol hold lamp 82 may not perform the lighting display.

  The normal symbol display device 83 is composed of a display device that displays a symbol “◯” and a display device that displays a symbol “x”, and the display control device 114 (see FIG. 8), which will be described later. Display content is controlled. In the normal symbol display device 83, while the game state is displayed on the second symbol display device 87b according to the control of the main control device 110, “○” is displayed according to the display of the second symbol display device 87b. The symbols of “x” and the symbol “x” are lit or non-lit alternately to be displayed in a variable manner.

  Specifically, the normal symbol display device 83 displays “○” after the variable display when the lottery result of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) performed with the passage of a ball to the through gate 7 described later is a win. "Is stopped and displayed. If the result of the lottery is off, the symbol “x” is stopped and displayed after the variable display.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the fluctuation display on the normal symbol display device 83 stops at the symbol “◯”, the electric accessory 4 b provided in the start winning port unit 4 described later is in an operating state for a predetermined time (opened). Configured).

  Four normal symbol holding lamps 84 are provided corresponding to the maximum number of normal symbols to be held, and are in the vicinity of the normal symbol display device 83 (for example, a distance of 10 mm from the normal symbol display device 83). Above the device 81 is disposed symmetrically. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the number of hold of the normal symbol variation display based on the passage of the ball to the through gate 7 of the ball is held up to 4 times, and the number of held balls is the second symbol hold display described above. In addition to being displayed by the device 87d, the normal symbol holding lamp 84 is also turned on.

  Note that the normal symbol (second symbol) variable display is performed by switching on and off of a plurality of lamps in the normal symbol display device 83 as in the first embodiment, as well as the special symbol display device 81. You may make it carry out using a part. Similarly, the normal symbol holding lamp 84 may be turned on by a part of the special symbol display device 81. Further, the maximum number of reserved balls of the normal symbol (second symbol) is not limited to four times, and may be set to three times or less, or five times or more (for example, eight times). Further, since the number of reserved balls is indicated by the second symbol hold display device 87d, the normal symbol hold lamp 84 may not perform the lighting display.

  The center frame 86 is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface is plated (silver plating in the first embodiment). ABS resin is low in material cost, has good adhesion such as plating, has excellent decorative properties, and has high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the center frame 86 that enters the line of sight of a player who performs a game and frequently collides with a ball. Since the center frame 86 is plated as described above, the center frame 86 is configured so that the front side of the cell sheet 60a is not visible in the front view of the center frame 86.

  Further, the center frame 86 has a three-dimensional bulge portion having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere forward from the base portion 86c of the center frame 86 (hereinafter referred to as “center base portion 86c”). Is provided. A center decoration LED 86a (see FIG. 8) is disposed inside the bulging portion, and a movable accessory 86b (see FIG. 8) is disposed on the back side of the bulging portion.

  The center decoration LED 86a and the movable accessory 86b are driven and controlled in conjunction with the change display of the special symbol. Specifically, the center decoration LED 86a is arranged so as to irradiate light to the front side of the pachinko machine 10, and according to the time when the fluctuation display of the pachinko machine 10 is executed, the big hit state, or when an error occurs, Lighting control is performed in a lighting manner in which each state can be identified.

  The movable accessory 86b is disposed on the back surface side of the bulging portion of the center frame 86, and is normally disposed on the back surface side of the bulging portion so that it cannot be seen by the player. On the other hand, the movable accessory 86b appears from a position where the player cannot visually recognize to a position where the player can visually recognize when a predetermined condition is satisfied (for example, when a big hit is made) during fluctuation display or other games. It is arranged to do. The center decoration LED 86a or the movable accessory 86b may not be mounted on the center frame 86 but may be provided in the rear unit.

  The center frame 86 is connected to a center connector portion (not shown) provided on the back side of the center frame 86 by wiring (not shown) extending from an audio lamp control device 113 (see FIG. 8) described later. . Thus, the voice lamp control device 113 is configured so that the center decoration LED 86a can be turned on, and the movable accessory 86b can be driven and controlled.

  Further, the center frame 86 is provided with screw insertion holes (hereinafter referred to as “center screw insertion holes”) at seven locations around the center base portion 86c in the front view. (See FIG. 3). Each center screw insertion hole is configured such that a screw can be screwed therein. With the center frame 86 placed on the game board 13, the center frame 86 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the center screw insertion holes.

  The center frame 86 is provided with a plurality of projections (not shown in the first embodiment) (seven in the first embodiment) on the back side of the center base portion 86c (side in contact with the base plate 60). The protrusion is referred to as a “center protrusion”. This center protrusion is provided in the vicinity of the center screw insertion hole (for example, a distance of 5 millimeters from the center screw insertion hole). Further, the center projection is formed to slightly protrude from the back side of the center base 86c (in the first embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is φ2.5 mm).

  When the center frame 86 is attached to the game board 13, the center protrusions are formed in positioning holes 613 to 619 (to be described later) formed in the game board 13 (hereinafter, positioning holes provided for the center protrusions are referred to as “center positioning holes 613 to 619”). "). Thereby, the center frame 86 before screwing is temporarily held by the game board 13. The center frame 86 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced by screwing screws into the center screw insertion holes with the center protrusions temporarily held in the center positioning holes 613 to 619. The

  As described above, the entire center base 86c is plated and has a plating layer (not shown). For this reason, the thickness of the plating layer is added to form the thickness of the entire center base 86c. That is, the thickness of the plating layer is added to the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the center base portion 86c, thereby forming the thickness of the entire center base portion 86c. Accordingly, since the center protrusion (not shown) provided on the center base 86c is also plated and has a plating layer, the thickness (length) of the center protrusion is a thickness constituted by the ABS resin. The thickness of the plating layer is added to (length).

  Specifically, the length of the center protrusion is 2 mm (length of the ABS resin) +0.05 mm (for the plating layer) = 2.05 mm. In addition, the diameter (thickness) of the center protrusion is 2.4 mm (diameter for ABS resin) +0.05 mm × 2 (for the plating layer) = 2.5 mm. Accordingly, the center protrusion is configured to be 0.05 mm longer and 0.1 mm thicker than the protrusions of other parts that are not plated (for example, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). Is done.

  Note that, as described above, the center decoration LED 86a and the movable accessory 86b are mounted on the center frame 86, and the entire volume of the center frame 86 is large. Therefore, the overall weight of the center frame 86 is heavy (for example, 500 grams), and is classified as a heavy part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

  Below the variable display device unit 80, there is provided a start winning port unit 4 provided with a start winning port 4a through which a ball can enter. Here, with reference to FIG. 5, the structure of the start winning opening unit 4 is demonstrated. 5 (a) is a front view of the start winning opening unit 4, and FIG. 5 (b) is a top view of the starting winning opening unit 4 as viewed from the direction of the Vb line in FIG. 5 (a). (C) is sectional drawing in the Vc-Vc line | wire of Fig.5 (a), FIG.5 (d) is an expanded sectional view which expanded FIG.5 (c).

  The start winning opening unit 4 includes a base 4e having a start winning opening 4a and an electric accessory 4b (hereinafter referred to as “starting base 4e”), an electric accessory solenoid 4c, and a start opening switch 4d (see FIG. 8). A back portion 4f (hereinafter referred to as “starting back portion 4f”) is assembled.

  The starting base portion 4e is made of ABS resin, and a plated layer 4e3 (see FIG. 5 (d)) in which the entire surface excluding the electric accessory 4b is plated (silver plating in the first embodiment). have. As described above, the ABS resin has a low material cost, has good adhesion such as plating, is excellent in decorativeness, and has high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the starting base portion 4e having the starting winning opening 4a that enters the line of sight of the player who performs the game and frequently collides with the ball. Further, since the start base 4e is plated as described above, the start winning opening unit 4 is configured so that the front side of the cell sheet 60a is not visible in the front view of the start base 4e.

  Further, the starting base portion 4e is formed with a three-dimensional bulging portion 4e1 having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere forward from the starting base portion 4e, and a covering portion 4e2. (See FIG. 5 (b)). A start winning opening 4a is formed by the bulging portion 4e1. In addition, an electric accessory 4b is disposed on the back side of the covering portion 4e2, and the electric accessory 4b in the closed state is covered with the covering portion 4e2. A lower start winning opening (not shown) is formed by the space covered with the covering portion 4e2 and the electric accessory 4b. In the closed state of the electric accessory 4b, the electric accessory 4b and the covering portion 4e2 make it impossible for the ball to enter the lower starting prize opening. Only when the electric accessory 4b is open, the ball enters the lower starting prize opening. Configured to allow entry. The ball that has entered the lower start winning opening is configured to be detected by the start opening switch 4d (see FIG. 8) in the same manner as the ball that has entered the start winning opening 4a.

  The starting back portion 4f is made of a translucent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). In this starting back portion 4f, a ball passage (not shown) for letting down a ball that has entered the starting winning port 4a (including a ball that has entered the lower starting winning port in the open state of the electric accessory 4b), and an electric motor An electric accessory solenoid 4c capable of opening and closing the accessory 4b and a start port switch 4d (see FIG. 8) capable of detecting a sphere that has passed through the spherical passage are provided.

  A connector portion (not shown) is provided on the back side of the starting back portion 4f, and wiring (not shown) extending from the main controller 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to the connector portion (not shown). The Thereby, the solenoid 4c for the electric accessory is driven and controlled by the main controller 110, and the detection of the sphere based on the start port switch 4d can be recognized by the main controller 110.

  Specifically, when a ball enters the start winning opening 4a (start winning prize), the start opening switch 4d (see FIG. 8) is turned on, and the main control device 110 is caused by the ON of the start opening switch 4d. The first symbol (special symbol) is a lottery lottery, and the first symbol (special symbol) variable display on the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81 is started (started). Then, after the predetermined fluctuation time has elapsed, the fluctuation display of the first symbol (special symbol) is stopped, and the display corresponding to the lottery result is displayed on the first symbol display device 87a, and the special symbol corresponding to the lottery result is displayed. Is stopped and displayed on the special symbol display device 81. The start winning opening 4a is one of the winning openings. When a ball enters, five balls are paid out as winning balls.

  In the pachinko machine 10, in the lottery performed for the entrance to the start winning opening 4a, whether or not a big hit is determined is determined, and if it is determined that the big win is determined, the type of the big hit is also determined. As the jackpot type determined here, “15R probability variation jackpot”, “2R probability variation jackpot”, and “time / temporary jackpot” are prepared. The other LEDs (not shown) of the main display unit 87 described above not only indicate whether or not the result of the lottery is a big win as a stop symbol after the end of the change, but if it is a big win, The design according to is shown.

  Here, “15R probability variation jackpot” is a probability variation jackpot in which the maximum number of rounds shifts to a “high probability state” after 15 rounds of jackpot, and “2R probability variation jackpot” is a maximum number of rounds of 2 rounds. It is a probabilistic jackpot that shifts to a “high probability state” after the jackpot. In addition, “short-time jackpot” is a special symbol jackpot probability after the maximum number of rounds of 15 jackpots, but during a predetermined number of fluctuations (for example, 100 fluctuations), it becomes “time reduction state”. It is a big hit.

  In addition, the “high probability state” means a state in which the jackpot probability of the first symbol after the first symbol (special symbol) ends as an added value is increased, that is, the so-called probability change (probably changing), In other words, it is a game state that can easily shift to the special game state. In the “high probability state (during probability change)” in the first embodiment, the winning probability of a second symbol (ordinary symbol), which will be described later, is increased, and the electric accessory 4b associated with the start winning opening 4a is easily opened. This includes a game state in which a ball can easily enter the start winning opening 4a.

  On the other hand, the “normal gaming state” means a time when it is not a “high probability state” or a “time reduction state”, and the jackpot probability is a normal state, that is, a state where the jackpot probability is lower than the probability change, A state where the probability of hitting two symbols (ordinary symbols) is low. In addition, the “time shortened state (short time)” means that the jackpot probability is a normal state, and the jackpot probability remains as it is, and only the hit probability of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) is increased, and the start winning opening 4a is displayed. It means a game state in which a ball easily enters the start winning opening 4a because the accompanying electric accessory 4b is easily opened.

  Instead of changing the winning probability of the second symbol, depending on the gaming state of the pachinko machine 10, the time when the electric accessory 4b associated with the start winning opening 4a is opened, or once in the second symbol It is good also as what changes the frequency | count that the electrically-driven accessory 4b opens. For example, the “time shortening state” or the “high probability state” may be a state in which the opening time of the electric accessory 4b associated with the start winning opening 4a is longer than the “normal gaming state”. In addition, the “time shortening state” and the “high probability state” are states in which the number of times the electric accessory 4b is released per hit in the second pattern is larger than the “normal gaming state”. Good.

  In addition, when a ball enters the start winning opening 4a while the variable display is performed on the special symbol display device 81 (first symbol display device 87a), the ball is held up to four times at maximum. Then, the variable display corresponding to the held sphere (held sphere) is performed after the end of the variable display corresponding to the held sphere previously held. As described above, the number of held balls that are held (the number of held balls) is indicated by the first symbol hold display device 87c and also by the special symbol hold lamp 82.

  Furthermore, the start winning opening unit 4 has screw insertion holes 4g and 4h (hereinafter referred to as “start screw insertion holes 4g, 4h,” provided at the two left and right sides of the start base 4e in front view). 4h ") (see FIG. 5A). Screws can be screwed into the start screw insertion holes 4g and 4h, respectively. The start winning port unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the start screw insertion holes 4g and 4h in a state where the start winning port unit 4 is placed on the game board 13. .

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 5B to 5D, the start winning opening unit 4 includes a plurality of (in the first embodiment, 2 in the first embodiment) on the back side of the start base 4e (the side in contact with the base plate 60). Projections 4i, 4j (hereinafter referred to as “starting protrusions 4i, 4j”) are provided on the starting base 4e. The start protrusions 4i and 4j are arranged such that the left start protrusion 4i is near the lower part of the start screw insertion hole 4g when viewed from the front (for example, a distance 5 millimeters below the start screw insertion hole 4g), and the right start protrusion 4j is the start screw insertion. It is provided in the vicinity of the upper side of the hole 4h when viewed from the front (for example, a distance of 5 mm above the starting screw insertion hole 4h). Further, the start protrusions 4i and 4j are formed so as to slightly protrude from the start base 4e to the back surface side (in the first embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is φ2.5 mm).

  When the start winning port unit 4 is attached to the game board, the start protrusions 4i and 4j are provided with positioning holes 620 and 621 (hereinafter referred to as positioning holes provided for the start protrusions 4i and 4j) formed in the game board 13, respectively. "Starting positioning holes 620 and 621"). Thereby, the start winning opening unit 4 before screwing is temporarily held by the game board 13. Then, by starting screws into the start screw insertion holes 4g and 4h in a state where the start protrusions 4i and 4j are temporarily held in the start positioning holes 620 and 621, a start winning hole is provided to the game board 13. The unit 4 is fixed without shifting.

  As described above, the entire starting base 4e is plated and has the plating layer 4e3. For this reason, the thickness corresponding to the plating layer 4e3 is added to constitute the entire thickness of the starting base 4e. That is, the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is added to the thickness of the ABS resin that constitutes the starting base 4e, so that the thickness of the entire starting base 4e is configured. Accordingly, since the start protrusions 4i and 4j provided on the start base 4e are also plated and have the plating layer 4e3, the thickness (length) of the start protrusions 4i and 4j is made of ABS resin. The thickness corresponding to the plating layer 4e3 is added to the thickness (length) to be obtained.

  Specifically, the length of the starting protrusions 4i and 4j is 2 mm (the length of the ABS resin) +0.05 mm (for the plating layer 4e3) = 2.05 mm. Further, the diameter (thickness) of the starting protrusions 4i and 4j is 2.4 mm (diameter for ABS resin) +0.05 mm × 2 (for the plating layer 4e3) = 2.5 mm. Therefore, the starting protrusions 4i and 4j are 0.05 mm in length and 0.1 mm in diameter from the protrusions of other parts that are not plated (for example, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). It is made thicker.

  As described above, the start winning port unit 4 has a start winning port 4a and an electric accessory 4b with respect to the start base 4e, and a ball passage (not shown) for the starting back portion 4f. A solenoid 4c and a start port switch 4d are mounted. Therefore, although the overall volume of the start winning port unit 4 is small, the overall weight of the starting winning port unit 4 is heavy (for example, 100 grams), and the components mounted on the game board 13 are classified as heavy components.

  Here, with reference to FIG.7 (c) and FIG.7 (d), the state which attached the start winning opening unit 4 to the game board 13 is demonstrated. FIG. 7C is an enlarged front view of a part of the start winning opening unit 4, and FIG. 7D is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line VIId-VIId of FIG. 7C.

  As shown in FIGS. 7 (c) and 7 (d), the start winning port unit 4 is screwed into a start screw insertion hole 4h (4g) provided in the start base 4e, thereby allowing the game board 13 to be inserted. It is fixed with screws. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when the start winning port unit 4 is screwed and fixed to the game board 13, before the screw is screwed into the start screw insertion hole 4 h (4 g), the start protrusion 4 j (4 i ) Is inserted into the start positioning hole 621 (620) and temporarily held so that the start winning port unit 4 as a whole is not displaced from the game board 13. Then, the start winning port unit 4 is screwed and fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the start screw insertion holes 4h (4g) in the temporarily held state.

  Moreover, as shown in FIG.7 (c), since the starting base part 4e of the starting winning opening unit 4 is plated, the back side of the starting base part 4e is not visible. Therefore, the player cannot visually recognize the symbol (a part of the crab symbol in the first embodiment) printed on the cell sheet 60a located on the back side of the start winning opening unit 4. Further, the periphery of the start positioning hole 621 (620) into which the start protrusion 4j (4i) is inserted cannot be visually recognized.

  Further, the start positioning hole 621 (620) into which the start protrusion 4j (4i) is inserted is formed by being formed by a taper pin 311 which will be described later. Details of the start positioning hole 621 (620) and the taper pin 311 will be described. Will be described later.

  Returning to FIG. 3, the description will be continued. An attacker unit 5 is disposed below the start winning port unit 4. The attacker unit 5 includes a base 5e having a special winning opening 5a and an opening / closing plate 5b (hereinafter referred to as “attacker base 5e”), a special winning opening solenoid 5c (see FIG. 8), and a special winning opening switch 5d (FIG. 8). And a back portion (not shown; hereinafter referred to as “attacker back portion”).

  The attacker base 5e is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface excluding the opening / closing plate 5b is plated (silver plating in the first embodiment). As described above, the ABS resin has a low material cost, has good adhesion such as plating, is excellent in decorativeness, and has high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the attacker base 5e that enters the line of sight of the player who performs the game and frequently collides with the ball.

  Since the attacker base 5e is plated as described above, the front side of the cell sheet 60a is not visible by the attacker unit 5 when viewed from the front.

  Furthermore, a hollow-shaped bulging portion having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) that is slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere is formed on the attacker base portion 5e forward from the attacker base portion 5e. The opening / closing plate 5b is disposed on the rear side of the bulging portion. That is, a space through which a ball can pass and the opening / closing plate 5b can be opened is formed between the bulging portion and the opening / closing plate 5b (on the rear side of the bulging portion and on the front side of the opening / closing plate 5b). Has been.

  The attacker back (not shown) is made of a translucent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). On the back of the attacker, a ball passage (not shown) for flowing down the ball that has entered the big prize opening 5a, a big prize opening solenoid 5c (see FIG. 8) that can open and close the opening / closing plate 5b, and the above-mentioned ball A large winning opening switch 5d capable of detecting a ball passing through the passage is provided.

  A connector portion (not shown) is provided on the back side of the back portion of the attacker, and wiring (not shown) extending from the main controller 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to the connector portion (not shown). . As a result, the special winning opening solenoid 5c is driven and controlled by the main control device 110, and the main control device 110 can recognize the detection of a ball based on the special winning prize switch 5d.

  Specifically, when a ball enters the winning prize opening 5a, the winning prize switch 5d (see FIG. 8) is turned on, and 15 balls are awarded due to the turning on of the winning prize switch 5d. It is paid out as a ball.

  In the pachinko machine 10, when the lottery in the main controller 110 is a big hit, after the predetermined time (fluctuation time) has elapsed, the first symbol display device 87a is turned on so as to become a big hit stop symbol, and the big hit A special symbol display device 81 displays a stop symbol corresponding to the symbol “” to indicate the occurrence of a jackpot. Thereafter, the gaming state transitions to a special gaming state (big hit) where the ball is easy to win. In this special gaming state, the special winning opening 5a that is normally closed by the opening / closing plate 5b is opened for a predetermined time (for example, until 30 seconds have elapsed or ten balls have been won).

  When the predetermined time elapses or 10 balls have won, the special winning opening 5a drives the special winning opening solenoid 5c (see FIG. 8) to drive the open / close plate 5b in the standing state (closed state). Then, after the closing, the special winning opening solenoid 5c is driven again to open the opening / closing plate 5b in a tilted state (open state) so as to be tilted downward on the front surface.

  The opening / closing operation of the special winning opening 5a can be repeated up to 15 times (15 rounds), for example. The state in which the opening / closing operation is performed is a form of a special gaming state advantageous to the player, and the player is given out a larger amount of prize balls than usual in order to give a gaming value (game value). Is done. The special winning opening 5a is normally closed so that the ball cannot win or is difficult to win. In the event of a big hit, the solenoid 5c for the big prize opening is driven to tilt the opening / closing plate 5b downward, and an open state in which the ball is likely to win the big prize opening 5a is temporarily formed. It operates so as to alternately repeat the state of closed time.

  Note that the special gaming state is not limited to the above-described form. A special prize opening that is opened and closed separately from the big prize opening 5a is provided in the game area, and when the symbol corresponding to the jackpot is turned on in the first symbol display device 87a, the big prize opening 5a is opened for a predetermined time, and the big prize is received. A special gaming state is defined as a special gaming state in which a specific prize opening provided separately from the big prize opening 5a is opened for a predetermined time and a predetermined number of times when a ball wins into the big prize opening 5a while the mouth 5a is opened. You may make it form.

  Further, when viewed from the front, the attacker unit 5 has screw insertion holes (hereinafter referred to as “attacker screw insertion holes” provided in the attacker base portion 5e) in a total of four locations, ie, two places above and below the attacker base portion 5e. (Refer to FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into the attacker screw insertion holes. In a state where the attacker unit 5 is placed on the game board 13, the attacker unit 5 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the attacker screw insertion holes.

  Also, the attacker unit 5 has a plurality of projections (not shown in the first embodiment) (not shown in the first embodiment) on the back side of the attacker base 5e (side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). The protrusion is referred to as an “attacker protrusion”. The attacker protrusions are provided in the vicinity of the attacker screw insertion hole of the attacker unit 5 (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the attacker screw insertion hole). Further, the attacker protrusion is formed so as to slightly protrude from the back surface side of the attacker base 5e (in the first embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is φ2.5 mm).

  When the attacker unit 5 is attached to the game board 13, the later-described positioning holes 622 to 625 formed in the gaming board 13 (hereinafter, the positioning holes provided for the attacker protrusion are referred to as “attacker positioning holes”). To insert each. Thereby, the attacker unit 5 before screwing is temporarily held by the game board 13. The attacker unit 5 is fixed to the game board 13 without slipping by screwing screws into the attacker screw insertion holes in a state where the attacker protrusions are temporarily held in the respective attacker positioning holes 622 to 625. The

  As described above, the entire attacker base 5e is plated and has a plating layer (not shown). For this reason, the thickness corresponding to the plating layer is added to constitute the thickness of the entire attacker base 5e. In other words, the thickness of the plating layer is added to the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the attacker base 5e, so that the thickness of the entire attacker base 5e is configured. Therefore, since an attacker protrusion (not shown) provided on the attacker base 5e is also plated and has a plating layer, the thickness (length) of the attacker protrusion is a thickness formed by ABS resin ( The thickness of the plating layer is added to the (length).

  Specifically, the length of the attacker protrusion is 2 mm (length of the ABS resin) +0.05 mm (for the plating layer) = 2.05 mm. The diameter (thickness) of the attacker protrusion is 2.4 mm (ABS resin diameter) +0.05 mm × 2 (plated layer) = 2.5 mm. Accordingly, the attacker protrusion is configured to be 0.05 mm longer and 0.1 mm thicker than the protrusions of other parts that are not plated (for example, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). Is done.

  In addition, as described above, the attacker unit 5 has the large winning opening 5a and the opening / closing plate 5b with respect to the attacker base 5e, and the ball passage (not illustrated) and the large winning opening with respect to the attacker back (not shown). The solenoid 5c for use and the special prize opening switch 5d are mounted, and the entire volume of the attacker unit 5 is large. Therefore, the overall weight of the attacker unit 5 is heavy (for example, 165 grams), and is classified as a heavy part among the parts mounted on the game board 13.

  A through gate 7 into which a ball can enter is disposed on the left side of the game area of the variable display device unit 80. A similar through gate 7 is also arranged on the right side of the play area of the variable display device unit 80. Note that the right through gate 7 has the same configuration as the left through gate 7, and therefore the description thereof is omitted.

  Here, the configuration of the through gate 7 will be described with reference to FIG. 6 (a) is a front view of the through gate 7, FIG. 6 (b) is a top view of the through gate 7 seen from the VIb line direction of FIG. 6 (a), and FIG. FIG. 7 is a cross-sectional view taken along line VIc-VIc in FIG.

  The through gate 7 is configured by mounting a normal symbol switch 7a on the base portion 7b of the through gate 7 (hereinafter referred to as "through base portion 7b"), which displays a normal symbol change by passing a ball. In addition, the entire through base 7b except the normal symbol switch 7a is made of a transparent resin (for example, polycarbonate resin). Polycarbonate resin is low in material cost, has transparency, excellent decorativeness, and high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the through gate 7 that enters the line of sight of the player who performs the game and in which the ball frequently collides.

  Further, since the through base 7b is made of a transparent resin, the front side of the game board 13 positioned on the rear side of the through base 7b is configured to be visible to the player. Therefore, the pattern printed on the cell sheet 60a on the rear side of the through base 7b is configured to be visible by the player.

  The through base 7b is formed with a gate portion 7b1 having a three-dimensional shape having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere forward from the through base 7b (see FIG. 6B). . The detection portion 7a1 of the normal symbol switch 7a is fitted into the gate portion 7b1, and the sphere passes through the detection portion 7a1 of the normal symbol switch 7a without leakage by passing through the gate portion 7b1, and the normal symbol switch 7a. The passage of the sphere is detected by.

  A wiring (not shown) extending from the main controller 110 (see FIG. 8) is connected to the normal symbol switch 7a. Thus, the main controller 110 can recognize the detection of the sphere based on the normal symbol switch 7a.

  Specifically, when a ball enters (passes) the through gate 7, the normal symbol switch 7a is turned on, and the main controller 110 causes the second symbol (ordinary symbol) to be turned on due to the normal symbol switch 7a being turned on. The winning symbol lottery is made, and the second symbol (ordinary symbol) on the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83 is started (started). Then, after the predetermined fluctuation time has elapsed, the fluctuation display of the second symbol (ordinary symbol) is stopped, and the display corresponding to the lottery result is displayed on the second symbol display device 87b, and the normal symbol corresponding to the lottery result is displayed. Is stopped and displayed on the normal symbol display device 83. The through gate 7 only acquires the lottery opportunity of the second symbol (ordinary symbol), and the winning ball is not performed.

  In addition, when a ball enters the through gate 7 while the variation display is performed on the normal symbol display device 83 (second symbol display device 87b), the variation display of the normal symbol based on the entry is a maximum of four. It is held until times. Then, the variable display corresponding to the held sphere (held sphere) is performed after the end of the variable display corresponding to the held sphere previously held. As described above, the number of held balls that are held (the number of held balls) is indicated by the second symbol hold display device 87d and also by the normal symbol hold lamp 84.

  The through gate 7 has screw insertion holes 7c, 7d (hereinafter referred to as "through screw insertion holes 7c, 7d" provided at the through base 7b) at two locations on the left and right sides of the through base 7b in front view. ) Is provided (see FIG. 6A). Screws can be screwed into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d. With the through gate 7 placed on the game board 13, the through gate 7 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d.

  Further, as shown in FIGS. 6B and 6C, there are a plurality of through gates 7 (two in the first embodiment) on the back side of the through base 7b (the side in contact with the base plate 60). Projections 7e and 7f (hereinafter referred to as "through projections 7e and 7f"). The through protrusions 7e and 7f are provided in the vicinity of the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d (for example, a distance of 5 millimeters from the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d). Further, the through protrusions 7e and 7f are formed so as to slightly protrude from the through base portion 7b to the back surface side (in the first embodiment, the length is 2 mm and the diameter is φ2.4 mm).

  When the through gate 7 is attached to the game board 13, the through protrusions 7e and 7f are formed in positioning holes 626 and 627 (hereinafter referred to as positioning holes provided for the through protrusions 7e and 7f) formed in the game board 13. Through positioning holes 626 and 627 "). Thereby, the through gate 7 before screwing is temporarily held on the game board 13. The through gate 7 is inserted into the game board 13 by screwing screws into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d with the through projections 7e and 7f temporarily held in the through positioning holes 626 and 627, respectively. It is fixed without shifting.

  Note that, as described above, the through gate 7 has only the normal symbol switch 7a mounted on the through base portion 7b, and the entire volume of the through gate 7 is also small. Therefore, the entire weight of the through gate 7 is light (for example, 6 grams), and the parts mounted on the game board 13 are classified as light parts.

  Here, a state in which the through gate 7 is attached to the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. 7 (e) and 7 (f). FIG. 7E is an enlarged front view of the through gate 7 in the game board 13, and FIG. 7F is a schematic cross-sectional view taken along the line VIIf-VIIf in FIG.

  As shown in FIGS. 7 (e) and 7 (f), the through gate 7 is screwed into the game board 13 by screwing a screw into a through screw insertion hole 7d (7c) provided in the through base 7b. It is fixed. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when the through gate 7 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, the through protrusions 7 f (7 e) are passed through before the screws are screwed into the through screw insertion holes 7 d (7 c). It is inserted into the positioning hole 627 (626) and temporarily held so that the entire through gate 7 is not displaced from the game board 13. The through gate 7 is screwed and fixed to the game board 13 by screwing a screw into the through screw insertion hole 7d (7c) in the temporarily held state.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 7E, the through base 7b of the through gate 7 is made of a transparent resin, so that the back side of the through base 7b is visible. Therefore, the player can visually recognize the design (a part of the octopus design in the first embodiment) printed on the cell sheet 60a located on the back side of the through gate 7. Further, the periphery of the through positioning hole 627 (626) into which the through protrusion 7f (7e) is inserted is configured to be visible.

  Furthermore, the through positioning hole 627 (626) into which the through protrusion 7f (7e) is inserted is formed by being drilled by a hybrid pin 321 described later. The through positioning hole 627 (626) and the hybrid pin 321 Details will be described later.

  Returning to FIG. 3, the description will be continued. On the left side of the game area of the through gate 7, a board side decoration 8 is arranged. A similar board surface decoration 8 is also provided on the right side of the right through gate 7. The right panel surface side ornament 8 is symmetrical with respect to the left panel surface side ornament 8, but the other configurations are the same, and therefore the description thereof is omitted.

  This board side decoration 8 is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface is plated (silver plating in the first embodiment). ABS resin is low in material cost, has good adhesion such as plating, has excellent decorative properties, and has high impact resistance. Therefore, it is suitable as a constituent material of the board side decoration 8 that enters the line of sight of the player who plays the game and frequently collides with a ball. In addition, since the board surface side ornament 8 is plated as described above, the front side of the cell sheet 60a is not visible by the board surface side ornament 8 when viewed from the front. .

  Further, the board surface side ornament 8 has a three-dimensional bulge having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere forward from the base portion 8a of the board surface side ornament 8 (hereinafter referred to as “side base portion 8a”). An exit is provided.

  Furthermore, the board side decoration 8 has a screw insertion hole (hereinafter referred to as a screw insertion hole provided in the side base portion 8a) in a total of three locations including one upper portion, one lower portion, and one right middle portion of the side base portion 8a in front view. (Referred to as “side screw insertion hole”) (see FIG. 3). Screws can be screwed into the side screw insertion holes. With the board side ornament 8 placed on the game board 13, the board side ornament 8 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws into the side screw insertion holes.

  Further, the board side decoration 8 has a plurality of projections (not shown in the first embodiment) (not shown in the first embodiment) on the back side of the side base 8a (the side in contact with the cell sheet 60a). The protrusions are referred to as “side protrusions”. The side protrusions are respectively provided in the vicinity of the upper side screw insertion hole and the lower side screw insertion hole (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the side screw insertion hole) of the side screw insertion holes of the panel side decoration 8. The side protrusions are formed so as to slightly protrude from the back side of the side base 8a (in the first embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is φ2.5 mm).

  When the board side decoration 8 is attached to the game board 13, the side protrusions are formed in positioning holes 628 and 629 (hereinafter referred to as “side positioning holes 628,” provided for the side protrusions) formed in the game board 13. 629 "). Thereby, the board surface decoration 8 before screwing is temporarily held by the game board 13. Then, by screwing the screws into the side screw insertion holes with the side projections temporarily held in the side positioning holes 628 and 629, the board surface decoration 8 is fixed to the game board 13 without being displaced. The

  As described above, the entire side base 8a is plated and has a plating layer (not shown). For this reason, the thickness of the plating layer is added to constitute the thickness of the entire side base 8a. That is, the thickness of the plating layer is added to the thickness of the ABS resin that constitutes the side base portion 8a, thereby forming the thickness of the entire side base portion 8a. Accordingly, the side protrusions (not shown) provided on the side base portion 8a are also plated and have a plating layer. Therefore, the thickness (length) of the side protrusions is a thickness composed of ABS resin. The thickness of the plating layer is added to (length).

  Specifically, the length of the side protrusion is 2 mm (length of ABS resin) +0.05 mm (for the plating layer) = 2.05 mm. Further, the diameter (thickness) of the side protrusion is 2.4 mm (diameter for ABS resin) +0.05 mm × 2 (for plating layer) = 2.5 mm. Therefore, the side protrusions are configured to be 0.05 mm longer and 0.1 mm thicker than the protrusions of other parts that have not been plated (for example, the main display protrusions 87j and 87k of the main display unit 87). Is done.

  In addition, as above-mentioned, the board surface side decoration 8 does not mount other components in the side base 8a. Therefore, although the overall volume of the board side decoration 8 is large, the overall weight of the board side decoration 8 is light (for example, 50 grams), and the parts mounted on the game board 13 are classified as light parts.

  In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, positioning protrusions (return protrusions, right protrusions, upper left protrusions, main display protrusions 87j and 87k, general protrusions, center protrusions) with respect to the components mounted on the game board 13 respectively. , Starting protrusions 4i, 4j, attacker protrusions, through protrusions 7e, 7f, and side protrusions (hereinafter, the protrusions may be collectively referred to as “respective protrusions”). Except for the presence or absence of a plating layer, it is formed with common specifications. Specifically, for the resin portion excluding the plating layer of each protrusion, the length of each protrusion is 2 mm. The diameter of each projection is φ2.4 mm. Even in a component to which a plating layer is applied, the length of each protrusion is 2.05 mm. The diameter of each protrusion is φ2.5 mm.

  As described above, in the first embodiment, each protrusion of each component mounted on the game board 13 is slightly different depending on the presence or absence of the plating layer (0.05 mm in length and 1 mm in diameter), but is almost common. It is in specification. Thereby, when forming the positioning hole in the game board 13, the positioning hole completely different for each part (for example, the positioning hole for A part is 3 mm in length and the diameter is 4 mm, and the positioning hole for B part is long. 5 mm, diameter 3 mm, etc.) can be eliminated, and the complexity of the manufacturing process of the game board 13 can be eliminated and the productivity of the game board 13 can be improved.

  An out port 6 is provided below the game board 13. The out port 6 is configured integrally with the inner rail 61, and is attached together with the inner rail 61 when the inner rail 61 is attached to the game board 13. A ball that has not entered any of the winning openings 3 a, 4 a, 5 a is discharged to the back surface of the game board 13 through the out opening 6.

  Next, the electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing an electrical configuration of the pachinko machine 10. The main controller 110 is equipped with an MPU 201 as a one-chip microcomputer that is an arithmetic unit. The MPU 201 is composed of an 8-bit microcomputer, a read only memory (hereinafter abbreviated as “ROM”) 202 that stores various control programs executed by the MPU 201 and fixed value data, and the like. Random access memory (hereinafter abbreviated as “RAM”) 203, which is a memory for temporarily storing various data when executing the control program stored in the ROM 202, and the like. Various circuits such as an interrupt circuit, a timer circuit, and a data transmission / reception circuit are incorporated. Various commands are transmitted from the main control device 110 to the sub control device by the data transmission / reception circuit in order to instruct the sub control device such as the payout control device 111 and the sound lamp control device 113 to operate. Such a command is transmitted from the main controller 110 to the sub controller only in one direction.

  In the main control device 110, a lottery lottery, setting of display in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81, lottery of display results in the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83, winning balls associated with winning a prize The main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as determination is executed. The ROM 202 stores fixed value data used for controlling these processes. For example, various tables such as a jackpot random number table, a jackpot type table, a jackpot variation pattern table, and a release variation pattern table are stored in the ROM 202.

  In the RAM 203, the main processing of the pachinko machine 10 (a jackpot lottery, setting of display in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81, lottery of display results in the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83, etc.) Various counters are provided for controlling.

  The jackpot lottery and display settings of the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81 include a first hit random number counter used for the jackpot lottery and a first hit type counter used for selecting the stop type of the jackpot symbol. And a stop pattern selection counter used for determining a stop type at the time of departure, a first initial value random number counter used for setting an initial value of the first random number counter, and a variation type counter used for selecting a variation pattern. It is done. In addition, a second per random number counter is used for lottery of the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83, and a second initial value random number counter is used for setting an initial value of the second per random number counter.

  When the MPU 201 detects a ball that has entered the start winning port 4a by the start port switch 4d provided in the start winning port unit 4, the MPU 201 detects the first hit random number counter, the first hit type counter, and the stop pattern selection counter. Each value is acquired, and a jackpot lottery or the like of the first symbol (special symbol) is performed based on each acquired value. Further, when the MPU 201 detects the sphere that has passed through the through gate 7 by the normal symbol switch 7a provided in the through gate 7, the MPU 201 acquires the value of the second random number counter at that time, and based on the acquired value, 2 lotteries (ordinary symbols) will be drawn. Further, the MPU 201 refers to the variation type counter and the variation pattern table stored in the ROM 202 at the start of variation, and determines a variation pattern to be executed by variation display. The variation pattern determined here is a variation time of symbol variation.

  That is, main controller 110 determines only the variation time and stop type of the symbol variation as the variation pattern. On the other hand, a specific variation mode is set by the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114. That is, the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 are based on the variation pattern (variation time) determined by the main control device 110 and the stop type, and from among the variation modes in which the variation display can be performed with the variation time. The details of the variation pattern of the special symbol displayed on the special symbol display device 81 are determined. Then, according to the determined variation mode, the display control device 114 causes the special symbol display device 81 to variably display the special symbol, and the sound lamp control device 113 causes the sound output device 226 to output sound in accordance with the variation display. At the same time, the lamps of the frame LED 227 (lighting portions 29 to 33) are turned on / flashed.

  As described above, the main control device 110 determines the variation display variation time as processing related to variation display, generates a variation pattern command corresponding to the variation time, and transmits the variation pattern command to the sound lamp control device 113. In addition, main control device 110 determines a stop type of the variable display as a process related to the variable display, generates a stop type command corresponding to the stop type, and transmits the stop type command to voice lamp control device 113. The details of the variation mode are determined by the audio lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 based on the variation pattern command and the stop type command. The MPU 201 of the main controller 110 is composed of an 8-bit microcomputer and cannot perform complicated processing. However, when determining the variation pattern, the main controller 110 is configured to determine only the variation time. Compared with the case where the main control device 110 determines the details of the variation mode, the variation pattern determination processing of the main control device 110 can be easily performed.

  Further, when the details of the variation mode are determined by the main control device 110, detailed information on the determined variation mode must be notified to the audio lamp control device 113 and the like, and the command necessary for the notification is, for example, 3 There is a risk that it may have to be composed of bytes or more, and command transmission and reception may be complicated. On the other hand, in the first embodiment, the main control device 110 is configured to determine only the variation time and the stop type. Therefore, the determined variation time and the stop type are determined for the audio lamp control device 113 and the like. It is sufficient to notify only the information regarding the command, and the configuration of the command related to the notification can be simplified. Therefore, it is possible to suppress complication of command transmission / reception. Even if only the fluctuation time and the stop type of the symbol fluctuation are determined in the main control device 110, the voice lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 set the fluctuation time and the stop type designated from many fluctuation modes. Since it is configured to display a variable display on the special symbol display device 81 in accordance with the determined change mode, it is possible to give the player a variety of change display effects, The interest of the player can be improved.

  As described above, the RAM 203 is provided with various counters and the like, and the main control device 110 sets the jackpot lottery and display settings in the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81 in accordance with the values of the counter and the like. The main processing of the pachinko machine 10 such as lottery of display results in the second symbol display device 87b and the normal symbol display device 83 can be executed.

  In addition to the various counters described above, the RAM 203 stores a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 201 and the return address of a control program executed by the MPU 201, various flags and counters, and input / output (Input / Output). The output has a work area (work area) in which values such as “Output” (hereinafter abbreviated as “I / O”) are stored. Note that the RAM 203 is configured so that the backup voltage is supplied from the power supply device 115 and the data can be retained (backed up) even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is shut off, and all data stored in the RAM 203 is backed up. .

  When the power is shut down due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like, the stack pointer and the value of each register when the power is shut off (including when the power failure occurs, the same applies hereinafter) are stored in RAM 203. On the other hand, at the time of power-on (including power-on due to power failure cancellation, the same applies hereinafter), the state of the pachinko machine 10 is restored to the state before power-off based on information stored in the RAM 203. Writing to the RAM 203 is executed by the main process when the power is shut off, and restoration of each value written to the RAM 203 is executed in a start-up process when the power is turned on. The non-maskable interrupt (hereinafter referred to as “NMI”) terminal of the MPU 201 is configured to receive the power failure signal SG1 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When the power failure signal SG1 is input to the MPU 201, an NMI interrupt process as a power failure process is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 205 is connected to the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 via a bus line 204 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The input / output port 205 includes a payout control device 111, an audio lamp control device 113, a first symbol display device 87a, a second symbol display device 87b, a first symbol hold display device 87c mounted on the main display unit 87, and The second symbol hold display device 87d, the solenoid 4c and starter switch 4d for the electric accessory mounted on the start winning port unit 4, and the large winning port solenoid 5c and the large winning port switch 5d mounted on the attacker unit 5 The normal symbol switch 7a mounted on the through gate and the general winning a prize opening switch 3b mounted on the general winning a prize opening unit 3 are connected to each other. The MPU 201 receives input signals from the switches 3b, 4d, and 5d via the input / output port 205, performs control related to fluctuation display, jackpot, and the like based on the input signals, and inputs / outputs based on the control results. Various commands and control signals are transmitted via the port 205, and drive control of the solenoids 4c and 5c is performed.

  For example, the main controller 110 detects the presence / absence of a winning of a ball at the general winning opening 3a based on the detection result of the general winning opening switch 3b. When detecting the winning of a ball at the general winning opening 3a, the main control device 110 determines five winning balls and issues a winning ball payout command for notifying that the five winning balls are to be paid out to the payout control device 111. Send. Further, main controller 110 detects the presence / absence of a winning of a ball at start winning opening 4a based on start opening switch 4d. When the winning of the ball at the start winning opening 4a is detected, a jackpot lottery is performed, and based on the lottery result, the effect of the variable display on the first symbol display device 87a and the special symbol display device 81 is started (started). Also, five prize balls are determined, and a prize ball payout command for notifying that five ball prize balls are to be paid out is transmitted to the payout control device 111. Further, main controller 110 detects the presence / absence of a winning of a ball at big winning opening 5a based on the detection result of big winning opening switch 5d. When detecting the winning of a ball at the big winning opening 5a, the main control device 110 determines 15 winning balls and transmits a winning ball payout command for notifying that 15 winning balls are to be paid out to the payout control device 111. To do.

  Further, for example, the main control device 110 drives the solenoid 4c for the electric accessory to rotate the electric accessory 4b when the normal symbol (the second symbol) is hit, and the ball wins the lower start winning opening. An easy open state can be temporarily formed. Thereby, main controller 110 is configured to be able to alternately repeat the open state and the closed state of electric accessory 4b in the normal symbol hit state.

  Further, for example, when the special symbol (first symbol) is a big hit, the main control device 110 drives the special prize opening solenoid 5c to tilt the opening / closing plate 5b downward and the ball is a special prize opening 5a. It is possible to temporarily form an open state in which it is easy to win a prize. Thereby, main controller 110 is configured to be able to alternately repeat the open state and the closed state of open / close plate 5b in the special symbol big hit state.

  The input / output port 205 is connected to various switches including a switch group and a sensor group (not shown), and a RAM erase switch circuit 253 described later provided in the power supply device 115. The MPU 201 receives signals output from the various switches, Various processes are executed based on the RAM erase signal SG2 output from the RAM erase switch circuit 253.

  The payout control device 111 drives the payout motor 216 to perform payout control of prize balls and rental balls. The MPU 211, which is an arithmetic unit, includes a ROM 212 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 211, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 213 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  The RAM 213 of the payout control device 111, like the RAM 203 of the main control device 110, has a stack area for storing the contents of the internal registers of the MPU 211, the return address of the control program executed by the MPU 211, and various flags and counters. And a work area (work area) in which values such as I / O are stored. The RAM 213 is configured to be able to retain (backup) data by being supplied with a backup voltage from the power supply device 115 even after the power of the pachinko machine 10 is cut off, and all data stored in the RAM 213 is backed up. As with the MPU 201 of the main controller 110, the power failure signal SG1 is also input to the NMI terminal of the MPU 211 from the power failure monitoring circuit 252 when the power is interrupted due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. When input to the MPU 211, an NMI interrupt process as a power failure process is immediately executed.

  An input / output port 215 is connected to the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 via a bus line 214 composed of an address bus and a data bus. The main control device 110, the payout motor 216, the firing control device 112, and the like are connected to the input / output port 215, respectively. Further, the payout control device 111 is connected with a prize ball detection switch 217 for detecting a prize ball that has been paid out. The prize ball detection switch 217 is connected to the payout control device 111 but is not connected to the main control device 110.

  The launch control device 112 controls the ball launch unit 112a so that the launch strength of the ball according to the rotational operation amount of the operation handle 51 is obtained when an instruction to launch a ball is given by the main control device 110. . The ball launch unit 112a includes a launch solenoid and an electromagnet (not shown), and the launch solenoid and the electromagnet are permitted to be driven when predetermined conditions are met. Specifically, the operation handle 51 is detected on the condition that the touch sensor 51a detects that the player is touching the operation handle 51 and the stop switch 51b for stopping the ball firing is turned off (not operated). The firing solenoid is excited with respect to the amount of rotation 51, and a ball is launched with a strength corresponding to the amount of operation of the operation handle 51.

  The sound lamp control device 113 is equipped with a sound output from a sound output device (such as a speaker (not shown)) 226, a light output and a light output from a frame LED (lighting units 29 to 33, display lamp 34, etc.) 227, and a center frame 86. Based on the variation time indicated by the variation pattern command received from the main controller 110, the turn-on / off output of the center decoration LED 86a, the driving of the movable accessory 86b mounted on the center frame 86, and the variation time command are executed. Based on the stop type indicated by the stop type command received from the main control device 110, control such as setting the change mode of the change display to be executed in the stop type, etc. It is. The MPU 221 that is an arithmetic unit includes a ROM 222 that stores a control program executed by the MPU 221, fixed value data, and the like, and a RAM 223 that is used as a work memory or the like.

  The ROM 222 stores one or more detailed variation patterns in association with each variation pattern (variation time) indicated by the variation pattern command received from the main controller 110. The ROM 222 stores one or more detailed stop types in association with the stop types indicated by the stop type command received from the main controller 110.

  When the MPU 221 receives a variation pattern command from the main controller 110, the MPU 221 selects one detailed variation pattern from one or more detailed variation patterns associated with the variation pattern (variation time) indicated by the variation pattern command. Determine the variation pattern. In addition, when the MPU 221 receives a stop type command from the main control device 110, one detailed stop type is selected from one or more detailed stop types associated with the stop type indicated by the stop type command. To decide. Then, the lighting and extinguishing of the frame LED 227 and the center decoration LED 86a are controlled according to the predetermined detailed variation pattern and the predetermined pattern for the stop type, and the audio output from the audio output device 226 is controlled. The driving of the movable accessory 86b is controlled.

  Further, when the MPU 221 determines a detailed variation pattern, the MPU 221 generates a display variation pattern command for a special symbol that notifies the display controller 114 of the determined detailed variation pattern type, and the generated special symbol. Display variation pattern command is transmitted to the display controller 114. The display control device 114 executes control for displaying a variation effect on the special symbol display device 81 in accordance with a predetermined pattern with respect to the detailed variation pattern indicated by the display variation pattern command for the special symbol.

  An input / output port 225 is connected to the MPU 221 of the sound lamp control device 113 via a bus line 224 including an address bus and a data bus. Main controller 110, display controller 114, audio output device 226, frame LED 227, center decoration LED 86a and movable accessory 86b mounted on center frame 86, frame button 22 and the like are connected to input / output port 225, respectively. Yes.

  The display control device 114 is a device that controls the screen display of the special symbol display device (LCD) 81, and displays various screen displays such as a special symbol variation display (variation effect) and a jackpot effect on the audio lamp control device 113 (mainly). Control is performed according to a command transmitted from the control device 110).

  The display control device 114 includes an MPU 231, a ROM (program ROM) 232, a work RAM 233, a video RAM 234, a character ROM 235, an image controller 236, an input port 237, an output port 238, and bus lines 239 and 240. have. The input side of the input port 237 is connected to the output side of the sound lamp control device 113, and the output side of the input port 237 is connected to the MPU 231, ROM 232, work RAM 233, and image controller 236. A video RAM 234 and a character ROM 235 are connected to the image controller 236, and an output port 238 is connected via a bus line 240. A special symbol display device 81 is connected to the output side of the output port 238. Note that the pachinko machine 10 has a model with exactly the same specifications as the symbol structure displayed on the special symbol display device 81 even if it is a different model with different winning probability for winning the jackpot and the number of prize balls to be paid out for one jackpot. Therefore, the display control device 114 is made into a common part to reduce the cost.

  The MPU 231 of the display control device 114 controls the display content of the special symbol display device 81 based on the special symbol display variation pattern command output from the sound lamp control device 113 and other various commands. The ROM 232 is a memory for storing various control programs executed by the MPU 231 and fixed value data.

  The work RAM 233 is a memory for temporarily storing work data and flags used when the MPU 231 executes various programs. The character ROM 235 is a memory that stores data (character information) for effects such as symbols (background symbols and special symbols) displayed on the special symbol display device 81 in a compressed form. The video RAM 234 stores an area (not shown) in which a plurality of character information read from the character ROM 235 is decompressed in order to generate an image to be displayed on the special symbol display device 81, and the decompressed characters. This is a memory having a frame buffer area (not shown) for temporarily storing display data for one frame generated using at least a part of information until the display data is displayed.

  The image controller 236 adjusts the timings of the MPU 231, the video RAM 234, and the output port 238 to intervene in reading and writing data, and reads the display data stored in the frame buffer area of the video RAM 234 at a predetermined timing. It is displayed on the display device 81.

  The power supply device 115 includes a power supply unit 251 for supplying power to each part of the pachinko machine 10, a power failure monitoring circuit 252 for monitoring power interruption due to a power failure, and a RAM provided with a RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2). And an erasing switch circuit 253. The power supply unit 251 is a device that supplies a necessary operating voltage to each of the control devices 110 to 114 through a power supply path (not shown). As its outline, the power supply unit 251 takes in a voltage of AC 24 volts supplied from the outside, and drives various switches, solenoids, motors, etc. 12 volts, logic 5 volts, RAM A backup voltage or the like for backup is generated, and a necessary voltage is supplied to the control devices 110 to 114 and the like using the 12 volt voltage, the 5 volt voltage, and the backup voltage.

  The power failure monitoring circuit 252 is a circuit for outputting a power failure signal SG1 to each NMI terminal of the MPU 201 of the main control device 110 and the MPU 211 of the payout control device 111 when the power is cut off due to the occurrence of a power failure or the like. The power failure monitoring circuit 252 monitors the DC stable voltage of 24 volts, which is the maximum voltage output from the power supply unit 251, and determines that a power failure (power interruption, power interruption) occurs when this voltage falls below 22 volts. Then, the power failure signal SG1 is output to the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111. Based on the output of the power failure signal SG1, the main controller 110 and the payout controller 111 recognize the occurrence of the power failure and execute the NMI interrupt process. Note that the power supply unit 251 outputs a voltage of 5 volts, which is a drive voltage of the control system, for a time sufficient to execute the NMI interrupt processing even after the DC stable voltage of 24 volts becomes less than 22 volts. Is maintained at a normal value. Therefore, the main control device 110 and the payout control device 111 can normally execute and complete the NMI interrupt processing.

  The RAM erase switch circuit 253 is a circuit for outputting a RAM erase signal SG2 for clearing backup data to the main controller 110 when the RAM erase switch 122 (see FIG. 2) is pressed. When the RAM erase signal SG2 is input when the pachinko machine 10 is turned on, the main controller 110 clears the backup data and issues an initialization command for the backup controller 111 to clear the backup data. 111 is transmitted.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 9, the outline | summary of the manufacturing process which manufactures the pachinko machine 10 is demonstrated. FIG. 9 is a schematic diagram showing the flow of the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10. As for the manufacturing process of the pachinko machine 10, a process (sub-assembly process, for example, FIG. 10) is formed for each of a plurality of sub-assembly units (for example, game units such as the game board 13 and the door frame 14) separated for each part. And an assembly process for assembling the sub-assembled gaming units (an assembly process, for example, see FIG. 9). In this way, by dividing the sub-assembly process for assembling each gaming unit and the assembly process for assembling the gaming unit assembled through the sub-assembly process, division of labor can be promoted and production efficiency can be improved. It is illustrated.

  As shown in FIG. 9, in the manufacturing process (assembly process) of the pachinko machine 10, first, the main control is performed on the inner frame 12 in which the control board unit 91 excluding the dispensing control device 111 and the back pack unit 94 are assembled. The game board 13 on which the control board unit 90 composed of the device 110, the sound lamp control device 113 and the display control device 114 is mounted is assembled (S101).

  Specifically, the left end portion of the game board 13 is inserted into the left side portion of the inner frame 12, and the game board 13 is placed on the temporary placement portion (not shown) of the inner frame 12 with the left end portion as a shaft. By rotating the board 13, the game board 13 is arranged at a predetermined mounting completion position. Then, the inner frame 12 and the game board 13 are integrated by fixing the game board 13 to a mounting completion position using a lock lever (not shown) provided in the inner frame 12. A connector (not shown) provided on the back of the game board 13 is coupled to a movable connector (so-called floating connector) provided on the inner frame 12 as the game board 13 is moved to the mounting completion position. It is comprised so that the game board 13 and the inner frame 12 will be in the state electrically connected by this coupling | bonding.

  Thereafter, the dispensing control device 111 is assembled to the control board unit 91 mounted on the inner frame 12 (S102), and then the door frame 14 is assembled to the inner frame 12 (S103). . Specifically, by engaging a projection shaft (not shown) provided on the door frame 14 with a hinge 19 (see FIG. 1) provided on the inner frame 12, the door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 12. Are integrated in a rotatable state. And the cylinder lock 20 (refer FIG. 1) operate | moves by closing the door frame 14 with respect to the inner frame 12, and will be in the state by which the opening of the door frame 14 was controlled. Thereby, the assembly of the pachinko machine 10 is completed.

  After the assembly of the pachinko machine 10 is completed, a gaming machine inspection process for confirming the operation and the like of the pachinko machine 10 is performed (S104). Thereafter, a packaging process (so-called security wrapping) is performed on the pachinko machine 10 and a shipping process for shipping to the game arcade is performed (S105).

  As described above, by making the pachinko machine 10 into sub-assemblies for each part, it is possible to set a unique production line for each gaming unit. In addition, by assembling the sub-assembled game units in the final assembly process, the assembly process can be made common, and automation of assembly work and reduction of the work load of the worker are promoted.

  Here, most of the configurations (game area, main control device 110, etc.) according to the specifications of the pachinko machine 10 are collected in the game board 13. Then, by changing the game board 13, it is possible to change the model of the pachinko machine 10 (minor change). The game machine manufacturer will ship the game board 13 alone, and the game room will change the model by replacing only the game board 13 by using a configuration other than the game board 13 (inner frame 12, door frame 14, etc.). A business model that is practically preferable in consideration of both environmental and economic aspects has been established.

  Next, an outline of a manufacturing process for manufacturing the game board 13 mounted on the pachinko machine 10 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 10 is a schematic diagram showing a flow of manufacturing steps of the game board 13. As shown in FIG. 10, the manufacturing process (subassembly process) of the game board 13 is roughly divided into a game board surface manufacturing process (S200 (S201 to S217)), a game board back surface manufacturing process (S218), and a game board. And an inspection step (S219).

  In the game board surface manufacturing process (S201 to S217), first, the general winning port unit 3, the starting winning port unit 4, the attacker unit 5, the through gate 7, the board side decoration 8, and the return ball preventing member mounted on the gaming board 13 are used. 68, positioning holes 601 to 629 for the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71, the center frame 86, and the main display unit 87 (hereinafter also referred to as “each component”) are provided in the positioning hole drilling machine 410 (FIG. 11), a component positioning hole creating step is performed (S201).

  Each component mounted on the game board 13 is screwed and fixed to the game board 13 by screwing a screw into each screw insertion hole 4g by a screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16) described later. It is configured. Each component mounted on the game board 13 is transferred from the placement on the game board 13 until it is screwed and fixed by the screw driving machine 420 (first transfer process (S206 to S211) and second transfer process ( S213 to S216) .See FIG. 15.) In the game board 13, the transport and stop are performed a plurality of times. There is a possibility that each component may be displaced from the place where it was initially placed on the game board 13 due to the impact accompanying the conveyance and stop. Therefore, in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), the game board 13 is provided with a positioning hole (for example, the start positioning hole 621) that can temporarily hold the positioning protrusion (for example, the start protrusion 4j) provided in each component. By forming and temporarily holding the projections for positioning the respective components in the positioning holes, it is possible to prevent displacement of the mounting positions of the respective components even in the transporting process.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 11, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 for forming the positioning holes 601 to 629 in the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 11 is a view showing a positioning hole drilling machine 410 for forming positioning holes 601 to 629 for each component in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, and the positioning hole drilling machine 410 is viewed from the side. It is the seen schematic diagram. In FIG. 11, the game board 13 is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 11, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 includes a press plate 411 to which a straight pin 301, a taper pin 311, and a hybrid pin 321 for forming the positioning holes 601 to 629 are attached, and the press plate 411. Is composed of an upper press unit 412 that presses the game board 13 against the game board 13 side, and a lower press unit 413 that presses the game board 13 against the press plate 411 side.

  The press plate 411 is provided with a base portion 411a for attaching the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321, a left positioning pin 411b, and a right positioning pin 411c. A plurality of press-fitting holes (not shown) are formed in the base portion 411a, and the pins 301, 311 and 321 can be press-fitted and fixed to the press-fitting holes.

  Specifically, the tip portions 305, 315, 325 (see FIGS. 12 to 14) of the pins 301, 311, 321 corresponding to the model of the pachinko machine 10 are on the lower press unit side (game board 13 side). The pins 301, 311 and 321 are press-fitted and fixed from below the base portion 411a so as to face. In addition, the pins 301, 311, and 321 that are press-fitted and fixed to the base portion 411 a can change the mounting positions of the pins 301, 311, and 321 according to the positions of the components mounted on the game board 13. The mounting portions 302, 312, and 322 of the pins 301, 311, and 321 can be pushed out from above the base portion 411a, and can be removed from the base portion 411a.

  The left positioning pin 411b and the right positioning pin 411c are rod-shaped members protruding toward the lower press unit 413 (game board 13 side), and positioning holes 13a and 13b formed in the game board 13 (see FIG. 17). It is comprised so that engagement is possible. While the positioning pins 411b and 411c are engaged with the positioning holes 13a and 13b of the game board 13, the positioning holes 601 to 629 are formed in the game board 13 by the press plate 411. It is possible to prevent the position from shifting.

  The upper press unit 412 is a device for pressing the press board 411 against the game board 13 side, and the lower press unit 413 is an apparatus for pressing the game board 13 against the press board 411 side. Therefore, when the game board 13 is transported above the lower press unit 413 of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, the positioning hole drilling machine 410 is positioned with respect to the positioning holes 13a and 13b (see FIG. 17) of the game board 13. The press plate 411 and the game board 13 are pressed against each other by the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 while engaging the positioning pins 411b and 411c (so-called press processing). Thereby, positioning holes 601 to 629 based on the shapes of the pins 301, 311 and 321 of the press plate 411 are formed in the game board 13.

  In addition to the positioning holes 601 to 629, a screw pilot hole (not shown) corresponding to the screw insertion hole 4g of each component is formed in the game board 13 by the positioning hole drilling machine 410. The screw hole is drilled by a dedicated pin (not shown) at a position corresponding to a screw insertion hole (for example, the start screw insertion hole 4g) of each component. This screw pilot hole is formed with a depth (e.g., 0.05 mm) so that the tip of the screw is slightly inserted so that the screw can be easily inserted when screws are attached to each component. In the first screwing step (see S212 in FIG. 10) or the second screwing step (see S217 in FIG. 10), when fixing each component with a screw, the screw is inserted into the screw insertion hole while the screw is inserted. The screw can be easily screwed into the game board 13 by pressing the screw into the prepared hole and then screwing the screw into the game board 13.

  Here, referring to FIG. 12 to FIG. 14, a straight pin 301, a taper pin 311, which is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and drills the positioning holes 601 to 629. The hybrid pin 321 will be described. FIG. 12 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of the straight pin 301, FIG. 12A is a schematic front view of the straight pin 301, and FIG. 12B is a schematic side view of the straight pin 301. FIG. 12C is a schematic bottom view of the straight pin 301. The straight pin 301 is used by being attached to the press plate 411 of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, thereby forming the positioning holes 603 to 610 in the game board 13.

  The straight pin 301 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) having a vertical dimension of 17 mm. As shown in FIGS. 12A to 12C, the straight mounting portion 302, the straight flange portion 303, the straight trunk portion 304, and the straight pin 301 It is composed of a tip 305, and the above-mentioned parts 302 to 305 are formed continuously. Carbon tool steel (SK4) is a material harder than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a constituting the game board 13. For this reason, by attaching the straight pin 301 made of the material to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and pressing the game board 13, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a is plastically deformed, and positioning holes 603 to 610 are formed by the straight pins 301.

  The straight attachment portion 302 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of 2.8 mm. A straight collar 303 is continuously formed below the straight attachment portion 302 in a front view. The straight collar 303 is formed in a columnar shape having a vertical dimension of 3 mm and an axial diameter of 5 mm, and the straight collar 303 has a larger diameter than the straight attachment 302. By fitting the straight attachment portion 302 and the straight flange portion 303 into an attachment hole (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, the straight pin 301 is attached to the press plate. 411 is fixed. In addition, when attaching the straight pin 301 to the press plate 411, it attaches so that the lower surface part of the straight collar part 303 and the lower surface of the press plate 411 may become flush.

  A straight body 304 is continuously formed on the lower side of the straight collar 303 in front view. Further, a straight front end portion 305 is continuously formed below the straight trunk portion 304 in a front view. The straight body portion 304 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm, and the shaft diameter is from 0.0 mm to 5.7 mm from the straight flange 303 (that is, from 0.0 mm from the straight tip 305). 0.8 mm) is uniformly formed with a shaft diameter of 2.8 mm, and the distance from the straight collar 303 is from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the straight tip 305 is from 0.0 mm). However, the shaft diameter gradually decreases from a shaft diameter of 2.8 mm to a shaft diameter of 2.7 mm (hereinafter referred to as “gradually reducing the diameter”). ) It is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape). That is, the straight trunk portion 304 is formed so that most of its outer shape is substantially parallel toward the insertion direction.

  Note that the substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) having a distance from the straight collar 303 to 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, a distance from the straight tip 305 from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm) is: The shaft diameter gradually decreases in a tapered shape from φ2.8 mm to φ2.7 mm. This is because, when the positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301, the straight body 304 is smoothly inserted from the straight tip 305 into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a.

  The straight tip 305 has a vertical dimension of 2.5 mm, and the shaft diameter is formed in an inverted conical shape that gradually decreases from the shaft diameter φ2.7 mm of the connecting portion of the straight body 304 to the lower side in a front view. The tip (bottom of the front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the straight pin 301 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 in the component positioning hole creating step (see S201 in FIG. 10). 411 and the game board 13 are pressed by the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), so that the positioning holes 603 to 610 by the straight pins 301 are formed in the game board 13.

  The straight body 304 of the straight pin 301 has a smaller volume than the later-described taper body 314 of the taper pin 311 and the hybrid body 324 of the hybrid pin 321, so that the straight pin 301 is the most gaming board compared to the other pins 311 and 321. It is easy to make a positioning hole with respect to 13.

  On the other hand, the straight pin 301 is continuously subjected to a load based on the elastic force of the base plate 60 while the straight body 304 is inserted into the game board 13 during the press working. The above-described load is applied to the straight body portion 304 while the player is pulled out from the game board 13 to generate resistance. When the resistance increases, the game board 13 is lifted when the straight pin 301 is pulled out. Here, for example, when only a part of the game board 13 (for example, the left side of the board surface) is lifted, the game board 13 is tilted and lifted, so that the shape of the positioning hole formed by the pins 301, 311 and 321 is changed. This may be different from the design value and may cause manufacturing unevenness in the formation of the positioning hole.

  Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, when the positioning holes by the straight pins 301 are formed, the straight pins 301 are arranged so as to have a predetermined positional relationship with the game board 13. Specifically, for example, the straight pins 301 are located on the top, bottom, left, and right of the game board 13 without the positional relationship of the straight pins 301 with respect to the game board 13 being biased to one side (for example, the left side) of the game board 13. Arrange them so that they are evenly positioned. By arranging the straight pins 301 in a predetermined positional relationship with respect to the game board 13 in this way, even if the game board 13 is lifted when the straight pins 301 are pulled out, it is lifted without tilting. Thereby, the inclination of the game board 13 at the time of press work can be prevented, and the occurrence of uneven manufacturing of the positioning holes can be prevented beforehand.

  Note that “the straight pins 301 have a predetermined positional relationship with respect to the game board 13” may be any positional relationship in which the straight pins 301 are uniformly arranged with respect to the game board 13. Examples are a positional relationship in which the straight pins 301 are arranged symmetrically on the left and right (up and down) of the game board 13, a positional relationship in which the straight pins 301 are arranged at equal intervals from the center position of the game board 13, and the like. The details of the positioning holes 603 to 610 formed by the straight pins 301 will be described later.

  Next, the taper pin 311 will be described with reference to FIG. 13A and 13B are diagrams illustrating the configuration of the taper pin 311. FIG. 13A is a schematic front view of the taper pin 311. FIG. 13B is a schematic side view of the taper pin 311. (C) is a schematic bottom view of the taper pin 311. FIG. Like the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 is used by being attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, so that the positioning holes 611 to 623 are formed in the gaming board 13. Is done.

  The taper pin 311 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) having a vertical dimension of 17 mm, similar to the straight pin 301. As shown in FIGS. 13 (a) to 13 (c), the taper mounting portion 312, the taper flange 313, the taper. It is comprised from the trunk | drum 314 and the taper front-end | tip part 315, and each said part 312-315 is formed continuously. The carbon tool steel (SK4) is a material harder than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a constituting the game board 13 as described above. For this reason, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a are formed by attaching the taper pin 311 made of the material to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and pressing the game board 13. Is plastically deformed, and positioning holes 611 to 623 are formed by the taper pins 311.

  The taper mounting portion 312 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 5 mm and an axial diameter of 2.8 mm. A taper flange 313 is continuously formed below the taper mounting portion 312 in a front view. The taper flange 313 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 3 mm and an axis diameter of 5 mm, and the taper flange 313 has a larger diameter than the taper mounting portion 312. The taper pin 311 is fitted into the press plate 411 by fitting the taper attachment portion 312 and the taper flange 313 into an attachment hole (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410. Fixed to. In addition, when attaching the taper pin 311 to the press plate 411, it attaches so that the lower surface part of the taper collar part 313 and the lower surface of the press plate 411 may become flush.

  A tapered body 314 is continuously formed on the lower side of the tapered flange 313 when viewed from the front, and further, a tapered tip 315 is continuously formed below the tapered body 314 when viewed from the front. The taper body 314 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm, and a portion where the distance from the tip side of the taper body 314 is 0.0 mm (that is, a boundary portion between the taper tip 315 and the taper body 314). The shaft diameter of the taper body 314 is 2.70 mm, and the shaft diameter of the taper body 314 gradually increases therefrom (the taper body 314 is increased every time the distance from the boundary with the taper tip 315 is increased by 0.2 mm. In the portion where the distance from the tip side of the tapered body 314 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the tapered body 314 and the tapered flange 313), The shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 is φ3.50 mm.

  Therefore, the tapered body 314 has an inverted truncated cone shape whose outer diameter gradually decreases in the direction of insertion, and the outer shape of the tapered body 314 is the straight body 304 of the straight pin 301. Compared to the outer shape of the above, the diameter gradually increases from the tip side.

  The increase in the shaft diameter of the taper body 314 is described as “0.02 mm to 0.03 mm”, but the shaft diameter of the taper body 314 is “0” from the taper tip 315 side. .0.1 mm ”increases every time it increases by“ 0.025 mm ”. In the first embodiment, for convenience of explanation, the shaft diameter of the taper barrel 314 is expressed every time the distance from the taper tip 315 side increases by “0.2 mm”. The increment of is expressed as “0.02 mm to 0.03 mm”.

  The taper tip 315 has a vertical dimension of 2 mm, and the shaft diameter is formed in an inverted conical shape that gradually decreases from the shaft diameter φ2.7 mm of the connecting portion of the taper body 314 to the lower side in a front view. The tip (the bottom in front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the taper pin 311 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 in the component positioning hole creating step (see S201 in FIG. 18). The game board 13 is pressed by the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), so that the positioning holes 611 to 623 by the taper pins 311 are formed in the game board 13. The details of the positioning holes 611 to 623 formed by the taper pins 311 will be described later.

  Next, the hybrid pin 321 will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 14 is a diagram illustrating a configuration of the hybrid pin 321, FIG. 14A is a schematic front view of the hybrid pin 321, and FIG. 14B is a schematic side view of the hybrid pin 321. FIG. 14C is a schematic bottom view of the hybrid pin 321. Like the straight pin 301 and the taper pin 311, the hybrid pin 321 is used by being attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, so that the positioning holes 601 and 602 are formed in the game board 13. , 624 to 629 are formed.

  Like the straight pin 301 and the taper pin 311, the hybrid pin 321 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) having a vertical dimension of 17 mm. As shown in FIGS. 14 (a) to 14 (c), the hybrid mounting portion 322, the hybrid saddle It comprises a part 323, a hybrid body part 324, and a hybrid tip part 325, and each of the parts 322 to 325 is formed continuously. As described above, the carbon tool steel (SK4) is a material harder than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a constituting the game board 13. For this reason, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet are obtained by attaching the hybrid pin 321 made of the material to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and pressing the game board 13. 60a is plastically deformed, and positioning holes 601, 602, and 624 to 627 are formed by the hybrid pins 321.

  The hybrid attachment portion 322 is formed in a columnar shape having a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of 2.8 mm. A hybrid flange 323 is continuously formed below the hybrid attachment portion 322 as viewed from the front. The hybrid flange 323 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 3 mm and an axial diameter of 5 mm, and the hybrid flange 323 has a larger diameter than the hybrid mounting portion 322. The hybrid pin 321 is fixed to the press plate 411 by fitting the hybrid mounting portion 322 and the hybrid flange 323 into a mounting hole (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 of the positioning hole drilling machine 410. . In addition, when attaching the hybrid pin 321 to the press plate 411 (refer FIG. 11), it attaches so that the lower surface part of the hybrid collar part 323 and the lower surface of the press plate 411 may become flush.

  A hybrid body portion 324 is continuously formed on the lower side of the hybrid flange portion 323 when viewed from the front, and a hybrid front end portion 325 is continuously formed below the hybrid body portion 324 when viewed from the front. The hybrid body 324 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm, and is composed of a hybrid straight portion 324a and a hybrid taper portion 324b having different shaft diameters.

  The hybrid straight portion 324a has a shaft diameter (short diameter) from 0.0 mm to 5.7 mm from the hybrid flange 323 (that is, from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm from the hybrid tip 325). The distance (width) passing through the axis from one hybrid straight part 324a to the other hybrid straight part 324a (hereinafter the same)) is formed at 2.8 mm, and the distance from the hybrid brim part 323 is 5.7 mm. The cylinder is gradually tapered from a shaft diameter of 2.8 mm to a shaft diameter of 2.7 mm from 1 to 6.5 mm (that is, a distance from the hybrid tip 325 from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm). It is formed in a shape (inverted truncated cone shape) (see FIG. 25). Therefore, the hybrid straight portion 324a is configured to look similar to the outer shape of the straight trunk portion 304 of the straight pin 301 in a side view.

  The substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) having a distance from the hybrid flange 323 from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, a distance from the hybrid tip 325 from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm) is: The shaft diameter gradually decreases in a tapered shape from φ2.8 mm to φ2.7 mm. This is because the hybrid body 324 is smoothly inserted from the hybrid tip 325 into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a when the positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321.

  The hybrid taper portion 324b has a shaft diameter (major diameter) of the hybrid taper portion 324b at a portion where the distance from the distal end side of the hybrid barrel portion 324 is 0.0 mm (that is, a boundary portion between the hybrid tip portion 325 and the hybrid trunk portion 324). The distance (width) passing through the axis from one hybrid taper portion 324b to the other hybrid taper portion 324b (hereinafter the same) is 2.70 mm, from which the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b gradually increases. (Each time the distance from the boundary with the hybrid tip 325 increases by 0.2 mm, the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper 324 b increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and the distance from the tip of the hybrid barrel 324 increases. 6.5 mm portion (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid body 324 and the hybrid flange 323) In, shaft diameter of the hybrid tapered portion 324b is formed of 3.50 mm. Therefore, the hybrid taper portion 324b is configured to look similar to the outer shape of the taper body 314 of the taper pin 311 in a side view.

  Therefore, the hybrid trunk portion 324 is formed in a tapered shape with a hybrid straight portion 324a whose outer shape is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction and a tapered shape whose outer diameter gradually decreases toward the insertion direction. The hybrid taper portion 324b has a rounded rectangular (oval) shape (see FIG. 14C) in a bottom view of the hybrid trunk portion 324.

  The hybrid straight portion 324a has a shape with a distance from the hybrid flange 323 from 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, a distance from the hybrid tip 325 from 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm), and a hybrid taper portion. The shape of the 324b from the hybrid flange 323 is 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the hybrid tip 325 is 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm). Trapezoidal). In this substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape), the shaft diameter gradually decreases in a taper shape from φ2.8 mm to φ2.7 mm. This is because the hybrid body 324 is smoothly inserted from the hybrid tip 325 into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a when the positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321.

  The increase in the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b is described as “0.02 mm to 0.03 mm”. However, the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b is “0” from the hybrid front end portion 325 side. .0.1 mm ”increases every time it increases by“ 0.025 mm ”. In the first embodiment, for convenience of explanation, the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b is expressed every time the distance from the hybrid tip portion 325 side increases by “0.2 mm”. The increment of is expressed as “0.02 mm to 0.03 mm”.

  The hybrid front end 325 has a vertical dimension of 2.5 mm, and the shaft diameter is formed in an inverted conical shape that gradually decreases from the shaft diameter φ2.7 mm of the connecting portion of the hybrid body 324 to the lower side in a front view. The tip (bottom of the front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

  In the first embodiment, in the component positioning hole creating step (see S201 in FIG. 10), the hybrid pin 321 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, and the press plate 411 and game board 13 are pressed by the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), so that the positioning holes 601, 602, 624 to 629 are formed in the game board 13 by the hybrid pins 321.

  The hybrid body 324 of the hybrid pin 321 has a larger volume than the straight body 304 of the straight pin 301, but has a smaller volume than the taper body 314 of the taper pin 311. For this reason, the hybrid pin 321 is easier to make a positioning hole in the game board 13 than the taper pin 311. The details of the positioning holes 601, 602, and 624 to 629 formed by the hybrid pin 321 will be described later.

  Returning to FIG. After the component positioning hole creating step (S201), a rail positioning hole creating step (S202) for the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 is performed. By performing the rail positioning hole creation step, the inner rail 61 and the outer rail 62 can be easily attached to the game board 13. Thereafter, a game nail planting step (S203) for planting game nails on the game board 13 is performed. This game nail planting process will be described later.

  After the game nail planting step (S203), the rail and windmill planting step (S204) for planting the inner rail 61, the outer rail 62, and the windmill (not shown) on the game board 13 is performed. Thereafter, a game nail inspection process (S205) for inspecting the planted game nail is performed, and then a first transfer process (S206 to S211) is performed.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 15, the outline | summary of a 1st conveyance process (S206-S211) is demonstrated. FIG. 15 is a diagram schematically showing a first transporting process for transporting the game board 13 in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. This first transfer process is divided into the outside of the production line 400 on the left side (outside) in the transfer direction and the inside of the line on the right side (inside) of the transfer direction, and workers outside the line and workers in the line. In this process, parts are placed on the game board 13 in parallel.

  In the production line 400, there are a rail member 402 that rotatably holds a plurality of transport rollers 401, and a transport unit 403 that can move by placing the game board 13 on the rail member 402 by rotating the transport rollers 401. Used. Further, the transport unit 403 is placed on the rail member 402 for the purpose of placing each component on the transport unit 403 that moves on the rail member 402 by placing the game board 13 on the transport unit 403. A stopper portion 404 that stops at a position, and a plurality of component mounting tables 405 that are arranged so as to straddle the rail member 402 at each predetermined position and on which the components to be mounted on the game board 13 by an operator are placed. , Is provided.

  The game board 13 placed on the transport unit 403 moves in the transport direction on the rail member 402 when the transport roller 401 rotates, and the moving transport unit 403 collides with the stopper portion 404 to move the game board 13. Stopped. When the movement of the transport unit 403 stops, the workers who are waiting on both sides of the rail member 402 at the stop position place the parts placed on the parts placement table 405 on the game board 13 respectively. Then, after the component is placed, the stopper 404 is released by the worker, and the transport unit 403 can move on the rail member 402. The transport unit 403 is repeatedly moved and stopped a plurality of times, and each time the transport unit 403 stops, the workers waiting on both sides (or one side) of the rail member 402 at the stop position respectively return to the stop position. The corresponding parts are placed on the game board 13.

  Further, in the first transport process and the second transport process, the game board 13 is placed on the transport unit 403 so that the lower part 13l in front view of the game board 13 is on the left side of the production line 400 in the transport direction (outside the line). Be transported. That is, a worker on the left side (outside the transfer direction) can view the game board 13 from the front, and a worker on the right side (in the line) in the transfer direction can view the game board 13 from the reverse direction (upper front view). You will see. In the production line 400, the same number of parts are placed on the left side in the transport direction and the right side in the transport direction in the first transport process. On the other hand, in the second transport step described later, the number of components placed on the left side in the transport direction is three, the number of components placed on the right side in the transport direction is one, and the number of components placed on the left side in the transport direction is the transport direction. More than the number of parts to be placed on the right side. Therefore, it is possible to improve the productivity of the game board 13 by making it easier for an operator working on the left side in the transport direction to place the component by looking straight at the game board 13.

  Further, in the game board 13 transported by the production line 400, positioning by the hybrid pin 321 is performed so that the transport direction of the game board 13 and the hole side of the positioning hole formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a are at right angles. A hole is formed (see FIG. 24A). That is, of the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pin 321, the straight portion (for example, the through straight portion 627 a) formed by the hybrid straight portion 324 a is configured to be in the longitudinal direction in the front view of the game board 13. Has been.

  When the game board 13 is transported on the production line 400, in each manufacturing process such as the first transport process for placing parts, the game board 13 being transported is stopped, and after the work in each manufacturing process is completed, the game is played again. Each time the board 13 is transported and the game board 13 is stopped or every time the game board 13 is transported, an impact based on the inertial force is given to the components placed on the game board 13. . A component to which an impact based on an inertial force is applied may cause the positioning projection to jump out of the positioning hole of the game board 13 due to the impact, and the position of the component may deviate from the placed position. .

  In view of this, by configuring the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a in the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 so as to be in the vertical direction when viewed from the front of the game board 13, the inertial force is exerted on the component. Even when an impact based on the above is applied, it is possible to prevent the projection of the component from being caught by the hole edge (corner portion) of the positioning hole formed by the straight portion, and the projection of the component from jumping out of the positioning hole. The details of the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 will be described later.

  Returning to FIG. 10, the description of the first transport process (S206 to S211) will be continued. Each worker outside the line in the first transfer step first performs an attacker unit placement step (S206) for placing the attacker unit 5 on the game board 13. Then, a main display unit placement step (S207) for placing the main display unit 87 on the game board 13 is performed. Then, a center frame placing step (S208) for placing the center frame 86 on the game board 13 is performed. Thereafter, the process proceeds to the first screwing step (S212).

  Here, among the parts to be placed on the game board 13, the attacker unit 5 is placed first by the attacker unit placing step (S206). This is because, in the vicinity of the attacker unit 5, the general winning opening unit 3 is disposed adjacent to the left and right, and the starting winning opening unit 4 is disposed adjacent to the upper part. When 3, 4 is placed before the attacker unit 5, the attacker unit 5 must be placed in the space sandwiched between the parts 3, 4, and when the attacker unit 5 is placed, There is a risk of contact with the parts 3 and 4.

  Specifically, for example, when the attacker unit 5 is placed after the left and right general prize opening units 3 are placed first, the attacker unit 5 is placed in a space sandwiched between the left and right general prize opening units 3. At any stage, any of the general prize opening units 3 and the attacker unit 5 may come into contact with each other and the components may be damaged. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the components 3 to 5 from being damaged by placing them on the game board 13 before the adjacent components 3 and 4 of the attacker unit 5.

  Each worker in the line in the first transport step first performs a return ball prevention member placement step (S209) for placing the return ball prevention member 68 on the game board 13. Then, a right corner decoration placing step (S210) for placing the right corner decoration 70 on the game board 13 is performed. Then, an upper left corner decoration placing step (S211) for placing the upper left corner decoration 71 on the game board 13 is performed. Thereafter, the process proceeds to the first screwing step (S212).

  The first screw fixing step (S212) includes one screw insertion hole for each of the main display unit 87, the return ball preventing member 68, the right corner ornament 70, and the upper left corner ornament 71 among the components placed in the first conveying step. On the other hand, a screw is screwed by a screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16).

  Here, with reference to FIG. 16, a screw driving machine 420 for screwing screws into the screw insertion holes of the respective parts of the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 16 is a view showing a screw driving machine 420 for fixing each part to the game board 13 in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, and is a schematic view of the screw driving machine 420 as viewed from the side. In FIG. 16, the game board 13 is omitted.

  As shown in FIG. 16, in the screw driving machine 420, a screw driving unit 421 for screwing a screw into a screw insertion hole of each part, and a screw is screwed into a screw insertion hole of each part by the screw driving unit 421. And a game board fixing tool 422 for fixing the game board 13 when entering.

  Specifically, in the first screwing step (S211), first, the game board 13 is fixed by the game board fixing tool 422, and then the main display screw at the upper left of the main display unit 87 by the screw driving unit 421. An insertion hole 87g, a return screw insertion hole (not shown) on the upper side of the return ball prevention member 68, a right screw insertion hole (not shown) at the top of the right corner decoration 70, and an upper left corner of the upper left corner decoration 71 A total of four screws are screwed into each of the upper left screw insertion holes (not shown). The parts 68, 70, 71, 87 into which screws are screwed by the screw driving unit 421 are temporarily fixed to the game board 13 with one screw. Screws are screwed into the screw insertion holes into which screws are not screwed in the first screwing step (S212) in a second screwing step (S217) described later.

  That is, after the first screwing step is performed, no screws are screwed in other than the screw insertion holes of the parts 68, 70, 71, 87 described above, and the screws are screwed in. Since the parts 68, 70, 71, and 87 are only screwed into some of the screw insertion holes, the subsequent steps are performed while each part is temporarily fixed or temporarily held. . Accordingly, since the screw is not screwed into the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 placed on the game board 13 in the first transport process in the first screwing process, the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 are Until the screwing step (S217) is performed, the game board 13 is transported in a state of being temporarily held by an attacker protrusion or the like (not shown) and an attacker positioning hole or the like (not shown).

  In the first screwing step (S212), the return ball preventing member 68, the right corner ornament 70, the upper left corner ornament 71, and the main display unit 87 among the components placed on the game board 13 in the first conveying step. Only one screw is screwed into and temporarily fixed to the game board 13, and screws are not screwed into the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 and temporarily fixed. As described above, the left and right general winning opening unit 3 and the starting winning opening unit 4 are arranged in the vicinity of the attacker unit 5 as described above, but these components 3 and 4 are in the second conveying step (S213). This is because it is easy to place these components 3 and 4 on the game board 13 because they are placed on the game board 13 in .about.S216).

  Specifically, for example, if the attacker unit 5 is temporarily fixed in the first screwing step, and a “position misalignment error” described later occurs in the attacker unit 5, The fixed position of the attacker unit 5 is deviated from the design value. Due to the deviation, a part of the attacker unit 5 may come into contact with the general winning opening unit 3 and the starting winning port unit 4 that are disposed adjacent to each other, and the parts 3 and 4 may not be attached to the game board 13. Therefore, in the first screwing process, the attacker unit 5 is not temporarily fixed with screws, and the parts 3 and 4 are placed in the second transporting process, and the parts are normally placed on the game board 13 normally. After that, in the second screwing step (S217), by fixing all the parts to the game board 13 with screws, it is possible to smoothly place the parts on the game board 13 and to produce the game board 13 Can be improved.

  Further, the return ball preventing member 68, the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71, and the main display unit 87 are parts commonly used among different models (hereinafter referred to as “common parts”). There is no need to change the placement position or placement order. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, these common parts 68, 70, 71, 87 are first screwed and temporarily fixed without changing the manufacturing order or the manufacturing line for each model, Cost can be reduced as compared with the case of changing the production line.

  Returning to FIG. After the first screwing step (S212), next, the second transport step (S213 to S216) is performed. In the second transport step (S213 to S216), as in the first transport step (S206 to S211), the outside of the line on the left side (outside) of the production line and the right side (inside) of the transport direction. Separately, a worker outside the line and a worker inside the line simultaneously place parts on the game board 13 in parallel.

  Each worker outside the line in the second transport process first performs a general winning opening unit placing step (S213) for placing the general winning opening unit 3 on the game board 13. Then, a start winning port unit placing step (S214) for placing the start winning port unit 4 on the game board 13 is performed. Then, a through gate placing step (S215) for placing the through gate 7 on the game board 13 is performed. Thereafter, the process proceeds to the second screwing step (S217).

  On the other hand, each worker in the line in the second transport process performs a board surface side decoration placing process (S216) for placing the board side decoration 8 on the game board 13. Thereafter, the process proceeds to the second screwing step (S217). By performing these 2nd conveyance processes (S213-S216), it will be in the state where all the components were mounted to game board 13.

  In the second screwing process (S217), among the parts placed in the first transport process (S206 to S211) and the second transport process (S213 to S216), the screw is used in the first screwing process (S212) described above. Screws are screwed into the screw insertion holes into which screws are not screwed by a screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16). By performing the second screwing step, all the parts temporarily fixed or temporarily held on the game board 13 are screwed and fixed. In other words, the second screwing step is a step of screwing mainly non-common parts that are different for each model. When the second screwing process (S217) is completed, the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) is completed among the manufacturing processes of the game board 13.

  After the game board front surface manufacturing process (S200), a game board rear surface manufacturing process (S218) is performed, and a game such as a control board unit 90 configured by the main controller 110, the sound lamp controller 113, and the display controller 114 is performed. Assembly to the back side of the panel 13 is performed. Thereafter, a game board inspection process (S219) for confirming whether the entire game board 13 is manufactured without any defects is completed, and the process for manufacturing the game board 13 is completed.

  After the manufacturing process of the game board 13 is completed, when the game board 13 is mounted on the pachinko machine 10, the game board 13 is used in the assembly process (S101) of the game board 13. On the other hand, when the game board 13 is shipped alone, a shipping process (not shown) of the game board 13 is performed, and the game board 13 is shipped alone.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 17 to FIG. 23, the positioning holes 601 to 629 formed by the component positioning hole creation step (S201) and the component positioning hole creation step will be described. FIG. 17 is a front view of the gaming board 13 before the component positioning hole creating step (S201) is performed in the manufacturing process of the gaming board 13.

  In the previous stage of the component positioning hole creating step (S201) in the game board surface manufacturing step (S200), the parts board shown in FIG. 17 is delivered from the parts supplier, and the game board 13 is delivered to the delivered game board 13. Various processes are performed in 13 manufacturing steps (see FIG. 10). As shown in FIG. 17, in the delivered game board 13, specifically, a cell sheet 60a is attached to the base plate 60, and the outer periphery of the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a is cut to obtain a plurality of pieces. Concave and convex portions are formed. In addition, a plurality of router holes 651 to 656 for each part are formed in the game board 13 by cutting. Furthermore, a plurality of nail holes 63 for game nails and windmills are formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 18, the nail hole 63 provided in the game board 13 is demonstrated. 18 is a diagram showing a configuration of a nail hole 63 for a game nail, FIG. 18 (a) is an enlarged front view of XVIIIa in FIG. 17, and FIG. 18 (b) is a diagram of FIG. 18 (a). FIG. 18C is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVIIIb-XVIIIb, and FIG. 18C is a cross-sectional view taken along line XVIIIc-XVIIIc in FIG.

  The nail hole 63 for the game nail is formed in advance by a parts supplier so that the game nail or the windmill can be easily implanted in the game board 13. Using the game board 13 in which a plurality of the nail holes 63 are formed, a game nail is placed on the game board 13 in the game nail planting process (S203) or the rail and windmill planting process (S204) in the game board 13 manufacturing process. Nails or windmills are planted.

  The game nail (not shown) is made of, for example, brass, and is composed of a total length of 35 mm including a main body trunk portion of 24 mm and a spiral trunk portion of 11 mm, and a trunk diameter of 1.7 mm. The game nail is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing the spiral body part into the nail hole 63 formed in the game board 13. Accordingly, the nail hole 63 for the game nail is formed in a shape (for example, hole diameter φ1.0 mm, depth 10 mm) that can hold the spiral body (body diameter) of the game nail, and is formed on the back side of the game board 13. Is configured not to penetrate. Note that the nail hole 63 for the game nail and the router holes 651 to 656 for each component are cut by a component supplier so that the cell sheet 60a does not peel off on the surface of the hole.

  Returning to FIG. 17, the description will be continued. The router holes 651 to 656 for each part are formed by cutting in advance by a parts supplier, and the parts corresponding to the router holes 651 to 656 are connected to the front side of the game board 13 in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200). It is provided in order to insert from. Specifically, a router hole 651 is cut and formed at a position corresponding to the center frame 86 in the central portion of the game board 13. In addition, router holes 652 are cut and formed at positions corresponding to the board surface side ornaments 8 on the left and right portions of the router holes 651, respectively. Further, router holes 653 are cut and formed at positions corresponding to the through gates 7 on the left and right portions of the router hole 651. Further, a router hole 655 is cut and formed at a position corresponding to the start winning port unit 4 below the router hole 651. Further, router holes 654 are cut and formed at positions corresponding to the general winning award unit 3 on the left and right portions of the router hole 655, respectively. A router hole 656 is cut and formed at a position corresponding to the attacker unit 5 below the router hole 655.

  In addition, the router hole 652 corresponding to the board side decoration 8, the router hole 653 corresponding to the through gate 7, and the router hole 654 corresponding to the general prize opening unit 3 are respectively formed on the left and right sides of the game board 13. Each of the router holes 652 to 654 is different only in that the shape thereof is bilaterally symmetric, and the other configurations are the same. In the following description, only one (left side) of the router holes 652 to 654 will be described. A description of the other (right side) router holes 652 to 654 will be omitted.

  The router holes 651 to 656 are inserted portions (for example, the starting back portion) of the respective components to be inserted (center frame 86, panel side decoration 8, through gate 7, general winning port unit 3, starting winning port unit 4 and attacker unit 5). 4f etc.) is cut and formed to a size slightly larger than the outer shape, and the insertion portion of each component is configured to be insertable.

  Each component inserted into the router holes 651 to 656 is provided with a connector (not shown) for connection to the main controller 110 and the like mounted on the back side of the game board 13. By forming the router holes 651 to 656, the connector provided on the back side of each component inserted from the front side of the game board 13 can be connected to the main controller 110 or the like. In the first transport process (S206 to S211) or the second transport process (S213 to S216) in the above-described game board surface manufacturing process (S200 in FIG. 10), the router holes 651 to 656 provided for each component. The game board 13 is inserted from the front side of the game board manually.

  As described above, each of the router holes 651 to 656 has a slightly larger size than the insertion portion in order to insert the outer shape of the insertion portion (not shown) of the inserted components 3 to 5, 7, 8, and 86. Is formed. Thereby, when the insertion part of each components 3-5,7,8,86 is inserted in router hole 651-656, the insertion part of each component 3-5,7,8,86 and router hole 651-656. There is a slight gap (not shown) between the two. Therefore, after inserting each component 3-5,7,8,86 into the router hole 651-656 and placing it on the game board 13, each component 3-5,7, Until the screws 86 and 86 are fixed to the game board 13 with screws, the movement of the game board 13 in the first transfer process (S206 to S211) or the second transfer process (S213 to S216) and the impact when stopping, etc. Due to the gap, the placement positions of the components 3 to 5, 7, 8, and 86 may deviate from the initial placement positions. In this case, if each of the components 3 to 5, 7, 8, 86 is fixed to the game board 13, the fixed position of each of the components 3, 5, 7, 8, 86 is the amount shifted from the initial placement position. May shift.

  Also, for each component (return ball prevention member 68, right corner ornament 70, upper left corner ornament 71, and main display unit 87) that need not be provided with the router holes 651-656, the respective components 68, 70, 71, 87 are replaced with each other. After mounting at a predetermined mounting position, until each component 68, 70, 71, 87 is screwed and fixed to the game board 13 in the first screwing step (S212) or the second screwing step (S217). In the first transfer process (S206 to S211) or the second transfer process (S213 to S216), the placement positions of the components 68, 70, 71, and 87 are initially set by the movement of the game board 13 or the impact when stopped. It may be displaced from the position where it was placed. In this case, if each component 68, 70, 71, 87 is fixed to the game board 13, the fixed position of each component 68, 70, 71, 87 is shifted by the amount displaced from the original placement position. There is a risk that.

  Therefore, after the game board 13 is delivered from the parts supplier, at the beginning of the game board surface manufacturing process (S200), the part positioning hole creating process (S201) is performed, and each part is inserted into the router holes 651 to 656. Before placing on the game board 13, positioning holes 601 to 629 for each component are formed. When each component is inserted into the router holes 651 to 656 or placed on the game board 13, the worker inserts a positioning projection provided on the back side of the base of each component into the positioning hole. Each component is fitted into the router holes 651 to 656 or placed on the game board 13 while the protrusions are fitted into the positioning holes 620 and the like. As a result, even when an impact or the like occurs when the game board 13 is transported, there is no deviation from the position where each component is initially placed. That is, it is possible to prevent each component from being displaced from the position where it was initially placed. Thus, the formation of the positioning holes 601 to 629 for each component in the game board 13 is a very important process that affects the game performance (for example, gauge performance) of the game board 13.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 19, the gaming board 13 after the positioning hole creating step (S201) will be described. FIG. 19 is a front view of the game board 13 after the component positioning hole creating step (S201) is performed in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 (see FIG. 10).

  After the part positioning hole creating step (S201) in the game board surface manufacturing step (S200), the parts corresponding to the router holes 651 to 656 (center frame 86, board side decoration 8, through gate 7, general In the periphery of the router holes 651 to 656 of the winning port unit 3, the starting winning port unit 4 and the attacker unit 5), a predetermined number of positioning holes 611 to 5 for each of the parts 3 to 5, 7, 8 and 86 are provided. 629 (and a pilot hole for screws) are formed by drilling.

  Specifically, in the periphery of the router hole 651 corresponding to the center frame 86, seven center positionings respectively corresponding to seven center protrusions (not shown) provided on the back side of the center base portion 86c (see FIG. 3). Holes 613 to 619 are formed. Further, two side positioning holes 628 respectively corresponding to two side protrusions (not shown) provided on the back side of the side base portion 8a (see FIG. 3) are provided around the router hole 652 corresponding to the board surface side decoration 8. , 629 are formed. Further, in the periphery of the router hole 653 corresponding to the through gate 7, two through positionings respectively corresponding to the two through protrusions 7e and 7f (see FIG. 6) provided on the back side of the through base 7b (see FIG. 3). Holes 626 and 627 (see XXVIa in FIG. 19) are formed. Further, in the periphery of the router hole 654 corresponding to the general winning a prize opening unit 3, two general positioning holes respectively corresponding to two general protrusions (not shown) provided on the back side of the general base 3d (see FIG. 3). 611 and 612 are formed by drilling. Further, in the periphery of the router hole 655 corresponding to the start winning port unit 4, start positioning holes 620 and 621 (respectively corresponding to the two start protrusions 4 i and 4 j provided on the back side of the start base 4 e (see FIG. 3)). (See XXIIa in FIG. 19). Further, around the router hole 656 corresponding to the attacker unit 5, there are four attacker positioning holes 622 to 625 respectively corresponding to the attacker protrusions (not shown) provided on the back side of the attacker base 5 e (see FIG. 3). Drilled and formed.

  Further, in the vicinity of a predetermined placement position of each component (return ball prevention member 68, right corner ornament 70, upper left corner ornament 71, and main display unit 87) where the router holes 651 to 656 are not provided, each component 68, 70 is provided. , 71 and 87, a predetermined number of positioning holes 601 to 610 (and screw pilot holes) are formed.

  Specifically, the return ball preventing member 68 is placed on the return positioning hole 601 corresponding to two return protrusions (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the return base portion 68a (see FIG. 3). 602 is formed by drilling. In addition, four right positioning holes 603 to 606 corresponding to four right protrusions (not shown) provided on the back surface side of the right base 70a are formed at the mounting position of the right corner decoration 70, respectively. Yes. Further, two upper left positioning holes 607 and 608 corresponding to upper left protrusions (not shown) provided on the back side of the upper left base 71a (see FIG. 3) are formed at the mounting position of the upper left corner ornament 71, respectively. Is formed. Further, at the mounting position of the main display unit 87, two main displays corresponding to the two main display protrusions 87j and 87k (see FIG. 4) provided on the back side of the main display base 87f (see FIG. 3), respectively. Positioning holes 609 and 610 (see XXa in FIG. 19) are formed.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 20, the main display positioning hole 610 in XXa of FIG. 19 will be described. 20 is a diagram showing a configuration of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by being drilled by the straight pin 301, FIG. 20A is an enlarged front view of XXa in FIG. 19, and FIG. 20 (a) is a sectional view taken along line XXb-XXb, FIG. 20 (c) is a sectional view taken along line XXc-XXc in FIG. 20 (a), and FIG. FIG. 20B is an enlarged view of XXd in FIG. 20B, and FIG. 20E is an enlarged view of XXe in FIG.

  The main display positioning hole 610 is formed by the straight pin 301 attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 in the component positioning hole creating step (S201). In the first embodiment, the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 includes the main display positioning hole 609, the right positioning holes 603 to 606, and the upper left positioning hole 607 in addition to the main display positioning hole 610. 608, the positioning holes 603 to 609 have the same configuration as the main display positioning hole 610, and thus the description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, the straight pin 301 has the straight body 304 formed in a substantially cylindrical shape (substantially linear shape in a side view). For this reason, the inner peripheral wall of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by being drilled by the straight body portion 304 is also formed by being drilled in a substantially cylindrical shape (substantially linear shape in a side view) along the outer shape of the straight body portion 304. The

  Here, with reference to FIG. 21, the shape of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301 will be described. FIG. 21 is a table showing the relationship between the straight pin 301 and the hole shape of the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301. The main display positioning hole 610 is formed by the straight body 304 and the straight tip 305 of the straight pin 301, but the contents of the portion formed by the straight tip 305 are omitted in FIG.

  The left column of the table of FIG. 21 indicates the distance (mm) from the front end side of the straight body 304 of the straight pin 301 (the boundary side with the straight front end portion 305). That is, the distance from the starting point is shown starting from the lowermost part of the straight body part 304. Specifically, the front end side (0.0 mm) of the straight body part 304 from the upper left column to the lower left column. The distance (0.0 mm-6.5 mm) from which the distance from) increased by 0.2 mm (the lowermost stage is 0.1 mm) is shown.

  The middle row of the table of FIG. 21 shows the shaft diameter (φ: mm) of the straight barrel portion 304 at a position corresponding to the distance from the distal end side of the straight barrel portion 304 in the left row. Specifically, the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304 is shown in units of 0.2 mm from the front end side of the straight body portion 304, and the distance from the front end side of the straight body portion 304 is 0.0 mm (that is, At the boundary portion between the straight tip portion 305 and the straight body portion 304), the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304 is φ2.70 mm. From there, the shaft diameter of the straight body 304 gradually increases until the distance from the front end side of the straight body 304 is 0.8 mm (the distance from the boundary side with the straight front end 305 increases by 0.2 mm). Each time, the shaft diameter of the straight body 304 is increased by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and the shaft diameter of the straight body 304 is φ2.80 mm at a portion where the distance from the tip side of the straight body 304 is 0.8 mm. It consists of Further, the shaft diameters of the straight body portions 304 having a distance from the front end side of the straight body portion 304 of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the straight body portion 304 and the straight flange portion 303) are all φ2. It is composed of 80 mm.

  The right column in the table of FIG. 21 shows the main display positioning formed by the straight barrel 304 at a position corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the straight barrel 304 in the left column (the axial diameter of the straight barrel 304 in the middle row). The hole diameter (φ: mm) of the hole 610 is shown.

  Specifically, the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is φ2.20 mm at a position corresponding to a portion where the distance from the front end side of the straight body 304 is 0.0 mm, and gradually increases (from 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and at a position corresponding to a portion where the distance from the front end side of the straight body portion 304 is 0.8 mm, it is formed with φ 2.30 mm. Further, the hole diameters of the straight body portion 304 with a distance of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the straight body portion 304 and the straight collar portion 303) are all set to 2.30 mm. .

  In addition, regarding the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610, a manufacturing error may occur due to the influence of the hardness (elastic force) or thickness of the board of the game board 13, but in the right column of the table of FIG. Theoretical values formed by the straight pins 301 are shown without taking into account errors.

  As shown in FIG. 21, the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is formed so as to be smaller by about 0.5 mm than the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304. This is because the base plate 60 is formed of a plywood obtained by stacking a plurality of elastic wood (veneer plates). Specifically, when the straight pin 301 is inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), and then the straight pin 301 is removed from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. Further, the wood constituting the base plate 60 is elastically deformed in the direction of reducing the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610. As a result, the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is formed to be smaller than the shaft diameter of the straight body portion 304.

  As described above, the main display positioning hole 610 is formed so that the hole diameter φ 2.30 mm on the hole surface does not change for a while with respect to the depth direction, and the entire hole diameter is formed to be approximately φ 2.30 mm. Drilled and formed. That is, the main display positioning hole 610 is formed so as to be slightly smaller than the diameter φ2.4 mm of the main display protrusion 87k (see FIG. 4).

  As described above, since the base plate 60 is made of elastically deformable wood, the main display protrusion 87k having a diameter larger than the diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is to be fitted into the main display positioning hole 610. In response to the insertion of the main display protrusion 87k, the entire main display positioning hole 610 is expanded while being elastically deformed. As a result, the main display protrusion 87k is configured to be fitted into the main display positioning hole 610.

  When the main display protrusion 87k is inserted into the main display positioning hole 610, a load based on elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is always applied to the main display protrusion 87k. Therefore, once the main display protrusion 87k is inserted into the main display positioning hole 610, a load due to the elastic force of the base plate 60 continues to be applied to the main display protrusion 87k. For this reason, the main display protrusion 87k is difficult to be removed from the main display positioning hole 610, and the main display unit 87 can be temporarily held on the game board 13. That is, it can be said that the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 has a high function of holding the protrusion of the component once the protrusion of the component is once inserted.

  On the other hand, as described above, the hole diameter of the main display positioning hole 610 is slightly smaller than the diameter of the main display protrusion 87k. For this reason, in the main display unit placement step (S207), when the worker places the main display unit 87 on the game board 13 and tries to fit the main display projection 87k into the main display positioning hole 610. The main display protrusion 87k may be transported without being firmly fitted into the main display positioning hole 610 due to the influence of the diameter of the main display protrusion 87k being larger than the diameter of the main display positioning hole 610. That is, it can be said that the positioning hole formed by drilling with the straight pin 301 has a low protrusion insertion permission function of the component. In other words, it can be said that a protrusion non-insertion error is likely to occur and a “screwing failure” error of the component is likely to occur.

  In particular, a part having a plating layer with a plating process (for example, a side protrusion of the board side decoration 8) has a protrusion having a plating layer because the diameter of the entire protrusion is increased by the thickness of the plating layer. When trying to fit into the positioning hole, the above-mentioned problem is likely to occur.

  When the game board 13 is transported in a state where a protrusion non-insertion error occurs and the main display protrusion 87k is not inserted into the main display positioning hole 610, the main display protrusion 87k is not temporarily held by the main display positioning hole 610. . For this reason, the mounting position of the main display unit 87 is displaced due to an impact during transportation. In this state, when trying to drive screws into the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i in the first screw fixing step (S212), the screws are not the main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i but the main display base 87f or the game. There is a possibility that the main display base 87f or the game board 13 may be damaged by being driven directly into the board 13. If the main display base 87f or the game board 13 is damaged, the operation of the production line is temporarily stopped, the main display unit 87 or the game board 13 must be replaced, and a protrusion non-insertion error occurs. In such a case, the productivity of the game board 13 may be significantly reduced.

  Since the base plate 60 is formed of a plywood in which a plurality of plywood plates are stacked, the thickness and hardness of each plywood plate are different due to manufacturing unevenness of the plywood plate. As a result, the thickness and hardness of the entire base plate 60 on which the veneer plates are superposed differ from each other, or a manufacturing error of the base plate 60 occurs. However, the straight body portion 304 is configured to be substantially parallel to the depth direction of the main display positioning hole 610 (the direction in which the straight body portion 304 is inserted), and is formed by being drilled by the straight body portion 304. Manufacturing unevenness hardly occurs with respect to the hole shape of the display positioning hole 610.

  Returning to FIG. 20, the description will be continued. As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, when the main display positioning hole 610 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the straight pin 301, the straight body portion 304 is attached to the base plate 60 and the base plate 60. During the insertion into the cell sheet 60a, a load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is always applied to the straight body 304. A cell sheet 60a is attached to the base plate 60, and when the base plate 60 and the straight body portion 304 inserted into the cell sheet 60a are to be removed from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the straight body portion. While the 304 is being pulled out, the cell sheet 60 a adhered to the base plate 60 also keeps in contact with the straight body portion 304 as the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. As a result of the contact, the cell sheet 60a is peeled off from the base plate 60, and a straight peeled portion 60b is formed on the entire hole edge of the main display positioning hole 610 by breaking the cell sheet 60a (FIG. 20 (d) ) And FIG. 20 (e)).

  In particular, the cell sheet 60a is peeled off even when the cell sheet 60a is composed only of a decorative sheet, but the cell is formed by adhering a metal sheet such as an aluminum sheet and a decorative sheet printed with a pattern so as to increase gloss. In a sheet | seat, there exists a possibility that a bigger peeling part may arise by the influence which the resistance by adhesion | attachment with a metal sheet and a decoration sheet adds.

  Accordingly, when the main display positioning hole 610 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the straight pin 301, a “cell peeling” error occurs, and the straight peeling portion 60b is formed on the entire hole edge of the main display positioning hole 610. The straight peeling portion 60b may cause a decrease in decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 and a component installation error.

  Specifically, for example, when the base is configured to be transparent like the general base 3d of the general winning a prize opening unit 3, the back surface of the general base 3d can be visually recognized. For this reason, since the straight peeling part 60b can be seen through the general base part 3d, the appearance of the game board 13 may be deteriorated, and the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 may be deteriorated.

  Further, for example, when the main display unit 87 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, when the main display unit 87 is placed on the game board 13, the main display unit 87 has a thickness corresponding to the thickness of the straight peeling portion 60 b. The display base 87f floats from the surface of the game board 13. If the main display unit 87 is screwed and fixed in this state, the fixing position of the main display unit 87 is deviated from the design value by the thickness of the straight peeling portion 60b, and the “position misalignment during component fixing” error causes Installation error will occur. If the installation error occurs, the installation error will affect the gaming performance (for example, gauge performance), the gaming performance as designed may not be obtained, or overlap with the installation position of other parts, Other parts may not be installed.

  Therefore, the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pin 301 has the following two points as merits. First, when the main display protrusion 87k is once inserted into the main display positioning hole 610, the main display protrusion 87k is temporarily held by the elastic force of the base plate 60, and the mounting position of the main display unit 87 is shifted. It can be eliminated, and the projection holding function is high. The second point is that the main display positioning hole 610 is formed by the straight barrel portion 304 perpendicular to the piercing direction (depth direction), and therefore is affected by the thickness and hardness of the base plate 60. This is a point in which manufacturing unevenness hardly occurs.

  On the other hand, the main display positioning hole 610 formed by the straight pins 301 has the following three points as disadvantages. The first point is that since it is difficult to fit the main display protrusion 87k into the main display positioning hole 610, the protrusion insertion allowance function is low and a “screwing failure” error is likely to occur. The second point is that the straight peeling portion 60b is formed due to the “cell peeling” error, and the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is deteriorated. The third point is that an installation error corresponding to the thickness of the straight peeling portion 60b occurs, and a “position shift at the time of component fixing” error occurs. Therefore, the taper pin 311 was invented for the purpose of eliminating the disadvantages of the straight pins 301.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 22, the start positioning hole 621 in XXIIa of FIG. 19 will be described. 22 is a view showing the configuration of the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311. FIG. 22 (a) is an enlarged front view of XXIIa in FIG. 19, and FIG. 22 (a) is a sectional view taken along line XXIIb-XXIIb, FIG. 22 (c) is a sectional view taken along line XXIIc-XXIIc in FIG. 22 (a), and FIG. 22 (d) is FIG. 22 (b). FIG. 22 (e) is an enlarged view of XXIIe in FIG. 22 (c).

  The starting positioning hole 621 is formed by a taper pin 311 attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 in the component positioning hole creating step (S201). In the first embodiment, the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 includes a starting positioning hole 620, general positioning holes 611 and 612, center positioning holes 613 to 619, and an attacker positioning hole 622 in addition to the starting positioning hole 621. However, since the positioning holes 611 to 620 and 622 to 625 have the same configuration as the start positioning hole 621, the description thereof will be omitted.

  As described above, the taper pin 311 is formed such that the taper body portion 314 has an inverted frustoconical shape and gradually decreases in diameter toward the lower side in the front view of the taper body portion 314. Therefore, the inner peripheral wall of the starting positioning hole 621 formed by the tapered body 314 is also formed in an inverted frustoconical cylinder shape that gradually decreases in taper along the outer shape of the tapered body 314. Is done.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 23, the shape of the start positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311 will be described. FIG. 23 is a table showing the relationship between the taper pin 311 and the hole shape of the start positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311. The start positioning hole 621 is formed by the taper body 314 and the taper tip 315 of the taper pin 311. In FIG. 23, the contents of the portion formed by the taper tip 315 are omitted.

  The left column in the table of FIG. 23 indicates the distance (mm) from the tip end side (boundary side with the taper tip portion 315) of the taper body portion 314 of the taper pin 311. That is, the distance from the starting point is shown starting from the lowermost part of the tapered body 314. Specifically, in order from the upper left row to the lower left row, the distance from the tip side (0.0 mm) of the tapered body 314 is increased by 0.2 mm (the lowermost row is 0.1 mm) (0.0 mm). ~ 6.5 mm).

  The middle row of the table of FIG. 23 shows the shaft diameter (φ: mm) of the tapered barrel portion 314 at a position corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the tapered barrel portion 314 in the left row. Specifically, the shaft diameter of the taper body 314 is shown in units of 0.2 mm from the tip side of the taper body 314, and the distance from the tip side of the taper body 314 is 0.0 mm (i.e. At the boundary between the tapered tip 315 and the tapered body 314), the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 is 2.70 mm. From there, the shaft diameter of the taper body 314 gradually increases (the shaft diameter of the taper body 314 increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm each time the distance from the boundary with the taper tip 315 increases by 0.2 mm. In the portion where the distance from the tip end side of the tapered body 314 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the tapered body 314 and the tapered flange 313), the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 is φ3.50 mm. It is configured.

  The right column of the table of FIG. 23 shows the start positioning holes formed by the tapered body 314 at a position corresponding to the distance from the tip side of the tapered body 314 in the left column (the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314 in the middle row). The hole diameter (φ: mm) of 621 is shown.

  Specifically, the hole diameter of the start positioning hole 621 is φ2.20 mm at a position corresponding to a portion where the distance from the distal end side of the tapered body 314 is 0.0 mm, and gradually increases (from 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and at a position corresponding to a portion whose distance from the tip side of the tapered body 314 is 6.5 mm, it is formed with φ3.00 mm.

  In addition, regarding the hole diameter of the start positioning hole 621, a manufacturing error may occur due to the influence of the hardness (elastic force) or thickness of the board of the game board 13, but in the right column of the table of FIG. The theoretical value formed by the taper pin 311 is described without considering the above.

  As shown in FIG. 23, the diameter of the start positioning hole 621 is formed to be about 0.5 mm smaller than the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314. This is because the base plate 60 is formed of a plywood obtained by stacking a plurality of elastic wood (veneer plates). That is, in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), when the taper pin 311 is inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a and then the taper pin 311 is removed from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the base plate 60 Is elastically deformed in the direction of reducing the diameter of the start positioning hole 621. As a result, the diameter of the start positioning hole 621 is formed smaller than the shaft diameter of the tapered body 314.

  As described above, the start positioning hole 621 is formed in an inverted truncated cone shape so that the hole diameter on the hole surface gradually decreases from the maximum φ3.00 mm in the depth direction, and the hole diameter φ2.20 mm is provided at the bottom of the hole. It is formed by drilling. Therefore, the hole diameter of the start positioning hole 621 is larger at the hole surface than the diameter φ2.5 mm of the start protrusion 4j (see FIG. 5) and smaller at the bottom of the hole. Therefore, the inside diameter of the start positioning hole 621 (from the tip end side of the taper barrel portion 314 to the shaft diameter φ 2.70 mm to φ 3.00 mm of the taper barrel portion 314 having a distance from the tip end side of 0.0 mm to 2.4 mm. Is formed so as to come into contact with the start projection 4j at a position formed by As a result, it can be said that the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 has a high function of allowing the part to be inserted into the protrusion, and it is difficult for an operator to place a protrusion non-insertion error when the part is placed by the operator.

  That is, when the start projection 4j is to be fitted into the start positioning hole 621, the start positioning hole 621 has a diameter larger than that of the start projection 4j at the hole surface portion of the start positioning hole 621. The hole 621 is smoothly inserted. Then, in the inside of the start positioning hole 621 formed in a tapered shape, a portion where the diameter of the start positioning hole 621 and the diameter of the start projection 4j coincide (in the first embodiment, from the tip side of the tapered body 314). The portion of the start positioning hole 621 formed in a tapered shape comes into contact with the start protrusion 4j at a portion formed by a position corresponding to a distance of 2.4 mm. When the start protrusion 4j is further fitted in the depth direction of the start positioning hole 621 from the portion where the start positioning hole 621 contacts the start protrusion 4j, the base plate 60 is made of elastically deformable wood. Therefore, the start positioning hole 621 is elastically deformed and expanded in accordance with the insertion of the start protrusion 4j. As a result, the start protrusion 4j is configured to be fitted into the start positioning hole 621.

  When the start projection 4j is further fitted in the depth direction of the start positioning hole 621 from the portion where the inside of the start positioning hole 621 contacts the start projection 4j, the base plate is always in contact with the start projection 4j. A load based on 60 elastic deformation is applied. Therefore, when the start projection 4j is further fitted in the depth direction of the start positioning hole 621 from the portion where the inside of the start positioning hole 621 contacts the start projection 4j, the base plate 60 is inserted into the start projection 4j. The load due to elastic force continues to be applied. For this reason, it is difficult for the start protrusion 4j to come out of the start positioning hole 621, and the start winning slot unit 4 can be temporarily held on the game board 13.

  Therefore, the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 facilitates the insertion of the component-side protrusion into the positioning hole at the stage of placement of the component by the operator, so that the component protrusion is not inserted into the positioning hole. Can be prevented. Further, since the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 also has a function of temporarily holding the component-side protrusion inside the hole, the disadvantage of the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 can be eliminated.

  Returning to FIG. 22, the description will be continued. As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, when the start positioning hole 621 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the taper pin 311, the taper body 314 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet. While being inserted into 60a, a load based on elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is always applied to the tapered body 314. In this state, when the taper body 314 is to be pulled out of the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the taper body 314 is configured to be gradually reduced in diameter relative to the insertion direction. Even if elastically deformed, contact with the tapered body 314 can be suppressed. Further, the cell sheet 60a adhered to the base plate 60 can also suppress contact with the tapered body 314 even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. Therefore, when the taper body 314 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is not substantially peeled off from the base plate 60, and a slightly taper peeling portion 60c is formed. It stays (see FIG. 22 (d) and FIG. 22 (e)).

  As a result, the taper peeling portion 60c formed when the positioning hole is formed by the taper pin 311 is smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b (see FIG. 20) formed when the positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301. “Cell peeling” error can be made difficult to occur. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 from being deteriorated, to prevent the occurrence of a component installation error based on the “cell peeling” error, and to prevent the “position misalignment when fixing the component” error. it can.

  Specifically, for example, in a transparent part (for example, the general winning a prize opening unit 3) that is not subjected to plating, the base (for example, the general base 3d) is configured to be transparent, so that the back surface of the base is The taper peeling part 60c will be visible through the base. However, since the taper peeling part 60c is small, it does not deteriorate the appearance of the game board 13 and does not deteriorate the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10.

  Further, for example, when the start winning port unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, when the start winning port unit 4 is placed on the game board 13, the thickness of the taper peeling portion 60c is small. The start base 4e of the start winning opening unit 4 is placed in a state of being substantially in contact with the surface of the game board 13. Then, by fixing the start winning port unit 4 with screws in this state, the fixed position of the starting winning port unit 4 can be installed almost as designed, and it is possible to make it difficult to cause component installation errors.

  However, as described above, the base plate 60 is formed of a plywood in which a plurality of veneer plates are stacked. Moreover, the thickness for every veneer board differs by the manufacture nonuniformity of a plywood board. Therefore, since the board thickness of the entire base board 60 on which the plywood boards are stacked is different for each game board 13, a manufacturing error of the board thickness of the game board 13 itself occurs. Moreover, the hardness for every veneer board differs by the manufacture nonuniformity of a plywood board. Therefore, the hardness of the entire base plate 60 on which the veneer plates are superposed also varies from one game board 13 to another, resulting in a manufacturing error in the hardness of the game board 13 itself.

  Here, in the component positioning hole creating step (see S201 in FIG. 10), when the positioning hole drilling device 410 (see FIG. 11) tries to drill the component positioning hole, the positioning hole drilling device 410 is used. The positioning hole is always formed with a constant force and a constant position. However, since the thickness or hardness of the base plate 60 is different, the size and depth of the positioning hole as described below are actually set. Manufacturing unevenness will occur. In the case of a pin that is substantially parallel to the insertion direction, such as the straight body portion 304 of the straight pin 301, there is no great difference in the positioning hole that is formed, but the insertion is performed like the tapered body portion 314 of the taper pin 311. When the shaft diameter of the tapered body portion 314 changes for a while toward the direction, a difference occurs in the positioning hole formed according to the thickness or hardness of the base plate 60.

  Specifically, for example, when the board thickness of the game board 13 (base board 60) is thick, the hole diameter of the positioning hole formed by drilling the taper body 314 deeper than usual into the game board 13 Will become bigger. Further, when the game board 13 (base plate 60) is soft, the tapered body 314 is likely to be deeply inserted into the game board 13, so that the hole diameter of the positioning hole formed by drilling becomes large.

  As an adverse effect when the positioning hole has been formed to be large, for example, the tip of the projection on the component side (in the first embodiment, 2.0 mm from the base of the component (2. 05mm)), the diameter of the positioning hole has become larger than the diameter of the projection on the component side (φ2.40 mm in the first embodiment (φ2.50 mm in the case of the projection having a plating layer)), That is, when the hole diameter in the vicinity of the depth of the positioning hole is 2.00 mm (φ2.50 mm in the case of a projection having a plating layer) or more, it is in relation to the component-side projection inside the positioning hole. Thus, a load based on the elastic force of the base plate 60 cannot be applied. If the part-side protrusion cannot be temporarily held by the positioning hole, the part-side protrusion easily protrudes from the positioning hole due to an impact or the like in the transport process of the game board 13, and a protrusion non-insertion error occurs in the transport stage. There is a risk that.

  In particular, the attacker unit 5 and the center frame 86 are not screwed in the first screwing step (S212), although they are placed on the game board 13 in the first transporting step (S206 to S211). Screw fixing is not performed until the stopping step (S217). In addition, the general winning a prize opening unit 3 and the board side decoration 8 are placed on the game board 13 in the initial stage of the second transport process (S213 to S216) and then fixed by screws in the second screwing process. Since the transport distance becomes long, the number of times of impact in the transport process of the game board 13 is large, and the possibility that the protrusion on the component side jumps out of the positioning hole becomes high.

  In addition, as a detrimental effect when the positioning hole has been drilled large, the component-side protrusion is not securely held at one point in the positioning hole, and the position of the component-side protrusion within the positioning hole is shifted. Therefore, if the parts are fixed with screws in this state, the fixing position of the parts is deviated from the design value, and there is an error in installing the parts, and it can be said that an error of “position deviation at the time of fixing the parts” is likely to occur.

  As described above, when the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 has manufacturing unevenness and the diameter of the positioning hole is larger than usual, the protrusion holding function is deteriorated. One reason for this is that the cross-sectional shape of the positioning hole in the depth direction is always formed in a substantially circular shape, so there is no protrusion holding function on the hole surface (shallow part of the hole), and the protrusion is held only in the depth direction of the hole. This is because the function is secured. Specifically, since the positioning hole is formed by the tapered body portion 314 having a tapered inverted truncated cone shape, the cross-sectional shape in the depth direction of the positioning hole is formed in a substantially perfect circle. This is because, in the cross section of the perfect circle, only one of the contact or non-contact with the component-side protrusion can occur. That is, in the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311, the positioning hole first comes into contact with the projection on the component side at the portion that is the same as the diameter of the projection on the component side, and at the shallower portion of the positioning hole than the contacted portion. Since it does not come into contact with the component-side projection, when the diameter of the positioning hole is formed larger than usual, the portion that does not come into contact with the component-side projection becomes large, and the projection holding function decreases.

  On the other hand, for example, when the board thickness of the game board 13 (base board 60) is thin, the diameter of the positioning hole formed by drilling is formed by the taper body 314 being inserted into the game board 13 shallower than usual. Will become smaller. Further, when the game board 13 (base plate 60) is hard, the tapered body 314 is difficult to be inserted into the game board 13, so that the diameter of the positioning hole formed by drilling becomes small.

  As an adverse effect when the positioning hole is formed to be small, an operator plays a part in the component placement process (first transfer process (S206 to S211) or second transfer process (S213 to S216)). When placing on the board 13 and trying to fit the component-side projection into the positioning hole, the component-side projection is at the bottom (back side) of the positioning hole before the base of the component contacts the game board 13. In some cases, the components may be transported in a floating state with respect to the game board 13. If the parts are transported in a floating state with respect to the game board 13 and are screwed in that state, the gap between the parts and the game board 13 will deviate from the design value, resulting in an installation error of the parts. , "Position misalignment when fixing components" error occurs. If the installation error occurs, the game performance (for example, gauge performance) will be affected by the installation error, and the game performance as designed may not be obtained. There is a possibility that other parts cannot be installed.

  In particular, a part (for example, the start protrusion 4i) having a plating layer that is plated on the protrusion has a diameter that is larger by the thickness of the plating layer. When trying to fit in, the above-mentioned problem tends to occur.

  From the above, the following four points can be given as advantages in the start positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311. The first point is that the start protrusion 4j can be easily inserted into the start positioning hole 621, and the protrusion insertion allowing function is high. The second point is that after the start protrusion 4j is inserted into the start positioning hole 621, the start protrusion 4j is temporarily held by the inside of the start positioning hole 621 so that the placement position of the start winning opening unit 4 is not displaced. It is. The third point is that the taper peeling portion 60c generated in the drilling process of the start positioning hole 621 is made small and the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is not deteriorated. The fourth point is that since the taper peeling portion 60c of the cell sheet 60a is small, when the start winning opening unit 4 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, the influence of the peeling of the cell sheet 60a is reduced, and the starting winning opening unit The fixed position of 4 can be installed as designed.

  On the other hand, the start positioning hole 621 formed by the taper pin 311 has the following one point as a demerit. Specifically, the hole shape of the start positioning hole 621 changes due to individual differences of the base plate 60, and manufacturing unevenness occurs in the size of the hole shape. In particular, when the hole shape is formed to be large, the projection holding function is lowered. In addition, when the hole shape is small and formed, the part floats from the game board 13, and the fixing position of the part deviates from the design value, resulting in an installation error of the part.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 24 and FIG. 25, the error caused by the component positioning holes in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 will be described. FIG. 24 is a table showing error types generated in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, main effects, causes, correctability and importance of the errors. FIG. 25 is a front view of the through gate 7 showing an example of failure in screwing by the screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16).

  As shown in FIG. 24, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the error types caused by the positioning holes into which the protrusions of the parts are inserted are the “screwing failure” error, the “cell peeling” error, and the “parts”. It is classified as a “position shift when fixed” error.

  The “screw fixing failure” error is an error in which the screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16) drives a screw into the base of the part, not the screw insertion hole of the part to be screwed. As a main influence due to the “screwing failure” error, the parts that failed to screw are damaged, or the game board 13 itself is damaged. If the part or the game board 13 is damaged due to the “screwing failure” error, the production line itself of the game board 13 must be temporarily stopped and the part or the game board 13 must be replaced. When replacing a part, a loss corresponding to the unit price of the part itself occurs. Further, if the production line is temporarily stopped, the productivity of the game board 13 is reduced by the stop time. Therefore, this “screwing failure” error greatly affects the productivity of the game board 13.

  As described above, the cause of the “screwing failure” error is that no protrusion is inserted into the positioning hole, and the transport process (first transport process (S206 to S211) or second transport process (S213 to S216). This is because the component placed in step)) deviates from the placed position at the stage where the screwing step (first screwing step (S212) or second screwing step (S217)) is performed.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 25, an example in which screwing of the through gate 7 has failed will be described. In the step of screwing a screw into the through screw insertion hole 7c of the through gate 7 (in the first embodiment, the second screw fixing step (S217)), either or both of the through protrusions 7e and 7f of the through gate 7 are through positioning. When the holes 626 and 627 are not firmly fitted, the placement position of the through gate 7 is shifted due to an impact in the transport process of the game board 13.

  The screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16) is set so as to drive a screw into the designed position without checking whether or not the mounting position of the through gate 7 is shifted. Therefore, when the screw is to be screwed into the through screw insertion holes 7c and 7d by the screw driving machine 420 in a state where the mounting position is shifted, the predetermined position (the first position of the through base 7b different from the through screw insertion hole 7c (the first position) In the embodiment, a screw is likely to be driven into the through screw insertion hole 7c (the front view lower side). When a screw is to be screwed into the through base 7b, the through base 7b cannot withstand the impact and is cracked to form a crack 7z. Thus, since the through gate 7 in which the crack 7z has been formed must be exchanged, the production line of the game board 13 must be stopped during the exchange operation.

  Returning to FIG. 24, the description will be continued. Therefore, this “screwing failure” error results in damage to the part or game board 13 and the damaged part or game board 13 cannot be corrected. Further, when the production line is stopped, the productivity of the game board 13 is lowered. Therefore, this “screw fixing failure” error is classified into an error (large) having the highest importance among errors due to the positioning hole.

  Next, the “cell peeling” error is an error in which the cell sheet 60a is peeled from the base plate 60 when the positioning hole is formed. The main effect of the “cell peeling” error is that when the base part of the part in contact with the game board 13 is transparent, the cell peeling part can be visually recognized by the player from the base part of the transparent part. The decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is reduced.

  As described above, the cause of the “cell peeling” error is that, when the straight pin 301 is inserted into the game board 13 and then pulled out in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), This is because the cell sheet 60a is peeled off from the game board 13.

  This “cell peeling” error is caused by the fact that the straight peeling portion 60b (see FIG. 20) is formed on the entire hole edge of the positioning hole (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) formed by the straight pin 301. If the part 60b is formed, it cannot be corrected. However, the parts and the game board 13 are not damaged, and a large loss does not occur just by peeling the cell sheet 60a. Therefore, the “cell peeling” error is classified into an error (medium) having a relatively high importance among errors due to the positioning hole.

  Next, the “position shift at the time of component fixing” error is an error that the component is fixed at a position shifted from the design value. The main effect of the "position displacement at the time of component fixing" is that the fixed position of the component is different from the design value, and the fixed position is different, which affects the flow direction of the sphere flowing down the game area. , Gauge performance (game performance) will be different from the design value.

  As described above, the cause of the “position misalignment at the time of component fixing” error is that the cell sheet 60a is peeled off in the component positioning hole creating step (S201). It is caused by this. In addition, when the positioning hole is formed in the game board 13 with the taper pin 311, the “position misalignment at the time of fixing the component” error is caused by uneven manufacturing of the positioning hole due to individual differences (plate thickness or hardness) of the game board 13. May occur.

  This “position misalignment when fixing parts” error is temporarily fixed by the first screwing process (S212) or the second screwing process (S217), and then the “position misalignment when fixing parts” error is inspected. If the screw can be found, the screw can be removed (corrected) by removing the screwed screw, fixing the part to the normal position, and screwing it again. Therefore, this “position misalignment when fixing a part” error is classified as an error (small) having a low importance among errors due to the positioning hole. In addition, when the damage of the part has occurred due to this "position misalignment when fixing the part" error (for example, other parts fixed later by shifting the fixing position of the previously fixed part) If the part is damaged and the part is damaged, the error may not be corrected.

  Accordingly, when the positioning hole is formed by drilling with the straight pin 301, a “screwing failure” error or a “cell peeling” error is likely to occur. A “failure” error or a “position misalignment when fixing a component” error is likely to occur. Therefore, the hybrid pin 321 was invented to prevent the occurrence of these errors.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 26, the through positioning hole 627 in XXVIa of FIG. 19 will be described. 26 is a diagram showing a configuration of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321. FIG. 26A is an enlarged front view of XXVIa in FIG. 19, and FIG. 26A is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVIb-XXVIb in FIG. 26A, FIG. 26C is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXVIc-XXVIc in FIG. 26A, and FIG. ) Is an enlarged view of XXVId, and FIG. 26 (e) is an enlarged view of XXVIe of FIG. 26 (c).

  The through positioning hole 627 is formed by the hybrid pin 321 attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 in the component positioning hole creating step (S201). In the first embodiment, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 corresponds to the through positioning hole 626, the return positioning holes 601, 602, and the side positioning holes 628, 629 in addition to the through positioning hole 627. However, since these positioning holes 601, 602, 626, 628, and 629 have the same configuration as the through positioning holes 627, description thereof is omitted.

  As described above, the hybrid pin 321 includes the hybrid straight portion 324a (see FIG. 14) whose outer shape is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction in the hybrid body 324, and the outer shape of the hybrid pin 321. And a hybrid taper portion 324b (see FIG. 14) formed in a taper shape with a gradually decreasing shaft diameter. For this reason, the inner peripheral wall of the through positioning hole 627 formed by being drilled by the hybrid body 324 also has a hole shape that is a combination of a substantially box shape along the outer shape of the hybrid body 324 and a substantially inverted truncated cone shape ( A front viewing angle round rectangle (oval shape) is formed.

  Specifically, in the through positioning hole 627, the through straight portion 627a corresponding to the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid body portion 324 is formed so as to be substantially parallel to the depth direction. On the other hand, the through taper portion 627b corresponding to the hybrid taper portion 324b of the hybrid body portion 324 is formed to be gradually tapered in the depth direction.

  The through straight portion 627a formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a has a through positioning hole 627 formed so as to be in the vertical direction when viewed from the front of the game board 13. This is because, as described above, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the through protrusion 7 f is caught on the hole edge (corner) of the through straight portion 627 a and the through protrusion 7 f is prevented from jumping out of the through positioning hole 627. is there.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 27, the hole shape of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321 will be described. FIG. 27 is a table showing the relationship between the hybrid pin 321 and the hole shape of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321. Note that the through positioning hole 627 is formed by the hybrid body 324 and the hybrid tip 325 of the hybrid pin 321, but in FIG. 27, the contents of the part formed by the hybrid tip 325 are omitted.

  The leftmost column (hereinafter referred to as “leftmost column”) in the table of FIG. 27 indicates the distance (mm) from the distal end side (boundary side with the hybrid distal end portion 325) of the hybrid body 324 of the hybrid pin 321. Show. That is, the distance from the starting point is shown starting from the lowermost part of the hybrid body part 324. Specifically, the front end side (0 of the hybrid body part 324 from the upper left row to the lower left row) 0.0 mm), a value (0.0 mm to 6.5 mm) in which the distance is increased by 0.2 mm (the lowermost stage is 0.1 mm) is shown.

  The second column from the left in the table of FIG. 27 (hereinafter referred to as “two left columns”) is a hybrid body portion 324 at a position corresponding to the distance from the front end side of the leftmost hybrid body portion 324. The shaft diameter (minor axis: mm) of the straight portion 324a is shown. Specifically, in a portion where the distance from the distal end side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 is 0.0 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid distal end portion 325 and the hybrid trunk portion 324), the shaft diameter (minor axis) of the hybrid straight portion 324a. ) Is 2.70 mm. From there, the shaft diameter of the hybrid straight portion 324a gradually increases until the distance from the front end side of the hybrid body 324 is 0.8 mm (the distance from the boundary side with the hybrid front end portion 325 increases by 0.2 mm). Each time, the shaft diameter of the hybrid straight portion 324a is increased by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and in the portion where the distance from the distal end side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 is 0.8 mm, the shaft diameter (short diameter) of the hybrid straight portion 324a. Is composed of 2.80 mm. Further, the shaft diameter (minor axis) of the hybrid straight portion having a distance from the distal end side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, a boundary portion between the hybrid trunk portion 324 and the hybrid flange portion 323) is All are composed of 2.80 mm.

  The third column from the left in the table of FIG. 27 (hereinafter referred to as “middle column”) is a hybrid taper among the hybrid barrels 324 at positions corresponding to the distance from the front end side of the hybrid barrel 324 in the leftmost column. The shaft diameter (major axis: mm) of the portion 324b is shown. Specifically, in a portion where the distance from the distal end side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 is 0.0 mm (that is, a boundary portion between the hybrid distal end portion 325 and the hybrid trunk portion 324), the shaft diameter (major axis) is 2.70 mm. is there. From there, the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b gradually increases (the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion 324b increases by 0.02 mm to 0.03 mm every time the distance from the boundary with the hybrid tip portion 325 increases by 0.2 mm. In the portion where the distance from the front end side of the hybrid body portion 324 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid body portion 324 and the hybrid flange portion 323), the shaft diameter (major diameter) of the hybrid taper portion 324b is 3 .50mm.

  The fourth row from the left in FIG. 27 (hereinafter referred to as “right two rows”) is the distance from the front end side of the leftmost row of the hybrid body 324 (the shaft diameter (short axis) of the left two rows of hybrid straight portions 324a. )) Among the hole diameters of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid straight part 324a at the position corresponding to ()), the short diameter (mm) of the through straight part 627a is shown.

  Specifically, among the hole diameters of the through positioning holes 627, the short diameter of the through straight portion 627a formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a corresponds to a portion whose distance from the distal end side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 is 0.0 mm. At the position, it is 2.20 mm, and gradually increases (0.02 mm to 0.03 mm) from the position, and at the position corresponding to the portion where the distance from the distal end side of the hybrid body 324 is 0.8 mm, it is formed at 2.30 mm. Has been. In addition, the short diameters of the through straight portions 627a having a distance from the distal end side of the hybrid trunk portion 324 of 0.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the hybrid trunk portion 324 and the hybrid flange portion 323) are all 2. It is formed with 30 mm.

  In addition, regarding the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627, a manufacturing error may occur due to the influence of the hardness (elastic force) or thickness of the board of the game board 13, but in the right two columns of the table of FIG. Theoretical values formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid pin 321 without considering the error are shown.

  The fifth row from the left in FIG. 27 (that is, the rightmost row, hereinafter referred to as the “rightmost row”) is the distance from the front end side of the leftmost hybrid body 324 (the hybrid taper portion 324b in the middle row). Among the hole diameters of the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b at a position corresponding to the shaft diameter of the through taper portion 627b, the long diameter (mm) of the through taper portion 627b is shown.

  Specifically, among the hole diameters of the through positioning holes 627, the long diameter of the through taper portion 627b formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b is at a position corresponding to a portion where the distance from the distal end side of the hybrid body portion 324 is 0.0 mm. 2.20 mm, gradually increasing from there (0.02 mm to 0.03 mm), and formed at a position corresponding to the distance of 6.5 mm from the front end side of the hybrid body 324 is 3.00 mm. Yes.

  In addition, regarding the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627, a manufacturing error may occur due to the influence of the hardness (elastic force) or thickness of the board of the game board 13, but in the rightmost column of the table of FIG. Theoretical values formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b of the hybrid pin 321 are not shown without taking into account errors.

  As shown in FIG. 27, the through-positioning hole 627 has a hole diameter (a short diameter and a long diameter) that is smaller than the shaft diameter of the hybrid body 324 by about 0.5 mm. This is because, as described above, the base plate 60 is formed of a plywood in which a plurality of woods (veneer plates) having elasticity are stacked. Specifically, in the component positioning hole creating step (S201), the hybrid pin 321 is inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, and then the hybrid pin 321 is removed from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a. Further, the wood constituting the base plate 60 is elastically deformed in the direction of reducing the hole diameter of the through positioning hole 627. As a result, the hole diameter (short diameter and long diameter) of the through positioning hole 627 is formed to be smaller than the shaft diameter of the hybrid body 324.

  Thus, of the hole diameters of the through positioning holes 627, the short diameter of the through straight portion 627a does not change for a while from the short diameter of 2.30 mm on the surface of the hole in the depth direction, and is approximately 2.30 mm (at the bottom). 2.20 mm). The long diameter of the through taper portion 627b is formed such that the long diameter of the hole surface gradually decreases from the maximum 3.00 mm in the depth direction, and the longest diameter is 2.20 mm at the bottom of the hole. That is, in the through positioning hole 627, the short diameter due to the through straight portion 627a is slightly smaller than the diameter φ2.4 mm of the through projection 7f, while the long diameter due to the through taper portion 627b is the diameter φ2.4 mm of the through projection 7f. It is larger at the hole surface and smaller at the bottom of the hole.

  When the through projection 7f is to be inserted into the through positioning hole 627, the short diameter by the through straight portion 627a is smaller than the diameter of the through projection 7f. However, as described above, the base plate 60 is made of elastically deformable wood. Therefore, the through straight portion 627a is elastically deformed and expanded according to the insertion of the through protrusion 7f, so that the through protrusion 7f is inserted into the through positioning hole 627. When the through projection 7f is fitted into the through positioning hole 627, a load based on the elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is always applied to the through projection 7f from the through straight portion 627a. Therefore, once the through projection 7f is inserted into the through positioning hole 627, a load due to the elastic force of the base plate 60 continues to be applied to a portion of the through projection 7f that contacts the through straight portion 627a. For this reason, the through projection 7f is difficult to be removed from the through positioning hole 627, and the through gate 7 can be kept temporarily held on the game board 13.

  In particular, the through straight portions 627a are formed at two positions in the through positioning hole 627, and are formed so that the through straight portions 627a face each other. With this configuration, the through protrusion 7f inserted into the through positioning hole 627 can be held so as to be sandwiched by the through straight portion 627a. Therefore, the holding force of the through protrusion 7f is doubled, and the through protrusion 7f Jumping out of the through positioning hole 627 can be prevented. Therefore, the through projection 7f inserted into the through positioning hole 627 is kept held, the through gate 7 is prevented from being detached from the game board 13, and the convenience when attaching components to the game board 13 is improved. Can be achieved.

  In addition, in the surface of the long-diameter hole formed by the through taper portion 627b, the long diameter by the through-taper portion 627b is larger than the diameter (φ2.4 mm) of the through protrusion 7f. For this reason, the through protrusion 7f is smoothly inserted into the through positioning hole 627 as compared with a positioning hole whose entire hole is smaller than the diameter of the through protrusion 7f (for example, a positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301). In the through-tapered portion 627b of the through-positioning hole 627 formed in a tapered shape, a portion where the long diameter of the through-tapered portion 627b coincides with the diameter of the through projection 7f (in the first embodiment, from the front end side of the hybrid body portion 324). The through taper portion 627b of the through positioning hole 627 formed in a tapered shape and the tip end portion of the through projection 7f are in contact with each other at a position corresponding to a distance of 1.6 mm (the shaft diameter of the hybrid taper portion is 2.90 mm). When the through projection 7f is further fitted in the depth direction of the through positioning hole 627 from the portion where the through taper portion 627b and the through projection 7f are in contact, the through taper portion 627b is elastically deformed according to the insertion of the through projection 7f. And expanded. As a result, the through protrusion 7f is configured to be fitted into the through taper portion 627b.

  When the through projection 7f is further fitted in the depth direction of the through positioning hole 627 from the portion where the through taper portion 627b and the through projection 7f are in contact with each other, the base plate is always attached to the through projection 7f from the through taper portion 627b. A load based on 60 elastic deformation is applied. Therefore, when the through projection 7f is further fitted in the depth direction of the through positioning hole 627 from the portion where the through taper portion 627b and the through projection 7f are in contact, the load due to the elastic force of the base plate 60 is applied to the through projection 7f. Will continue to join. For this reason, the load of the through taper portion 627b is additionally applied together with the load of the through straight portion 627a described above, and the through projection 7f is difficult to be removed from the through positioning hole 627, and the through gate 7 is kept temporarily held by the game board 13. be able to.

  In particular, the through taper portion 627b is formed at two locations in the through positioning hole 627, and is formed so that the through taper portions 627b face each other (confront each other). With this configuration, since the hole diameter of the through positioning hole formed by the opposing through taper portion 627b is larger than the diameter of the through protrusion 7f on the surface of the through positioning hole 627, the through positioning hole 627 has a through hole. The protrusion 7f can be easily inserted.

  Further, in the through positioning hole 627, two through straight portions 627a and two through taper portions 627b are alternately formed. Therefore, the through projection 7f is easily inserted into the through positioning hole 627 by the through taper portion 627b formed to face (opposite), and the through projection 7f is formed by the through straight portion 627a formed to face (opposite). It can be held so as to be pinched. Therefore, while making it easy to insert the through projection 7f into the through positioning hole 627, the through projection 7f inserted into the through positioning hole 627 is continuously held, and the through gate 7 is prevented from being detached from the game board 13, The performance of the game board 13 can be improved.

  Thus, the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321 can temporarily hold the through protrusion 7f fitted into the through positioning hole 627 by the through straight portion 627a. Further, the through protrusion 7f can be easily inserted into the through positioning hole 627 by the through taper portion 627b.

  Conventionally, the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) is formed slightly smaller than the diameter of the protrusion on the component side (for example, the main display protrusion 87k). In the first transfer process (S206 to S211) or the second transfer process (S213 to S216) in the process (see S200 in FIG. 10), the worker places the component on the game board 13 and the protrusion on the component side. When trying to fit into the positioning hole, the projection may be transported without being firmly fitted into the positioning hole due to the effect that the diameter of the projection is larger than the diameter of the positioning hole. In particular, a part having a plating layer with a plating process (for example, a side protrusion of the board side decoration 8) has a protrusion having a plating layer because the diameter of the entire protrusion is increased by the thickness of the plating layer. When trying to fit into the positioning hole, the above-mentioned problem is likely to occur.

  Further, the positioning hole (for example, the start positioning hole 621) formed by the taper pin 311 changes (large or small) in the diameter of the positioning hole due to the influence of individual differences (plate thickness and hardness) of the base plate 60, Manufacturing irregularities may occur in the size of the hole shape. In particular, when the hole shape is large in size, it becomes easier to insert the component-side protrusion into the positioning hole (improves the protrusion insertion permission function), but the component-side protrusion is The temporarily holding force (projection holding function) may be reduced, and the component side projection may jump out of the positioning hole in the transport process of the game board 13 or the like. In addition, when the hole shape is formed to be small, when the component-side protrusion is to be fitted into the positioning hole, the component protrusion is positioned at the end of the positioning hole before the base of the component contacts the game board 13. It may reach the bottom (back side). If the parts are transported in a floating state with respect to the game board 13 and are screwed in that state, the gap between the parts and the game board 13 will deviate from the design value, resulting in a placement error of the parts. It may occur.

  On the other hand, according to the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 (for example, the through positioning hole 627), the taper portion formed by the hybrid taper part 324b (for example, the through taper part 627b), the component side The straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a (for example, the through straight portion 627a) can be easily inserted into the positioning hole (maintaining the protrusion insertion allowing function), and the positioning hole can be inserted into the positioning hole. It is possible to temporarily hold the protrusions on the component side inserted into (maintain the protrusion holding function). That is, since the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is unlikely to cause manufacturing unevenness as described above, it can always have a certain degree of protrusion holding function. Further, as described above, the taper portion formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b may have manufacturing irregularities, and since a diameter larger than the diameter of the component-side protrusion can be formed, it always has a constant protrusion insertion allowance function. be able to.

  Therefore, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 eliminates the disadvantage of the positioning hole due to the straight pin 301 and the disadvantage of the positioning hole due to the taper pin 311, and the advantage of the positioning hole due to the straight pin 301 and the taper pin 311. By combining the merit of the positioning hole, the shape of the projection on the component side is combined with the “projection holding function” and the “projection insertion allowance function”.

  Returning to FIG. As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, when the through positioning hole 627 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the hybrid pin 321, the hybrid body 324 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell. While the sheet 60a is pierced, a load based on elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is always applied to the hybrid body 324. A cell sheet 60a is attached to the base plate 60. While the hybrid body 324 inserted into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a is pulled out, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is also included in the base plate 60. As the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, the base plate 60 continues to contact the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid body 324. Due to the contact, the cell sheet 60a is peeled off from the base plate 60, and the portion of the cell sheet 60a corresponding to the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hole edge of the through positioning hole 627 is peeled off, and the hybrid straight peeling portion raised. 60d is formed (see FIGS. 26D and 26E).

  The hybrid straight peeling portion 60d is formed only in a portion of the hybrid barrel portion 324 that contacts the hybrid straight portion 324a, and is thus formed in contact with the entire straight barrel portion 304 of the straight pin 301. Compared with the straight peeling part 60b, it is formed small.

  On the other hand, when the hybrid body portion 324 is to be pulled out of the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the hybrid taper portion 324b of the hybrid body portion 324 is configured to be gradually reduced in diameter with respect to the insertion direction. Even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, the contact with the hybrid tapered portion 324b can be suppressed. Further, the cell sheet 60a adhered to the base plate 60 can also suppress contact with the hybrid taper portion 324b even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. Therefore, by pulling out the hybrid body 324 from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is not substantially peeled off from the base plate 60, and a slightly hybrid taper peeling portion 60e is formed. (See FIG. 26 (d) and FIG. 26 (e)).

  As described above, the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e is suppressed from forming the peeling portion by suppressing the contact between the hybrid taper portion 324b and the cell sheet 60a, but is connected to the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d. Since it is formed, it is affected by the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d. Therefore, since the hybrid taper peeling part 60e is also formed under the influence of the hybrid straight peeling part 60d, it is larger than the taper peeling part 60c formed by the taper pin 311 (see FIGS. 22D and 22E). However, it is formed smaller than the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d.

  Accordingly, the peeling portions 60b to 60e formed by the pins 301, 311, and 321 are separated from the cell sheet 60a in the order of taper peeling portion 60c <hybrid taper peeling portion 60e <hybrid straight peeling portion 60d <straight peeling portion 60b. Becomes larger.

  Therefore, when the through positioning hole 627 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the hybrid pin 321, the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d is formed at the hole edge of the through positioning hole 627 at a position corresponding to the hybrid straight portion 324a. At the same time, a hybrid taper peeling portion 60e is formed at a position corresponding to the hybrid taper portion 324b. Since these peeling portions 60d and 60e are smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b formed by the straight pin 301, straight The decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is not deteriorated from the peeling portion 60b.

  Similarly, when the through gate 7 is fixed to the game board 13 with screws, when the through gate 7 is placed on the game board 13, the hybrid straight peeling part 60d and the hybrid taper peeling part 60e are straight peeling parts. Less than 60b. For this reason, the through base 7b of the through gate 7 can be placed in a state of being substantially in contact with the surface of the game board 13. Therefore, by fixing the through gate 7 to the game board 13 with a screw in this state, it is possible to reduce the installation error of the through gate 7 fixing position and increase the yield.

  Therefore, the through positioning hole 627 formed by the hybrid pin 321 can eliminate the disadvantages of the pins 301 and 311 while maintaining the advantages of the straight pin 301 and the taper pin 311.

  Specifically, the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) has a hole shape (excluding a portion formed by the straight tip 305) having a depth from the hole surface. It is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape having a uniform diameter in the direction. For this reason, the projection holding function is high as the whole hole, but the projection insertion allowing function is low as the whole hole.

  Further, the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 (for example, the start positioning hole 620) has a hole shape (excluding a portion formed by the taper tip 315) having a diameter in the depth direction from the hole surface. Is formed in the shape of an inverted truncated cone that gradually decreases in diameter. For this reason, the projection insertion permitting function is high as a whole hole, but the projection holding function does not function at a certain depth inside the hole.

  On the other hand, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 (for example, the through positioning hole 627) has a hole shape (excluding a portion formed by the hybrid front end 325) with respect to the depth direction from the hole surface. Only the diameter of the taper portion (for example, the through taper portion 627b) is formed in an inverted truncated cone shape in which the diameter gradually decreases. For this reason, the protrusion holding function is high in the straight portion (for example, the through straight portion 627a) of the hole, and the protrusion insertion allowing function is high in the tapered portion of the hole.

  Next, the outline of the game board 13 after each process in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 will be described with reference to FIGS. FIG. 28 shows the game board 13 after the game nail planting process (S203) and the rail and windmill planting process (S204) are performed in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) in the game board 13 manufacturing process. FIG. FIG. 29 is a front view of the game board 13 after the first transfer process (S206 to S211) is performed in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) in the process of manufacturing the game board 13. FIG. 30 shows the game board 13 after the first screwing process (S212) and the second transfer process (S213 to S216) are performed in the game board surface manufacturing process (S200) in the manufacturing process of the game board 13. FIG.

  As shown in FIG. 28, the game board 13 after the game nail planting process (S203) and the rail and windmill planting process (S204) are performed is formed in the nail previously drilled in the game board 13. A game nail and a windmill are planted in the hole 63 (see FIG. 18), and a rail hole (not shown) formed in the rail positioning hole creating step (S202 in FIG. 10). The inner rail 61 (out port 6) and the outer rail 62 are planted.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 29, the game board 13 after the first transport process (S206 to S211) is performed on the left side (outside of the line) in the transport direction of the production line 400 (see FIG. 15). By the placing step (S206), the attacker unit 5 is inserted into the router hole 656. Further, the main display unit 87 is placed in the lower left part of the game board 13 by the main display unit placement step (S207). Further, the center frame 86 is inserted into the router hole 651 by the center frame placing step (S208).

  Further, on the right side (in the line) in the transport direction of the production line 400 (see FIG. 15), the return ball prevention member 68 is placed on the front end side of the inner rail 61 by the return ball prevention member placement step (S209). Become. Further, the right corner decoration 70 is placed on the right portion of the game board 13 by the right corner decoration placing step (S210). Furthermore, the upper left corner decoration 71 is placed on the upper left portion of the game board 13 by the upper left corner decoration placing step (S211).

  After the first transport process (S206 to S211) is performed, the protrusions of the parts 5, 68, 70, 71, 86, and 87 described above with respect to the game board 13 are inserted into the corresponding positioning holes. No parts are fixed with screws.

  Then, as shown in FIG. 30, first, a first screwing step (S212) is performed. In the first screwing step (S212), a screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16) is used to place the main display screw insertion hole 87g (see FIG. 4) in the upper left of the main display unit 87 and the upper part of the return ball prevention member 68. A total of four screws are screwed into the return screw insertion hole, the right upper screw insertion hole at the top of the right corner ornament 70, and the upper left upper screw insertion hole at the upper left corner ornament 71, respectively. The parts (the main display unit 87, the return ball preventing member 68, the right corner decoration 70 and the upper left corner decoration 71) on which the screws are driven by the screw driving machine 420 are temporarily fixed to the game board 13 with one screw. Then, a 2nd conveyance process (S213-S216) is performed.

  And after the 1st screw stop process (S212), the 2nd conveyance process (S213-S216) is performed. The game board 13 after the second transport process is performed on the router hole 654 by the general winning opening unit placing process (S213) on the left side (outside the transport line) of the production line 400 (see FIG. 15). Thus, the general winning opening unit 3 is inserted. Further, the start winning port unit 4 is inserted into the router hole 655 by the starting winning port unit placing step (S214). Further, the through gates 7 are respectively inserted into the router holes 653 by the through gate placing step (S215).

  Further, on the right side (in the line) in the transport direction of the production line 400 (see FIG. 15), the board side decoration 8 is inserted into the router hole 652 by the board side decoration placement step (S216). After the second transport process (S213 to S216) is performed, the second screwing process (S217) is performed, and all the parts placed on the game board 13 and temporarily held or temporarily fixed are in the game. Screwed to the panel 13.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 31 to FIG. 34, the appropriateness of each component mounted on the game board 13 and the positioning hole will be described. FIG. 31 is a table for determining the pin appropriateness of each component mounted on the game board 13, and FIG. 31 (a) shows the evaluation items, the contents for each item, and the scoring in the case of evaluating the pin appropriateness. FIG. 31B is a table showing pin types based on the total score of the appropriate pin evaluation points.

  In the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the attribute of each part is subdivided for each element, and the contents are discriminated using the subdivided element as an evaluation item appropriate for the pin. From the relationship between the content of the evaluation item and each error due to the positioning hole, a score is allocated according to the importance, and the total number of points according to the determination result is added to determine which pin 301, It is determined by 311 and 321 whether a positioning hole should be drilled.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, for each item, whether or not the taper pin 311 is appropriate is assigned based on the importance. When the total score of the evaluation points is higher, the appropriateness of the taper pin 311 is higher. to decide. On the other hand, when the total score is low, the taper pin 311 is inappropriate. When the total score is significantly low, it is determined that the straight pin 301 is appropriate. If the taper pin 311 is not appropriate and the straight pin 301 is not appropriate, it is determined that the hybrid pin 321 is appropriate.

  Here, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the ease of occurrence of the “screwing failure” error is determined by the balance between the “projection holding function” and the “projection insertion allowance function” in the positioning hole. Since the “projection insertion allowing function” functions after the projection is inserted into the positioning hole, the “projection insertion allowing function” is more important than the “projection holding function”. Therefore, also in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, first, it is evaluated whether or not it is suitable for the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high “projection insertion allowance function”.

  In addition, a component that is easily affected by a “cell peeling” error, that is, a component whose base is “transparent” is more suitable for a positioning hole by a taper pin 311 than a positioning hole by a straight pin 301. When it is suitable for the positioning hole, a point is added, and appropriateness is determined according to the total point.

  As shown in FIG. 31 (a), in the first embodiment, as an evaluation item (element) of each component mounted on the game board 13, an evaluation item having a high degree of importance has an “weight” indicating the weight of the entire component. ”,“ Number of protrusions ”indicating the number of protrusions for positioning the part,“ Plating presence / absence ”indicating whether or not the part (protrusion) is plated, and whether the back side of the part is visible “Transparency of base” indicating whether or not is listed.

  As described above, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the “screwing failure” error and the “cell peeling” error cannot be corrected after they occur, and thus are classified as highly important errors. The “screw fixing failure” error, which is one of the errors having a high importance, is generated when a protrusion of a component is not inserted into or protrudes from the positioning hole. Therefore, a part having an evaluation item highly related to the “screwing failure” error is inserted into the positioning hole by the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high “protrusion insertion permission function”, and the “screwing failure” The occurrence of “error” must be prevented.

  Further, the “cell peeling” error, which is one of the errors having high importance, is affected when the hole surface of the positioning hole is visible by the player. Therefore, in a part having an evaluation item highly related to the “cell peeling” error, the positioning hole is formed by the taper pin 311 in which the peeling portion of the cell sheet 60a is difficult to be formed. Must be prevented.

  Accordingly, in the evaluation items of the parts, the evaluation items that can be the cause of the error having high importance are evaluated as “2” when the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is evaluated as being appropriate and the error is high in importance. If the error is not a cause of occurrence of an error having a high degree of importance, an evaluation is made with “0 point” to determine whether or not the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate. Further, the evaluation item that can be a prevention factor of a high-priority error is evaluated as high appropriateness of the positioning hole by the taper pin 311. If it is a high-priority error prevention factor, “2 points” is high. If it is not an error prevention factor, it is evaluated by “0 point” to determine whether or not the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate.

  First, regarding the “weight” of the entire component, when the “weight” of the entire component is “heavy”, the force that the component presses against the game board 13 side due to the load of the component itself is strong. Therefore, even when an impact or the like occurs in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the projection of the component is difficult to jump out of the positioning hole.

  On the other hand, when the “weight” of the entire part is “light”, the force pressing the part against the game board 13 by the load of the part itself is weak. Therefore, when an impact or the like is generated in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the projection of the component is likely to jump out of the positioning hole.

  Therefore, the probability of occurrence of a “screwing failure” error having a high degree of importance differs depending on whether the “weight” of the component is “heavy” or “light”. For this reason, the evaluation item of “weight” is highly related to an error having a high importance level, and is therefore classified into an evaluation item having a high importance level.

  In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of “weight” of the whole part, if the “weight” of the whole part is 100 g or more, it is evaluated as “heavy”, and the “weight” of the whole part is less than 100 g. If so, it is evaluated as “light”. As a result, “heavy” parts can be a high-priority error prevention factor, so “2 points” are assigned as evaluation points, while “light” parts cannot be a high-priority error prevention factor. Therefore, “0 points” are assigned as evaluation points (see FIG. 31A).

  Next, regarding the number of “projections” of a component, if the “number of projections” of the component is “large”, each projection is inserted into each positioning hole, and each projection is temporarily held by each positioning hole. The temporary holding power for the whole part is strong. Therefore, even when an impact or the like occurs in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the projection of the component is difficult to jump out of the positioning hole.

  On the other hand, when the “number of protrusions” of the part is “small”, the number of positioning holes for temporarily holding the protrusions is small, so the temporary holding force for the entire part is weak. Therefore, when an impact or the like is generated in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the projection of the component is likely to jump out of the positioning hole.

  Accordingly, the probability of occurrence of a “screwing failure” error having a high degree of importance differs depending on whether the “number of protrusions” of the component is “large” or “small”. For this reason, the evaluation item of “number of protrusions” is highly related to an error having a high importance level, and is therefore classified as an evaluation item having a high importance level.

  In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the “number of protrusions” of the component, if the number of protrusions of the component is “4” or more, the “number of protrusions” is evaluated as “large”, and the number of protrusions of the component is less than “3”. If so, it is evaluated that “the number of protrusions” is “small”. As a result, “2 points” is assigned as an evaluation point to a component with “large number of protrusions”, while “0” is assigned as an evaluation point to a component with “low number of protrusions” (FIG. 31). (See (a)).

  Next, regarding the “presence / absence” of the component, if the “presence / absence of plating” of the component is “present”, the projection of the component is plated, and the thickness of the projection is increased by the thickness of the plating layer, It is difficult to fit the protrusion into the positioning hole. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions are not easily inserted into the positioning holes.

  On the other hand, when the “presence / absence of plating” of the component is “none”, the protrusion of the component is not plated and the thickness of the protrusion does not increase, so that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the positioning hole. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the protrusions are not easily inserted into the positioning holes.

  Therefore, the probability of occurrence of a “screwing failure” error having a high degree of importance differs depending on whether the “plating process” of the part is “present” or “absent”. For this reason, since the evaluation item of “plating process” is highly related to an error having high importance, it is classified as an evaluation item having high importance.

  In the first embodiment, if the component protrusion is plated, the “presence / absence of plating” is evaluated as “present”, and if the component protrusion is not plated, the “plating presence / absence” is “ Evaluate as “None”. As a result, “2 points” is assigned as an evaluation point to a part having a plating process of “present”, while “0 point” is assigned as an evaluation point to a part having a plating process of “not present” (FIG. 31 (a)). )reference).

  Next, regarding the “base transparency” of the part, when the “base transparency” of the part is “transparent” or “translucent”, the back side of the base of the part can be visually recognized by the player, and the hole of the positioning hole When the cell sheet 60a on the surface is peeled off, the peeling is visible. Therefore, when peeling of the cell sheet 60a has occurred, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is deteriorated.

  On the other hand, when the “transparency of the base” of the part is “non-transparent”, the back side of the base of the part is invisible to the player, and even if the cell sheet 60a on the surface of the positioning hole is peeled off I can't see. Therefore, even if the cell sheet 60a is peeled off, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 does not deteriorate.

  Accordingly, the degree of influence of the “cell peeling” error having a high importance differs depending on whether the “transparency of the base” of the part is “transparent”, “translucent”, or “non-transparent”. For this reason, the evaluation item of “transparency of the base” is highly related to an error having a high importance level, and thus is classified into an evaluation item having a high importance level.

  In the first embodiment, if the base of the part is “transparent” and the cell sheet 60a on the back of the base is clearly visible, the “base transparency” is evaluated as “transparent” and the base of the part is “translucent”. If the cell sheet 60a on the back surface of the base is visible, the “base transparency” is evaluated as “translucent”, and the base of the component is “non-transparent (black resin or resin that has been plated)”. If the cell sheet 60a on the back surface of the base is not visible, the “transparency of the base” is evaluated as “non-transparent”. As a result, “2 points” are assigned as evaluation points to parts whose “base transparency” is “transparent”, and “1 point” is assigned as an evaluation point to parts whose “base transparency” is “translucent”. On the other hand, “0 points” are assigned as evaluation points to parts whose “base transparency” is “non-transparent” (see FIG. 31A).

  Next, evaluation items with low importance will be described as evaluation items (elements) for each component mounted on the game board 13. In the first embodiment, the evaluation items with low importance include “inside / outside of game area” indicating whether the place where the part is installed is outside or inside the game area, and whether the part affects the game result such as jackpot "Game influence level" indicating the amount of ball passing and contacting amount (hereinafter referred to as "ball passing amount") "Parts unit price" indicating the unit price of the game, "Common parts" indicating whether or not one model and other models are used in common, and the parts are mounted on the game board 13 in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 “Transport distance” indicating the distance (number of steps) from when the screw is placed to when the screw is fixed (including temporary fixing) is listed.

  As described above, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the “position misalignment at the time of component fixing” error can be corrected by re-screwing even if the “position misalignment at the time of component fixing” error occurs. Therefore, it is classified as an error with low importance. The low importance error is not as high as the high importance error, but the occurrence of the low importance error must be prevented by the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high “projection insertion allowance function”. Therefore, an evaluation item having a strong relationship with an error having low importance evaluates that the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate. If the relationship with an error having low importance is strong, “1 point” is given. If the relationship with the low error is not strong, evaluation is made with “0 point” to determine whether or not the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate.

  Further, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, after inserting the protrusions of the components into the positioning holes, the protrusions may jump out of the positioning holes due to impact or the like in the transport process, and a “screwing failure” error may occur. In such a case, even if a “screw fixing failure” error occurs, there are evaluation items for parts that are less affected. A component having such an element can be manufactured even if the protrusion of the component is inserted into the positioning hole by the positioning hole formed by the taper pin 311 having a low “protrusion holding function” and the protrusion protrudes from the positioning hole. Does not have a significant impact. Accordingly, in the evaluation item of the component, even if the “screw fixing failure” error occurs, the evaluation item that has little influence is evaluated that the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate, and even if the “screw fixing failure” error occurs. When the influence is small, “1 point” is evaluated, and when the “screw fixing failure” error is generated, the influence is large, “0 point” is evaluated, and it is determined whether or not the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate.

  First, regarding “inside / outside of game area” indicating whether the place where the part is installed is outside or inside the game area, the part installed inside “inside” of the game area touches the ball and affects the game result. For this reason, when a “position displacement at the time of component fixation” error has occurred, the flow of the ball is different from the design value, which may cause a game result unintended by the developer.

  On the other hand, parts installed “outside” the game area do not come into contact with the ball. For this reason, even if a “position shift at the time of component fixing” error occurs, the flow direction of the sphere is not affected.

  Therefore, the degree of influence due to the “position displacement when fixing the component” error, which is low in importance, differs depending on whether the component installation position is “inside” or “outside” of the game area. For this reason, the evaluation item with the component installation position “inside / outside of the game area” is classified as an evaluation item with low importance because it is highly related to an error with low importance.

  In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item “game area inside / outside”, which is the part placement position, if the part placement position is inside the game area, it is evaluated as “inside” of “game area inside / outside”, and the part placement If the position is outside the game area, it is evaluated as “outside” of “inside / outside of game area”. As a result, “1” is assigned to the “inside” part of the game area, while “0” is assigned to the “outside” part of the game area as the evaluation point (FIG. 31 (a)). )reference).

  Next, with respect to the “game influence level” of a part, in the case of a part having an influence level of “large” on the game, the game result is significantly affected. For this reason, if a “position misalignment when fixing a component” error has occurred, the game flow results in a direct impact on the game result due to the difference in ball flow from the design value. May cause results.

  On the other hand, in the case of a part whose influence level on the game is “small” or “none”, the game result is not significantly affected. For this reason, even if the “position displacement at the time of component fixation” error occurs and the flow down of the ball is different from the design value, the game result is not directly affected.

  Therefore, depending on whether the “game influence level” of the part is “large”, “small”, or “none”, the influence due to the “position misalignment when fixing the part” error is low. For this reason, the evaluation item of the “game influence level” of a part is classified as an evaluation item with low importance because it is highly related to an error with low importance.

  In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the “game influence level” of a part, if the part has an effect on a special symbol jackpot or a normal symbol hit, the “game influence level” is evaluated as “large”, and the special symbol is evaluated. If the part has little impact on the big hit or the normal symbol hit, evaluate the “game influence level” as “small”, and if the part is placed outside the game area and does not affect the game result, Evaluate “game impact” as “none”. As a result, “1 point” is assigned as an evaluation point to a part having a “game influence level” of “large”, while “0 point” is assigned as an evaluation point to a part having a “game influence level” of “small”. Are assigned (see FIG. 31A). In addition, “0 points” are assigned as evaluation points equivalent to “small” to parts whose “game influence level” is “none” (see FIG. 31A).

  Next, regarding the “ball passing amount” of a part, in the case of a part having a “large ball passing amount” in which the ball frequently passes or contacts, the game result is affected by contact with the ball. For this reason, when a “position displacement at the time of component fixation” error has occurred, the flow of the ball is different from the design value, which may cause a game result unintended by the developer.

  On the other hand, in the case of a component with “small” or “none” in which “the amount of ball passing” where the ball does not pass or contact very much is not in contact with or almost in contact with the ball, the game result is not significantly affected. For this reason, even if the “position displacement at the time of component fixation” error occurs and the flow down of the ball is different from the design value, the game result is not directly affected.

  Therefore, depending on whether the “ball passage amount” is “large”, “small”, or “none”, the influence of the “positional displacement at the time of component fixing” error, which is low in importance, differs. For this reason, the evaluation item of the “ball passage amount” of the component is classified as an evaluation item with low importance because it is highly related to an error with low importance.

  In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of the “sphere passing amount” of a component, if the ball frequently passes or contacts, the “sphere passing amount” is evaluated as “large”, and the ball frequently passes or contacts. If the part is not a part, the “ball passing amount” is evaluated as “low”, and if the part is disposed outside the game area and the ball does not pass or contact, the “ball passing amount” is evaluated as “none”. As a result, “1 point” is assigned as an evaluation point to a component with “large passage amount”, while “0” is assigned as an evaluation point to a component with “low passage amount”. In addition, “0 points” are assigned as evaluation points equivalent to “small” to parts whose “sphere passing amount” is “none” (see FIG. 31A).

  Next, regarding the “part unit price” of a part, the “part unit price” related to the manufacture of the part itself is not the cause of the “screwing failure” error, but directly affects the “screwing failure” error. Not give. However, when a “screwing failure” error occurs and a part is damaged and replaced, the amount of loss for part replacement differs depending on the level of the “part unit price”. Therefore, the “part unit price” level is not directly related to the “screwing failure” error, but it can be said to be an evaluation item that is indirectly influenced.

  Regarding the “part unit price” of a part, if the “part unit price” is a “cheap” part, the unit price of the part itself is low even if the part itself must be replaced based on the occurrence of a “screwing failure” error. If so, the loss is small. Therefore, even if a “screwing failure” error occurs, the effect is small.

  On the other hand, if the “parts price” is “expensive” and the parts themselves have to be replaced based on the occurrence of a “screwing failure” error, the parts are expensive and the loss increases. . Therefore, the effect is great when a “screwing failure” error occurs.

  Therefore, the indirect influence due to the “screw stop failure” error differs depending on whether the “unit price” is “cheap” or “expensive”. For this reason, the evaluation item of “part unit price” of the component is indirectly influenced by the “screwing failure” error, and therefore is classified as an evaluation item with low importance.

  In the first embodiment, in the “item unit price” evaluation item, if the unit price for manufacturing the part itself is low, the “part unit price” is evaluated as “cheap”, and the unit price for manufacturing the part itself is If it is a high part, the “unit price” is evaluated as “expensive”. As a result, “1 point” is assigned as an evaluation point for parts whose “part unit price” is “cheap”, while “0” is assigned as an evaluation point for parts whose “part unit price” is “expensive” ( FIG. 31 (a)).

  Next, regarding “common parts” that are commonly used by one model and other models, if the part is unique to one model and is a “non-common” part that is not a “common part”, In the manufacturing process of the panel 13, it is a component that is not used to being placed by an operator on the manufacturing line and has a low skill level. For this reason, it can be said that it is a component in which an operation mistake tends to occur when the component is placed. Therefore, it can be said that the “non-common” component is appropriate for the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high “projection insertion permission function”.

  On the other hand, in the case of a “common” part that is commonly used by one model and another model, the work difference is a part that is used to the handling of the part and has a high level of skill of the worker. Therefore, it can be said that the “common” component is easily fitted into the positioning hole in any positioning hole.

  However, depending on whether this “common part” is “common” or “non-common”, the protrusion of the part may not be inserted into the positioning hole, which may cause a “screwing failure” error. Since evaluation is divided according to elements that are difficult to judge objectively, if a significant difference is provided due to the difference in evaluation of the evaluation items, there is a possibility that an adverse effect will appear greatly. Therefore, the evaluation item of “common part” is classified into an evaluation item having a low relevance, although the relevance to the error having a high importance is high.

  In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of “common part”, if it is a part unique to one model, it is evaluated as “non-common”, and it is a part that is commonly used by one model and another model. It is evaluated as “common”. As a result, “one point” is assigned as an evaluation point to “non-common” parts, while “0” is assigned as an evaluation point to “common” parts (see FIG. 31A).

  Next, regarding the “conveyance distance” of the part, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, when the “conveyance distance” from when the part is placed on the game board 13 until the screw is fixed is “short”, Since the number of times of impact due to the transport of the game board 13 is small, there is a low possibility that the projection of the component will jump out of the positioning hole, and there is a low possibility that the placement position of the component will shift. Therefore, a component with a “short conveying distance” is unlikely to cause a “screwing failure” error even if it is a positioning hole with a taper pin 311 with a low “projection holding function”. I can say that.

  On the other hand, in the case of a component having a long transport distance from when the component is placed on the game board 13 until it is screwed and fixed, the number of times of impact due to the transport of the game board 13 is large. There is a possibility of jumping out of the positioning hole. Therefore, a component having a “long conveyance distance” can cause a “screw fixing failure” error when it is a positioning hole by a taper pin 311 having a low “projection holding function”. I can say no.

  However, depending on whether this “conveyance distance” is “short” or “long”, the protrusion of the part may not be inserted into the positioning hole, which may cause a “screwing failure” error. The direct cause of popping out is the magnitude of the impact during transportation, not the number of times. However, since it is difficult to compare the impact at the time of transport, in this embodiment, the impact at the time of transport is replaced with the length of the “transport distance” for evaluation. Accordingly, if a significant difference is provided due to the difference in evaluation of the evaluation item of “conveyance distance”, there is a possibility that an adverse effect is greatly produced. Therefore, the evaluation item of “conveyance distance” is classified as an evaluation item with low relevance, although the relevance to the error with high importance is high.

  In the first embodiment, in the evaluation item of “transport distance”, the transport of the game board 13 is stopped after the component is placed on the game board 13 and fixed by the screw driving machine 420 (see FIG. 16). If the number of times played is less than 3, the “transport distance” is evaluated as “short”, and if the number of times the game board 13 is transported is 3 times or more, the “transport distance” is evaluated as long. As a result, “1 point” is assigned as an evaluation point to a component having a “conveyance distance” of “short”, while “0” is assigned as an evaluation point to a “long” component (see FIG. 31A). .

  Based on the “evaluation items” listed in FIG. 31 (a), each component mounted on the game board 13 is evaluated, and the pin type is determined based on FIG. 31 (b). Optimal pins 301, 311 and 321 are selected. Specifically, when the total score of the evaluation points is “0 to 4 points”, a positioning hole by the straight pin 301 is formed and the total score of the evaluation points is “5 to 8 points”. In this case, a positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321 is formed by drilling. When the total score of the evaluation points is “9 points or more”, a positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is formed by drilling.

  In this way, the element (characteristic) for each part is evaluated, and based on the evaluation result, the optimum pins 301, 311 and 321 are selected from the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 or the hybrid pin 321, and the component is selected. By forming the positioning holes for protrusions, it is possible to prevent the occurrence of errors in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 and improve the convenience when attaching components to the game board 13.

  Here, with reference to FIG. 32, a component in which the positioning hole by the straight pin 301 is appropriate will be described. FIG. 32 is a list of parts for forming the positioning holes using the straight pins 301. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the upper left corner decoration 71, the right corner decoration 70, and the main display unit 87 are selected as the parts in which the positioning holes by the straight pins 301 are appropriate.

  The upper left corner decoration 71 is “0” because it is “light” in the “weight” evaluation item, and “0” because it is “small (2)” in the evaluation item of “number of protrusions”. The evaluation item of “No” is “0” because it is “None”, the evaluation item of “Transparency of base” is “Non-transparent” and “0 point”, and the evaluation item of “Inside / outside of game area” is “Outside” Since it is “0”, the “game impact” evaluation item is “none”, so it is “0”, and the “ball passage” evaluation item is “no”, so “0”, "Evaluation item" is "Inexpensive", so it is "1 point", "Common part" evaluation item is "Common", so it is "0 point", and "Transport distance" evaluation item is "Short", so "1 point" Is. Accordingly, since the total score of the evaluation points of the upper left corner decoration 71 is “2 points”, it can be said that the upper left corner decoration 71 has an appropriate positioning hole by the straight pin 301.

  The right corner decoration 70 is “light” in the “weight” evaluation item and is “0”, and “high (4)” in the “number of protrusions” evaluation item is “2”. The evaluation item of “No” is “0” because it is “None”, “Non-transparent” is the evaluation item of “Base Transparency”, “0”, and “Outside” is the evaluation item of “Inside / Outside Game Area” Since it is “0”, the “game impact” evaluation item is “none”, so it is “0”, and the “ball passage” evaluation item is “no”, so “0”, "Evaluation item" is "Inexpensive", so it is "1 point", "Common part" evaluation item is "Common", so it is "0 point", and "Transport distance" evaluation item is "Short", so "1 point" Is. Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the right corner decoration 70 is “4 points”, it can be said that the right corner decoration 70 has an appropriate positioning hole by the straight pin 301.

  The main display unit 87 is “0” because it is “light” in the “weight” evaluation item, and “0” because it is “less (2)” in the evaluation item of “number of protrusions”. The evaluation item of “No” is “0” because it is “None”, “Non-transparent” is the evaluation item of “Base Transparency”, “0”, and “Outside” is the evaluation item of “Inside / Outside Game Area” Since it is “0”, the “game impact” evaluation item is “none”, so it is “0”, and the “ball passage” evaluation item is “no”, so “0”, "Evaluation item" is "Inexpensive", so it is "1 point", "Common part" evaluation item is "Common", so it is "0 point", and "Transport distance" evaluation item is "Short", so "1 point" It is. Accordingly, since the total score of the evaluation points of the main display unit 87 is “2 points”, it can be said that the main display unit 87 has an appropriate positioning hole by the straight pin 301.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 33, a component in which the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate will be described. FIG. 33 is a list of parts for forming the positioning holes using the taper pins 311. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the center frame 86, the general winning port unit 3, the start winning port unit 4, and the attacker unit 5 are selected as appropriate parts for the positioning holes by the taper pins 311. .

  The center frame 86 is “2 points” because it is “heavy” in the “weight” evaluation item, “2 points” because it is “high (7)” in the evaluation item “number of protrusions”, and “plating presence / absence” In the evaluation item of “Yes”, it is “2 points”, in the evaluation item of “Transparency of base” is “Non-transparent”, it is “0 points”, and in the evaluation item of “Game area inside / outside”, it is “Inside”. “1 point”, “game impact” evaluation item is “large”, so “1 point”, “ball passing amount” evaluation item “high”, “1 point”, “parts unit price” In the evaluation item of “No.”, it is “0” because it is “expensive”, “1 point” because it is “non-common” in the evaluation item of “common parts”, and “0” because it is “long” in the evaluation item of “transport distance” Is. Accordingly, since the total score of the evaluation points of the center frame 86 is “10 points”, it can be said that the center frame 86 is appropriate for the positioning hole by the taper pin 311.

  The general winning opening unit 3 is “2 points” because it is “heavy” in the “weight” evaluation item, and “2 points” because it is “large (4)” in the evaluation item “number of protrusions”. The “existence” evaluation item is “None”, so it is “0”, the “base transparency” evaluation item is “transparent”, so “2 points”, and the “game area inside / outside” evaluation item is “inside”. It is “1 point”, the evaluation item of “game influence level” is “small”, so it is “0 point”, the evaluation item of “ball passing amount” is “small”, so “0 point”, The evaluation item of “” is “cheap” and therefore “1 point”, the evaluation item of “common part” is “non-common” and “1 point”, and the evaluation item of “conveyance distance” is “long” and “0” Point. Accordingly, since the total score of the evaluation points of the general winning award opening unit 3 is “9 points”, it can be said that the general winning award opening unit 3 has an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311.

  The start winning unit 4 is “2 points” because it is “heavy” in the “weight” evaluation item, “0 points” because it is “small (2)” in the evaluation item “number of protrusions”, and “plating” The “existence” evaluation item is “Yes” because it is “2”, the “base transparency” evaluation item is “non-transparent”, so it is “0”, and the “gaming area inside / outside” evaluation item is “in” Therefore, it is “1 point”, the evaluation item of “game influence level” is “large”, so it is “1 point”, and the evaluation item of “ball passage amount” is “high”, so “1 point”, The unit price evaluation item is “expensive”, so it is “0”, the “common part” evaluation item is “non-common”, “1 point”, and the “conveyance distance” evaluation item is “short”. 1 point ". Accordingly, since the total score of the evaluation points of the start winning port unit 4 is “9 points”, it can be said that the starting winning port unit 4 has an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311.

  The attacker unit 5 is “2 points” because it is “heavy” in the “weight” evaluation item, and “2 points” because it is “large (4)” in the evaluation item “number of protrusions”. The evaluation item of “Yes” is “2” because it is “Yes”, the evaluation item of “Transparency of base” is “Non-transparent” and is “0”, and the evaluation item of “Inside / outside of game area” is “Inside”. “1 point”, “game impact” evaluation item is “large”, so “1 point”, “ball passing amount” evaluation item “high”, “1 point”, “parts unit price” In the evaluation item of “No.”, it is “0” because it is “expensive”, “1 point” because it is “non-common” in the evaluation item of “common parts”, and “0” because it is “long” in the evaluation item of “transport distance” Is. Accordingly, since the total score of the evaluation points of the attacker unit 5 is “10 points”, it can be said that the attacker unit 5 has an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311.

  Also, the attacker unit 5 is configured so that the attacker unit 5 is first placed by the attacker unit placement step (S206) among the parts placed on the game board 13. This is because, in the vicinity of the attacker unit 5, the general winning opening unit 3 is disposed adjacent to the left and right, and the starting winning opening unit 4 is disposed adjacent to the upper part. When 3, 4 is placed before the attacker unit 5, the attacker unit 5 must be placed in the space sandwiched between the parts 3, 4, and when the attacker unit 5 is placed. There is a risk of contact with the parts 3 and 4. Specifically, for example, when the attacker unit 5 is placed after the left and right general prize opening units 3 are placed first, the attacker unit 5 is placed in a space sandwiched between the left and right general prize opening units 3. At any stage, any of the general prize opening units 3 and the attacker unit 5 may come into contact with each other and the components may be damaged.

  Here, since the general prize opening unit 3 is disposed adjacent to the attacker unit 5, if the attacker unit 5 is not securely inserted into the attacker positioning holes 622 to 625, the general winning hole unit 3 is subsequently placed on the game board 13. There is a possibility that the winning opening unit 3 is not properly placed on the game board 13. Therefore, the attacker unit 5 is placed on the game board 13 prior to the adjacent parts 3 and 4, and the attacker positioning holes 622 to 625 are formed by the taper pins 311 so that the attacker protrusion (not shown) is secured. Are inserted into the attacker positioning holes 622 to 625 to prevent the parts 3 to 5 from being damaged, and the general winning port unit 3, the start winning port unit 4 and the attacker unit 5 are securely connected. It can be placed on the game board 13.

  Next, with reference to FIG. 34, the component in which the positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321 is appropriate will be described. FIG. 34 is a list of parts for forming positioning holes by using the hybrid pins 321. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the board surface side decoration 8, the through gate 7, and the return ball preventing member 68 are selected as parts for which the positioning holes by the hybrid pins 321 are appropriate.

  The board side decoration 8 is “0” because it is “light” in the “weight” evaluation item, and “0” because it is “less (2)” in the evaluation item of “number of protrusions”. The evaluation item of “Yes” is “2” because it is “Yes”, the evaluation item of “Transparency of the base” is “Non-transparent”, so it is “0”, and the evaluation item of “Game area inside / outside” is “In” It is “1 point”, the evaluation item of “game influence level” is “small”, so it is “0 point”, the evaluation item of “ball passing amount” is “small”, so “0 point”, The evaluation item of “” is “cheap” and therefore “1 point”, the evaluation item of “common part” is “non-common” and “1 point”, and the evaluation item of “conveyance distance” is “long” and “0” Point. Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the board surface side decoration 8 is “5 points”, it can be said that the board surface side decoration 8 has an appropriate positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321.

  The through-gate 7 is “0” because it is “light” in the “weight” evaluation item, and “0” because it is “small (2)” in the “number of protrusions” evaluation item. The evaluation item of “None” is “0” because it is “None”, the evaluation item “Base transparency” is “Transparent” and “2 points”, and the evaluation item “Inside / outside of game area” is “Inside”. "Evaluation item" is "Large" because it is "Large", so it is "1 point", and "Evaluation item" is "Large", so it is "1 point". The evaluation item is “cheap”, so it is “1 point”, the evaluation item “common part” is “non-common”, so it is “1 point”, and the “transport distance” evaluation item is “short”, so “1 point”. It is. Accordingly, since the total score of the evaluation points of the through gate 7 is “8 points”, it can be said that the through gate 7 has an appropriate positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321.

  The return ball prevention member 68 is “0” because it is “light” in the “weight” evaluation item, and “0” because it is “small (2)” in the evaluation item of “number of protrusions”. The “existence” evaluation item is “None”, so it is “0”, the “base transparency” evaluation item is “transparent”, so “2 points”, and the “game area inside / outside” evaluation item is “inside”. It is “1 point”, the “game impact” evaluation item is “small”, so it is “0 point”, the “ball passing amount” evaluation item is “large”, and “1 point”. "Evaluation item" is "Inexpensive", so it is "1 point", "Common part" evaluation item is "Common", so it is "0 point" Is. Accordingly, since the total score of the evaluation points of the return ball preventing member 68 is “6 points”, it can be said that the return ball preventing member 68 has an appropriate positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321.

  As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the taper portion (for example, the hole formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b is formed by the positioning hole (for example, the through positioning hole 627) formed by the hybrid pin 321. The straight portion (for example, the through straight portion) formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a while making it easy to insert the protrusion on the component side into the hole of the positioning hole (maintaining the protrusion insertion allowing function) by the through taper portion 627b) 627a) makes it possible to temporarily hold the component-side protrusions inserted into the positioning holes (maintain the protrusion holding function).

  Conventionally, the positioning hole formed by the straight pin 301 (for example, the main display positioning hole 610) is formed slightly smaller than the diameter of the protrusion on the component side (for example, the main display protrusion 87k). In the first transfer process (S206 to S211) or the second transfer process (S213 to S216) in the process (see S200 in FIG. 10), the worker places the component on the game board 13 and the protrusion on the component side. When trying to fit into the positioning hole, the projection may be transported without being firmly fitted into the positioning hole due to the effect that the diameter of the projection is larger than the diameter of the positioning hole. In particular, a part having a plating layer with a plating process (for example, a side protrusion of the board side decoration 8) has a protrusion having a plating layer because the diameter of the entire protrusion is increased by the thickness of the plating layer. When trying to fit into the positioning hole, the above-mentioned problem is likely to occur.

  Further, the positioning hole (for example, the start positioning hole 621) formed by the taper pin 311 changes (large or small) in the diameter of the positioning hole due to the influence of individual differences (plate thickness and hardness) of the base plate 60, Manufacturing irregularities may occur in the size of the hole shape. In particular, when the hole shape is large in size, it becomes easier to insert the component-side protrusion into the positioning hole (improves the protrusion insertion permission function), but the component-side protrusion is The temporarily holding force (projection holding function) may be reduced, and the component side projection may jump out of the positioning hole in the transport process of the game board 13 or the like.

  On the other hand, since the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a is unlikely to cause manufacturing unevenness as described above, it can always have a certain degree of protrusion holding function. Further, as described above, the taper portion formed by the hybrid taper portion 324b may have manufacturing irregularities, and since a diameter larger than the diameter of the component-side protrusion can be formed, it always has a constant protrusion insertion allowance function. be able to. Therefore, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 eliminates the disadvantage of the positioning hole by the straight pin 301 and the disadvantage of the positioning hole by the taper pin 311, respectively. It has a shape that also has an “allowable function”.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, when the through positioning hole 627 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the hybrid pin 321, the hybrid straight portion 324a is formed at the hole edge of the through positioning hole 627. A hybrid straight peeling portion 60d is formed at a corresponding position, and a hybrid taper peeling portion 60e is formed at a position corresponding to the hybrid taper portion 324b. These peeling portions 60d and 60e are formed by straight pins 301. Smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b. Therefore, the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is not deteriorated as compared with the straight peeling portion 60b.

  Furthermore, since the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d and the hybrid taper peeling portion 60e are smaller than the straight peeling portion 60b, when the component is screwed to the game board 13, when the component is placed on the game board 13, The base of the component is placed in a state of being substantially in contact with the surface of the game board 13. Then, by fixing the parts with screws in this state, the fixing position of the parts can be installed almost as designed, and the installation error of the parts can be made difficult to occur.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, the elements (characteristics) for each part are evaluated, and based on the evaluation result, the optimum pins 301, 311, among the straight pins 301, the taper pins 311, or the hybrid pins 321 are evaluated. When 321 is selected and a positioning hole for the projection of the part is formed, an error in the manufacturing process of the game board 13 is prevented in advance, and convenience when attaching the part to the game board 13 Can be improved.

  In particular, for each component, identify elements that are likely to cause serious (uncorrectable) errors and elements that are likely to cause longitude (correctable) errors, and lightly evaluate each element. By making a determination, it is possible to easily determine a positioning hole having a higher appropriateness.

  Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, in the gaming board 13 conveyed on the production line 400, the conveyance direction of the gaming board 13 and the hole side of the positioning hole formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a are perpendicular to each other. Thus, a positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321 (see FIG. 24A). That is, of the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pin 321, the straight portion (for example, the through straight portion 627 a) formed by the hybrid straight portion 324 a is perpendicular to the transport direction of the game board 13 (for example, the game board). 13 is configured so that the through straight portion 627a is parallel to the vertical direction of the game board 13 when the left side is conveyed from the left side of the front view.

  When the game board 13 is transported on the production line 400, in each manufacturing process such as the first transport process for placing parts, the game board 13 being transported is stopped, and after the work in each manufacturing process is completed, the game is played again. Each time the board 13 is transported and the game board 13 is stopped or every time the game board 13 is transported, an inertial force is applied to the components placed on the game board 13. Due to the impact of the component to which the inertial force is applied, the positioning projection may jump out of the positioning hole of the game board 13 and the position of the component may be shifted from the placed position.

  Therefore, of the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pins 321, the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324 a is perpendicular to the transport direction of the game board 13 (for example, the game board 13 is transported with the left side when viewed from the front as the head. The through straight portion 627a is parallel to the longitudinal direction of the gaming board 13), so that even if an inertial force is applied to the component, the projection of the component is formed by the straight portion. It is possible to suppress the protrusion of the component from jumping out of the positioning hole by being caught by the hole edge (corner portion) of the positioning hole.

  Further, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, in the first transport process and the second transport process, the transport unit is configured such that the lower part 13l in front view of the game board 13 is on the left side (outside of the line) in the transport direction of the production line 400. It is carried on 403. That is, a worker on the left side (outside the transfer direction) can view the game board 13 from the front, and a worker on the right side (in the line) in the transfer direction can view the game board 13 from the reverse direction (upper front view). You will see. In the production line 400, the same number of parts are placed on the left side in the transport direction and the right side in the transport direction in the first transport process. However, in the second transport process described later, the number of parts placed on the left side in the transport direction is 3. In addition, the number of components placed on the right side in the transport direction is one, and the number of components placed on the side where the game board 13 can be viewed from the front is set to be larger than the number of components placed on the right side in the transport direction. Accordingly, it is easy for an operator who works on the left side in the transport direction, that is, the side where the game board 13 can be viewed from the front, to place the parts by looking straight at the game board 13 so that the parts can be placed on the game board 13. Convenience when attaching can be improved.

  Furthermore, in the pachinko machine 10 of the first embodiment, in the first screwing step (S212), screws are not screwed into the attacker unit 5 and temporarily fixed. As described above, the left and right general winning opening unit 3 and the starting winning opening unit 4 are arranged in the vicinity of the attacker unit 5 as described above, but these components 3 and 4 are in the second conveying step (S213). This is because it is easy to place these components 3 and 4 on the game board 13 because they are placed on the game board 13 in .about.S216). Specifically, for example, if the attacker unit 5 is temporarily fixed in the first screwing step, and a “position misalignment error” described later occurs in the attacker unit 5, The fixed position of the attacker unit 5 is deviated from the design value, and due to the deviation, a part of the attacker unit 5 comes into contact with the general prize opening unit 3 and the start prize opening unit 4 arranged adjacent to each other, and the component 3 , 4 may not be attached to the game board 13. Therefore, in the first screwing process, the attacker unit 5 is not temporarily fixed with screws, and the parts 3 and 4 are placed in the second transporting process, and the parts are normally placed on the game board 13 normally. After that, by fixing all the parts to the game board 13 in the second screwing process (S217), it is possible to smoothly place the parts on the game board 13, and the game board 13 Therefore, the convenience when attaching the parts can be improved.

  In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, the return ball preventing member 68, the right corner decoration 70, the upper left corner decoration 71, and the main display unit 87 are common parts, and therefore the placement position and placement order for each model. There is no need to change. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, these common parts 68, 70, 71, 87 are first screwed and temporarily fixed without changing the manufacturing order or the manufacturing line for each model, so that the common parts Therefore, the convenience in attaching components to the game board 13 can be improved.

Second Embodiment
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the second embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 35 and 36. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, a plurality of protrusions (for example, the start protrusions 4i and 4j) of one component (for example, the start winning port unit 4) are configured in the same shape. In the case where the plating process is applied to the plurality of protrusions, the plurality of protrusions are also subjected to the same plating process, and the plurality of protrusions have the same configuration. Accordingly, positioning holes (for example, start positioning holes 620 and 621) corresponding to these protrusions are also formed by being drilled by the same pin (for example, taper pin 311).

  On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, the start winning port unit 4 is plated on one side (right side in front view) of the starting winning port unit 4 while the other of the start winning port unit 4 is By configuring so that the plating process is not performed on the side (left side in front view), the thickness of the starting protrusions 4i1 and 4j is configured to be different depending on the presence or absence of the plating layer 4e3. Further, in the starting base portion 4e, it is configured such that whether the back side of the starting base portion 4e is visible or not is different between a portion subjected to the plating process and a portion not subjected to the plating process. Accordingly, the positioning holes 620a and 621 corresponding to the protrusions 4i1 and 4j are also formed by being drilled by the pins 311 and 321 which are appropriate according to the characteristics of the protrusions 4i1 and 4j. With this configuration, even when there is a protrusion having different characteristics in one component, a positioning hole is formed by a pin having an appropriate property according to the characteristics of the protrusion, and the game board 13 is manufactured. In the process, it is difficult for the protrusions to jump out of the positioning holes, and the convenience in attaching components to the game board 13 can be improved.

  Hereinafter, the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment will be described focusing on differences from the pachinko machine 10 in the first embodiment. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as those in the first embodiment, and illustration and description thereof are omitted.

  FIG. 35 explains the configuration of the start winning opening unit 4 of the pachinko machine 10 in the second embodiment. FIG. 35 (a) is a front view of the start prize opening unit 4 of the second embodiment, and FIG. 35 (b) is a start prize opening of the second embodiment as viewed from the direction of line Vb in FIG. 35 (a). 35 is a top view of the unit 4, FIG. 35 (c) is a sectional view taken along line XXXVc-XXXVc in FIG. 35 (a), FIG. 35 (d) is an enlarged sectional view of FIG. 35 (c), FIG. 35 (e) is a cross-sectional view taken along line XXXVe-XXXVe in FIG. 35 (a), and FIG. 35 (f) is an enlarged cross-sectional view of FIG. 35 (e).

  In the start winning opening unit 4 in the second embodiment, the difference from the first embodiment is that the plating process is performed on the right side of the start winning opening unit 4 in front view and the plating is performed on the left side of the start winning opening unit 4 in front view. This is a point where processing is not performed. Since other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment, the description thereof is omitted.

  In the start winning opening unit 4 of the second embodiment, the entire start base 4e is made of a translucent ABS resin, and a plating treatment (silver in the second embodiment) is provided on the left side of the start base 4e as viewed from the front. It has a plating layer 4e3 (see FIG. 35D) on which plating is performed. Therefore, the back side (cell sheet 60a) is configured to be invisible in the right part of the starting base 4e as viewed from the front.

  On the other hand, the left side of the starting base 4e as viewed from the front is not plated and does not have a plating layer (see FIG. 35 (e)). Therefore, the back side (cell sheet 60a) is configured to be visible in the left part of the starting base 4e as viewed from the front.

  Further, as shown in FIG. 35 (b), the start winning opening unit 4 includes a plurality (two in the second embodiment) of start protrusions 4i1 on the back side (the side in contact with the base plate 60) of the start base 4e. , 4j are provided. The start protrusions 4i1 and 4j are such that the left start protrusion 4i1 is near the lower part of the start screw insertion hole 4g in the front view (for example, a distance 5 millimeters below the start screw insertion hole 4g), and the right start protrusion 4j is the start screw insertion. It is provided in the vicinity of the upper side of the hole 4h when viewed from the front (for example, a distance of 5 mm above the starting screw insertion hole 4h).

  The left starting protrusion 4i1 is formed with a length of 2.00 mm and a diameter φ2.4 mm from the starting base 4e to the back side. On the other hand, the right start protrusion 4j differs from the left start protrusion 4i1 by the thickness of the plating layer 4e3, and the amount of protrusion differs from the start base 4e to the back side with a length of 2.05mm and a diameter of φ2.5mm. ing.

  The start protrusions 4i1 and 4j are provided with a start positioning hole 620a (not shown) formed in the game board 13 and start position when the start winning unit 4 is screwed to the game board 13. These are inserted into the holes 621 to temporarily hold the start winning port unit 4 before screwing on the game board 13. By inserting the start protrusions 4i1 and 4j into the start positioning holes 620a and 621, the start winning port unit 4 before screwing is temporarily held so as not to be displaced from the game board 13.

  As described above, since the plating process is performed on the right side of the starting base 4e and the plating layer 4e3 is provided, the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is added to form the thickness on the right side of the starting base 4e. . That is, the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 is added to the thickness of the ABS resin that constitutes the starting base 4e, thereby forming the thickness on the right side of the starting base 4e. Therefore, the starting protrusion 4j provided on the right starting base 4e is also plated to have a plating layer 4e3. For this reason, the length of the starting protrusion 4j is 2 mm (the length of the ABS resin) +0.05 mm (the plating layer 4e3) by adding the thickness of the plating layer 4e3 to the length constituted by the ABS resin. = 2.05 mm. The diameter of the starting protrusion 4j is 2.4 mm (ABS resin diameter) +0.05 mm × 2 (plated layer 4e3) = 2.5 mm.

  On the other hand, since the plating process is not performed on the left side of the starting base 4e and the plating layer 4e3 is not provided, the thickness of the left side of the starting base 4e is formed without the thickness of the plating layer 4e3. That is, the thickness of the left side of the starting base 4e is configured with the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the starting base 4e. Therefore, the length of the starting protrusion 4i1 is only a thickness (length) made of ABS resin, and is 2 mm (length of ABS resin). The diameter of the start protrusion 4i1 is 2.4 mm (diameter for ABS resin). Therefore, the starting protrusion 4j is configured to be thicker by 0.05 mm in length and 0.1 mm in diameter than the starting protrusion 4i1 that is not plated.

  Here, referring to FIG. 36, the proper shape of the positioning holes 620a and 621 in the starting protrusion 4j and the starting protrusion 4i1, respectively, and in order to form the positioning holes 620a and 621, Whether the pins 301, 311 and 321 are appropriate or not is evaluated individually on the left and right sides of the start winning opening unit 4. FIG. 36 is a table showing pin appropriateness of the start winning a prize opening unit in the second embodiment.

  As shown in FIG. 36, the right side of the start winning opening unit 4 has the same configuration as that of the starting winning opening unit 4 of the first embodiment. Therefore, the “weight” evaluation item is “heavy”, so “2 points”. In the evaluation item of “number of protrusions”, “less (1)” is “0 point”, and in the evaluation item of “plating presence / absence”, “present” is “2 points”, and “transparency of base” is Since the evaluation item is “non-transparent”, it is “0 point”, the evaluation item “inside / outside of the game area” is “inside” and “1 point”, and the evaluation item “game influence level” is “large”, so “1” It is “point”, “ball passing amount” is evaluated as “high”, so “1 point”, and “parts unit price” is evaluated as “expensive”, so it is “0”, and “common part” is evaluated. Since the item is “non-common”, it is “1 point”, and the evaluation item of “transport distance” is “short”, so “1 point” A. Accordingly, since the total score of the right evaluation points of the start winning port unit 4 is “9”, it can be said that the right side of the starting winning port unit 4 has an appropriate positioning hole by the taper pin 311.

  On the other hand, the left side of the start winning opening unit 4 is “2” because the “weight” evaluation item is “heavy”, and “less (1)” is “0” in the “number of protrusions” evaluation item. Yes, the evaluation item for “Plating presence / absence” is “None”, so it is “0 points”, the evaluation item for “Transparency of base” is “Translucent”, so it is “1 point” In “inside”, it is “1 point”, in the evaluation item of “game influence level” is “large”, it is “1 point”, and in the evaluation item of “ball passing amount”, it is “high”, so “1 point” Yes, it is “0” because it is “expensive” in the evaluation item of “part unit price”, “1 point” because it is “non-common” in the evaluation item of “common part”, and “evaluation item” is “ “Short” so “1 point”. Therefore, since the total score of the left evaluation points of the start winning port unit 4 is “8 points”, it can be said that the left side of the starting winning port unit 4 has an appropriate positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321.

  Therefore, in the start winning opening unit 4 of the second embodiment, when the start positioning hole 621 corresponding to the start protrusion 4j subjected to the plating process on the right side when viewed from the front is drilled and formed, the starter positioning hole is formed by the taper pin 311. 621 is formed by drilling. On the other hand, when the start positioning hole 620a corresponding to the start protrusion 4i1 not subjected to the plating process on the left side when viewed from the front is drilled, the start positioning hole 620a is formed by the hybrid pin 321.

  That is, with respect to the protrusion having the plating layer, the protrusion having the plating layer is inserted and temporarily held by the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high “protrusion insertion permission function” by the increase in the thickness of the plating layer. Configure. On the other hand, for protrusions that do not have a plating layer, protrusions that do not have a plating layer are inserted and temporarily held by positioning holes by hybrid pins 321 that have both a “protrusion holding function” and a “protrusion insertion allowance function”. To be configured.

  With this configuration, even when the start projection 4i1 and the start projection 4j having different characteristics (with or without plating treatment) are included in one start winning opening unit 4, the start projection 4i1 and the start projection 4j The start positioning holes 620a and 621 are formed by the pins 311 and 321 which are appropriate according to the characteristics (the presence or absence of the plating process). It is difficult to jump out from 620a and 621, and convenience when attaching components to the game board 13 can be improved.

  As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the second embodiment, even if there is a protrusion with different characteristics in one component, the positioning hole is drilled with a pin that is appropriate according to the characteristics of the protrusion. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, it is difficult for the protrusions to jump out of the positioning holes, and the convenience in attaching components to the game board 13 can be improved.

  In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 in 2nd Embodiment, there exists the same effect as the effect show | played by the pachinko machine 10 in 1st Embodiment by the structure same as the pachinko machine 10 in 1st Embodiment.

<Third Embodiment>
Next, the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 37 and 38. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the first embodiment, a plurality of protrusions (for example, center protrusions (not shown)) of one component (for example, the center frame 86) are configured in the same shape. For example, if the entire part has been plated, the same plating process is applied to the plurality of protrusions, and the plurality of protrusions have the same configuration. Therefore, even if the part characteristics (for example, the passing amount of the sphere) differ for each part, only the evaluation of the entire part is performed, and based on the evaluation, the positioning hole (for example, the center positioning hole 613) corresponding to the protrusion ... 619) are also formed by being drilled by the same pin (for example, taper pin 311).

  On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, the characteristics are determined for each part of the second center frame 88 having a shape different from that of the center frame 86 of the first embodiment. Specifically, one side (left side in front view) of the second center frame 88 is determined to be a portion where “the amount of passing ball” is “large”, while the other side (right side in front view) of the second center frame 88 is determined. It is determined that the “ball passage amount” is “small”. Then, it is configured to select a proper pin according to the determination result, and to form a positioning hole (not shown) corresponding to a projection (not shown) corresponding to those portions by the pin. . With this configuration, even if there is a part with different characteristics in one component, the positioning hole is positioned by a pin that is appropriate for the protrusion provided in the part according to the characteristics of the part. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, it is difficult for the protrusions to protrude from the positioning holes, and the productivity when attaching components to the game board 13 can be improved.

  In addition, the pachinko machine 10 in 3rd Embodiment is demonstrated centering on the point which is different from the pachinko machine 10 in 1st Embodiment and 2nd Embodiment. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as those in the first embodiment and the second embodiment, and illustration and description thereof are omitted.

  FIG. 37 is a front view of the second center frame 88 of the third embodiment. Similar to the center frame 86 of the first embodiment, the second center frame 88 of the third embodiment is disposed so as to surround the outer periphery of the special symbol display device 81. The second center frame 88 is made of ABS resin, and the entire surface thereof is plated (silver plating in the third embodiment). Since the second center frame 88 is plated as described above, the back side (cell sheet 60a) of the second center frame 88 is configured to be invisible in front view.

  Further, the second center frame 88 is provided with a second outer shape portion 88b having a three-dimensional shape having a thickness (for example, 15 mm) that is slightly larger than the diameter of the sphere forward from the second center base portion 88a. In the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment, the second center frame 88 is disposed substantially at the center of the game area, and the top of the second center frame 88 (upper front view; near the center screw insertion hole 88c (for example, the center A distance of 10 millimeters from the screw insertion hole 88c).

  A game area in which the ball flows down from the top is divided. For example, a ball in contact with the left side of the second center frame 88 flows down the game area on the left side of the second center frame 88, while the second center from the top. The ball that contacts the right side of the frame 88 is configured to flow down the game area on the right side of the second center frame 88. In the case of the third embodiment, the top portion of the second center frame 88 is provided at a position slightly shifted to the right side from the center of the second center frame 88.

  That is, when the ball launched into the game area by the ball launching unit 112a collides with the left side of the top of the second center frame 88, it flows down the game area on the left side of the second center frame 88 (so-called so-called). Left-handed). In addition, when reaching the right side of the second center frame 88 beyond the top of the second center frame 88, the game area on the right side of the second center frame 88 flows down (so-called right-handed).

  In the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, in the normal gaming state, the player launches a ball by the ball launching unit 112a so that the ball flows down on the left side of the top of the second center frame 88, and the normal gaming state In a game state such as a jackpot different from the above (for example, a jackpot state, a probability variation state, or a time reduction state), the ball launch unit 112a launches the ball so that the ball flows down on the right side of the top of the second center frame 88.

  This is because in the normal gaming state of the pachinko machine 10, a ball that has flowed down the left side of the second center frame 88 easily enters the first start winning opening (not shown), and a ball that has flowed down the right side of the second center frame 88 This is because it is configured so that it is difficult to enter the first start winning opening and the second starting winning opening (not shown). Further, in the big hit state of the pachinko machine 10, the ball that has flowed down the right side of the second center frame 88 is likely to enter the big prize opening 5a or the second starting prize port, and the ball that has flowed down the left side of the second center frame 88 is a big prize This is because it is configured so that it is difficult to enter the mouth 5a or the second start winning opening.

  Therefore, in the pachinko machine 10 according to the third embodiment, since the time of the normal game state is generally larger than the special game state such as jackpot, the amount of balls passing through the left side of the second center frame 88 is large. It can be said that the amount of spheres passing through the right side of the second center frame 88 is small.

  The second center frame 88 is provided with center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j at eight locations around the second center base 88a in a front view (see FIG. 37). Screws can be screwed into the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j, respectively. With the second center frame 88 placed on the game board 13, the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j are inserted into the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j. The second center frame 88 is fixed to the game board 13 by screwing screws.

  The second center frame 88 is provided with a plurality of (eight in the third embodiment) center protrusions (not shown) on the back side (the side in contact with the base plate 60) of the second center base 88a. Yes. The center protrusions are provided in the vicinity of the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j (for example, a distance of 5 millimeters from the center screw insertion holes 88c to 88j), and slightly protrude from the back side of the second center base portion 88a (third In the embodiment, the length is 2.05 mm and the diameter is 2.5 mm.

  When the second center frame 88 is screwed to the game board 13, the center protrusion is inserted into a center positioning hole (not shown) formed in the game board 13 to be screwed. This is for temporarily holding the previous second center frame 88 on the game board 13. By inserting the center protrusions into the center positioning holes, the second center frame 88 before screwing is temporarily held so as not to be displaced from the game board 13.

  As described above, since the entire second center base 88a is plated and has a plating layer (not shown), the thickness of the second center base 88a is increased by adding the thickness of the plating layer. It is composed. That is, the thickness of the plating layer is added to the thickness of the ABS resin constituting the second center base portion 88a, so that the entire thickness of the second center base portion 88a is formed. Therefore, the center protrusion (not shown) provided on the second center base 88a is also plated to have a plated layer. For this reason, the length of the center protrusion is 2 mm (the length of the ABS resin) +0.05 mm (the amount of the plating layer) by adding the thickness of the plating layer to the thickness (length) of the ABS resin. = 2.05 mm. The diameter of the center protrusion is 2.4 mm (ABS resin diameter) +0.05 mm × 2 (plated layer) = 2.5 mm.

  Here, referring to FIG. 38, in the second center frame 88, appropriate positioning is performed on the left side portion where the “ball passage amount” is “large” and the right side portion where the “ball passage amount” is “small”. The shape of the hole and whether the pins 301, 311 and 321 are appropriate for forming the positioning hole are individually evaluated on the left and right sides of the second center frame 88. . FIG. 38 is a table showing pin appropriateness of the second center frame 88 in the third embodiment. In addition, in the second center frame 88, as a left side part, a part provided with five screw insertion holes 88c to 88g having a “large ball passage amount” center screw insertion holes 88c to 88g, and a right side part, A portion provided with three screw insertion holes 88h to 88j having a “small ball passage amount” and “small” is targeted.

  As shown in FIG. 38, the left part of the second center frame 88 is “2” because it is “heavy” in the “weight” evaluation item, and “large (5) in the“ number of protrusions ”evaluation item. “2 points”, “Yes” in the evaluation item “Plating presence / absence”, “2 points”, “Non-transparent” in the evaluation item “Base transparency”, “0 points”, “ The evaluation item “inside / outside of game area” is “inside”, so “1 point”, the evaluation item “game influence level” is “large”, “1 point”, and the evaluation item “ball passing amount” is “high” "1 point", "0" because the "component unit price" evaluation item is "expensive", "1 point" because the "common part" evaluation item is "not common", and "conveyance" The evaluation item “distance” is “long” and thus “0”. Accordingly, since the total score of the evaluation points of the left part of the second center frame 88 is “10 points”, it can be said that the left part of the second center frame 88 is appropriate for the positioning hole by the taper pin 311. .

  On the other hand, the right part of the second center frame 88 is “2 points” because it is “heavy” in the “weight” evaluation item, and “0 points” because it is “small (3)” in the “number of protrusions” evaluation item. In the evaluation item of “Plating presence / absence”, it is “Yes”, so it is “2 points”, and in the evaluation item of “Transparency of base”, it is “Non-transparent”, so it is “0 points”, “Out of game area” Since the evaluation item is “inside”, it is “1 point”, the evaluation item of “game influence level” is “large”, so it is “1 point”, and the evaluation item of “ball passing amount” is “small”, so “0 point” The evaluation item for “part price” is “0” because it is “expensive”, the evaluation item for “common part” is “1 point” because it is “non-common”, and the evaluation item for “conveyance distance” Then, because it is “long”, it is “0 point”. Therefore, since the total score of the evaluation points of the right part of the second center frame 88 is “7 points”, the right part of the second center frame 88 has an appropriate positioning hole by the hybrid pin 321. I can say that.

  Therefore, in the second center frame 88 of the third embodiment, when a center positioning hole (not shown) corresponding to the left five center protrusions where the “ball passage amount” is “large” is drilled and formed. When the center positioning hole is drilled and formed by the taper pin 311 and the center positioning hole corresponding to the three center projections on the right side where the “ball passage amount” is “small” is formed, the hybrid pin 321 The center positioning hole is formed by drilling.

  That is, with respect to the protrusion of the portion where the “ball passage amount” is “large”, considering the large amount of the “ball passage amount”, the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 having a high “projection insertion allowance function” It is configured to insert and temporarily hold the protrusion of the portion having the “amount” of “amount”. On the other hand, a hybrid pin that has both a "projection holding function" and a "projection insertion allowance function" for projections at sites where the "ball passage amount" is "small" considering the small amount of "ball passage amount" The positioning hole 321 is configured to insert and temporarily hold a protrusion at a portion where the “ball passage amount” is “small”.

  With this configuration, even if there is a part with different characteristics (“ball passage amount”) in one second center frame 88, the center is provided by the pins 311 and 321 that are appropriate according to the characteristics. A positioning hole is formed by drilling, and in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, each center projection hardly protrudes from the center positioning hole, and productivity when attaching components to the game board 13 can be improved.

  As described above, according to the pachinko machine 10 of the third embodiment, even if there are parts having different characteristics in one part, the protrusions provided on the parts are formed according to the characteristics of the parts. A positioning hole is drilled and formed with an appropriate pin, and in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, it is difficult for each projection to jump out of the positioning hole, thereby improving productivity when attaching components to the game board 13. be able to.

  In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 in the third embodiment, the same effect as the effect of the pachinko machine 10 in the corresponding embodiment is obtained by the same configuration as the pachinko machine 10 in either the first embodiment or the second embodiment. Play.

<Fourth embodiment>
Next, a fourth embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. Note that the fourth embodiment will be described focusing on differences from the first embodiment. In the following description, the same reference numerals are given to the same elements as those in the first embodiment, and illustration and description thereof are omitted.

  In the first embodiment, when forming the positioning holes 601 to 629, the positioning holes 601 to 629 selected for each part are drilled in the game board 13 using the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311, and the hybrid pin 321. Forming. When the positioning hole is drilled and formed by the hybrid pin 321, the hybrid taper peeling part 60e and the hybrid straight peeling part 60d are formed smaller than when the positioning hole is drilled and formed by the straight pin 301. The hybrid taper peeling part 60e and the hybrid straight peeling part 60d are formed so that the peeling part is smaller than the straight peeling part 60b by the straight pin 301 but larger than the taper peeling part 60c by the taper pin 311. Is done. Although the hybrid taper peeling part 60e and the hybrid straight peeling part 60d are not as large as the straight peeling part 60b, there is a possibility that the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is deteriorated or that the installation error of the parts is caused by the thickness of the peeling part. is there.

  On the other hand, in the fourth embodiment, the modified hybrid straight taper portion 334a of the modified hybrid pin 331 is formed with the modified hybrid second taper portion 334c, and a positioning hole is formed by the modified hybrid pin 331, whereby the cell sheet It is possible to suppress the peeling of 60a, to prevent the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 from being lowered, and to prevent the occurrence of component installation errors due to the thickness of the peeling portion.

  Hereinafter, the fourth embodiment will be described with a focus on differences from the first to third embodiments. In the following description, the same elements as those in the first to third embodiments are denoted by the same reference numerals, and illustration and description thereof are omitted.

  FIG. 39 is a diagram showing a configuration of a modified hybrid pin 331 for forming a positioning hole in the game board base in the fourth embodiment, and FIG. 39 (a) is a front view of the modified hybrid pin 331. FIG. 39B is a side view of the modified hybrid pin 331, and FIG. 39C is a bottom view of the modified hybrid pin 331. The configuration of the modified hybrid pin 331 in the fourth embodiment is different from the hybrid pin 321 of the first to third embodiments in that the modified hybrid second taper is formed on the modified hybrid flange portion 333 side of the modified hybrid straight portion 334a. The point is that a portion 334c is provided.

  Like the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321, the modified hybrid pin 331 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and used on the gaming board 13. A positioning hole (not shown) is formed by drilling.

  The modified hybrid pin 331 is made of carbon tool steel (SK4) having a vertical dimension of 17 mm, similar to the straight pin 301, the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321, and as shown in FIGS. 39 (a) to 39 (c), the modified hybrid. It is comprised from the attaching part 332, the modification | reformation hybrid collar part 333, the modification | reformation hybrid trunk | drum 334, and the modification | reformation hybrid front-end | tip part 335, It has the structure by which each said part 332-335 was formed continuously. The carbon tool steel (SK4) is a material harder than the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a constituting the game board 13 as described above. For this reason, by attaching the modified hybrid pin 331 made of the material to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410 and pressing the game board 13, the base plate 60 and the cell The sheet 60a is plastically deformed to form a positioning hole by the modified hybrid pin 331.

  The modified hybrid mounting portion 332 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 5 mm and a shaft diameter of 2.8 mm. A modified hybrid flange 333 is continuously formed below the modified hybrid mounting portion 332 as viewed from the front. The modified hybrid flange 333 is formed in a cylindrical shape having a vertical dimension of 3 mm and a shaft diameter of φ5 mm, and the modified hybrid flange 333 has a larger diameter than the modified hybrid mounting portion 332. The modified hybrid pin 331 is fitted by fitting the modified hybrid mounting portion 332 and the modified hybrid flange 333 into a mounting hole (not shown) provided in the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410. Is fixed to the press plate 411. When the modified hybrid pin 331 is attached to the press plate 411, the modified hybrid flange 333 and the lower surface of the press plate 411 are attached so as to be flush with each other.

  A modified hybrid body 334 is continuously formed on the lower side of the modified hybrid collar 333 when viewed from the front, and a modified hybrid front end 335 is continuously formed below the modified hybrid body 334 when viewed from the front. Has been. The modified hybrid body 334 has a vertical dimension of 6.5 mm, and includes a modified hybrid straight portion 334a, a modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b, and a modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c having different shaft diameters. Has been.

  The modified hybrid straight portion 334a has a distance from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 of 0.0 mm (that is, a boundary portion between the modified hybrid tip portion 335 and the modified hybrid trunk portion 334) and has a shaft diameter of 2.7 mm. From the remodeled hybrid collar 333 in the direction of 0.8 mm, it is formed in a substantially cylindrical shape (inverted truncated cone shape) that gradually increases in diameter so as to have an axial diameter of 2.8 mm. Further, in the modified hybrid straight portion 334a, the distance from the modified hybrid leading end portion 335 is 0.8 mm to 3.8 mm in shaft diameter (short diameter. From one modified hybrid straight portion 334a to the other modified hybrid straight portion 334a. The distance (width) passing through the axis, hereinafter the same, is all 2.8 mm. Therefore, the modified hybrid straight portion 334a is configured to look the same as the outer shape of the straight barrel portion 304 of the straight pin 301 or the hybrid barrel portion 324 of the hybrid pin 321 in a side view. A modified hybrid second taper portion 334c is formed on the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 in the upper part of the modified hybrid straight portion 334a when viewed from the front (on the modified hybrid flange portion 333 side).

  The modified hybrid second taper portion 334c has a distance from the modified hybrid front end portion 335 of the modified hybrid body portion 334 of 3.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, a boundary portion between the modified hybrid body portion 334 and the modified hybrid flange portion 333). ). The shaft diameter of the modified hybrid second taper portion 334c is formed such that the shaft diameter is 2.80 mm at a position where the distance from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 is 3.8 mm. From there, the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid second taper portion 334c gradually increases (the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid second taper portion 334c every time the distance from the portion 3.8mm from the modified hybrid tip portion 335 increases by 0.2mm). Is increased to 0.05 mm), and is formed into a substantially inverted truncated cone shape that gradually increases in diameter in a tapered shape so that the shaft diameter becomes 3.50 mm at a site where the distance from the modified hybrid tip 335 is 6.5 mm. Yes.

  The modified hybrid first taper portion 334b is a portion of the modified hybrid body 334 at a distance of 0.0 mm from the front end side (that is, the boundary portion between the modified hybrid front end 335 and the modified hybrid body 334). The shaft diameter of the first taper portion 334b (major axis. The distance (width) passing through the shaft from one modified hybrid first taper portion 334b to the other modified hybrid first taper portion 334b. The same applies hereinafter) is 2.70 mm. It is. From there, the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid first taper portion 334b gradually increases (the shaft diameter of the modified hybrid first taper portion 334b increases by 0.02 mm each time the distance from the boundary with the modified hybrid tip portion 335 increases by 0.2 mm). In the portion where the distance from the tip side of the modified hybrid body 334 is 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary portion between the modified hybrid body 334 and the modified hybrid flange 333), the modified hybrid first The shaft diameter of the tapered portion 334b is 3.50 mm. Therefore, the modified hybrid first taper portion 334b is configured to look the same as the outer shape of the taper body portion 314 of the taper pin 311 in a side view.

  Therefore, the modified hybrid trunk portion 334 is formed in a modified hybrid straight portion 334a whose outer shape is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction, and a tapered shape whose outer shape gradually decreases in diameter toward the insertion direction. The modified hybrid first taper portion 334b and the modified hybrid second taper portion 334c whose outer shape is formed in a tapered shape whose diameter gradually decreases in the insertion direction on the upper side of the modified hybrid straight portion 334a when viewed from the front. (See FIG. 39C).

  The shape of the modified hybrid straight portion 334a from the modified hybrid collar 333 is 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the modified hybrid tip 335 is 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm); What is the shape of the modified hybrid first taper portion 334b from the modified hybrid flange 333 to 5.7 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the distance from the modified hybrid tip 335 is 0.0 mm to 0.8 mm)? The same substantially cylindrical shape (conical shape). This is because when the positioning hole is formed by the modified hybrid pin 331, the modified hybrid body 334 is smoothly inserted from the modified hybrid tip 335 into the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a.

  The modified hybrid tip 335 has a vertical dimension of 2.5 mm, and the shaft diameter is an inverted conical shape that gradually decreases from the shaft diameter φ2.7 mm of the connecting portion of the modified hybrid body 334 in a tapered shape downward in a front view. The tip (the bottom in front view) is formed in a sharp shape.

  In the fourth embodiment, in the component positioning hole creating step (see S201 in FIG. 10), the modified hybrid pin 331 is attached to the press plate 411 (see FIG. 11) of the positioning hole drilling machine 410, and the game is performed with the press plate 411. By pressing the board 13 with the upper press unit 412 and the lower press unit 413 (see FIG. 11), each positioning hole by the modified hybrid pin 331 is formed in the game board 13.

  The modified hybrid body 334 of the modified hybrid pin 331 has a larger volume than the straight body 304 and the hybrid pin 321 of the straight pin 301, but is smaller than the taper body 314 of the tapered pin 311. For this reason, the modified hybrid pin 331 is easier to make a positioning hole in the game board 13 than the taper pin 311.

  Here, the shape of the positioning hole formed by the modified hybrid pin 331 will be described. As described above, the modified hybrid pin 331 includes the modified hybrid straight portion 334a (see FIG. 39) whose outer shape is formed substantially parallel to the insertion direction in the modified hybrid body 334, and the outer shape of the modified hybrid pin 331. A modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b (see FIG. 39) formed in a tapered shape whose diameter gradually decreases in the direction of insertion, and a tapered shape whose outer diameter gradually decreases in the direction of insertion. The modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c is formed. Therefore, the inner peripheral wall of a positioning hole (not shown) formed by the modified hybrid body 334 also has a substantially box shape and a substantially inverted truncated cone shape along the outer shape of the modified hybrid body 334. Drilled into a combined hole shape.

  Specifically, among the positioning holes drilled and formed by the modified hybrid trunk portion 334, a modified straight portion (not shown) corresponding to the modified hybrid straight portion 334a is drilled and formed substantially parallel to the depth direction. A modified first taper portion (not shown) corresponding to the modified hybrid first taper portion 334b is formed so as to gradually decrease in diameter in a taper shape in the depth direction, and the modified hybrid second taper portion is formed. A modified second taper portion (not shown) corresponding to the portion 334c is formed on the hole upper side of the modified straight portion, and is formed so as to gradually decrease in diameter in a tapered shape in the depth direction.

  As described above, since the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, when the positioning hole is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a by the modified hybrid pin 331, the modified hybrid body portion 334 is formed in the base plate 60 and the cell. While the sheet 60a is being stabbed, a load based on elastic deformation of the base plate 60 is always applied to the modified hybrid body 334. However, since the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c is configured to be gradually reduced in diameter in the insertion direction, contact with the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c can be suppressed even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. . Further, the cell sheet 60a adhered to the base plate 60 can also suppress contact with the modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c or the modified hybrid straight portion 334a even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. Therefore, when the modified hybrid body 334 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is not substantially peeled off from the base plate 60, and is slightly peeled off (not shown). Stay on forming.

  Further, when the modified hybrid body 334 is to be pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the modified hybrid first tapered part 334b of the modified hybrid body 334 is configured to be gradually reduced in diameter toward the insertion direction. Has been. For this reason, even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed, contact with the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b can be suppressed. Further, the cell sheet 60a adhered to the base plate 60 can also suppress contact with the modified hybrid first tapered portion 334b even if the base plate 60 is elastically deformed. Therefore, when the modified hybrid body 334 is pulled out from the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, the cell sheet 60a attached to the base plate 60 is not substantially peeled off from the base plate 60, and is slightly peeled off (not shown). Stay on forming.

  As a result, by forming a positioning hole in the game board 13 with the modified hybrid pin 331, regarding the peeling of the cell sheet 60a, the peeling is smaller than the hybrid straight peeling portion 60d formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a of the hybrid pin 321. Just do it. Therefore, it is possible to reduce the peeling portion on the surface of the hole while maintaining the same protrusion holding function and protrusion insertion allowing function as the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321. Accordingly, it is possible to prevent the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 from being deteriorated, and it is difficult to cause a component installation error based on a “cell peeling” error, and a “position misalignment when fixing the component” error is prevented. can do.

  As described above, according to the fourth embodiment, the positioning hole is formed in the game board 13 by the modified hybrid pin 331, thereby suppressing the peeling of the cell sheet 60a and the decorativeness of the pachinko machine 10 is reduced. It is possible to prevent the occurrence of component errors due to the thickness of the peeled portion.

  In addition, in the pachinko machine 10 in 4th Embodiment, there exists the same effect as the effect show | played by the pachinko machine 10 in corresponding embodiment by the structure same as the pachinko machine 10 in either of 1st-3rd embodiment.

  The first to fourth embodiments may be combined with each other. For example, the configuration described in the first embodiment and the configuration described in the fourth embodiment may be used, or the configuration described in the third embodiment and the configuration described in the fourth embodiment may be used. Good.

  The present invention has been described based on the above embodiment, but the present invention is not limited to the above embodiment, and various modifications can be easily made without departing from the spirit of the present invention. It can be guessed. For example, in each embodiment, a part or a plurality of parts of the configuration of the other embodiments are added to the embodiment or replaced with a part or a plurality of parts of the configuration of the embodiment. The embodiment may be modified and configured. Moreover, the numerical value quoted in each said embodiment is an example, and it is naturally possible to employ | adopt another numerical value.

<Modification 1>
In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of elements (characteristics) of each component attached to the game board 13 are evaluated, and the optimum pin 301 corresponding to the positioning hole protrusion provided in each component is evaluated based on the total score. 311 and 321 (331) were selected. On the other hand, only one element (characteristic) for each part is evaluated, and based on the evaluation result, the optimum pins 301, 311, 321 (331) corresponding to the positioning hole protrusions provided in each part. May be selected. By determining the pin suitability based only on the determination result of the first evaluation item, it is possible to more directly eliminate the error that is desired to be eliminated by forming a positioning hole that directly addresses the cause of the error. .

  For example, it may be configured to determine whether or not the “weight” of the entire component is heavy, and to select the positioning hole drilling pins 301, 311, and 321 based only on the determination result. In this case, in the evaluation item of “weight”, the pin suitability is determined by, for example, ternary determination instead of determining by the binary content whether the entire part is “heavy” or “light”. It may be configured. Specifically, for example, 200 grams or more is determined as “heavy”, 100 grams or more and less than 200 grams is determined as “normal”, and less than 100 grams is determined as “light”. The parts determined to be “heavy” are considered to be difficult to protrude from the positioning holes due to the weight of the parts themselves, and the positioning holes are formed by the taper pins 311. The parts determined to be “normal” are the parts themselves. The positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321 on the assumption that the projection is not likely to jump out of the positioning hole due to the load of the component. A positioning hole is drilled and formed by the straight pin 301 on the assumption that the possibility is high.

  Further, for example, it may be configured to determine whether the “number of protrusions” of the component is “large” or “small” and select the positioning hole pins 301, 311, 321 based only on the determination result. Good. In this case, in the evaluation item of “number of protrusions”, the pin aptitude is determined by, for example, ternary determination, instead of determining the binary content of “number of protrusions” of the component “large” or “small”. You may comprise so that it may determine. Specifically, for example, the number of protrusions of six or more is determined as “large”, four or more and less than six are determined as “normal”, and less than three are determined as “small”. The parts determined to be “many” are formed by drilling the positioning holes with the taper pins 311 because the protrusions are temporarily held by the positioning holes due to the number of the protrusions, so that the protrusions are difficult to protrude from the positioning holes. To do. In addition, a component that is determined to be “ordinary” has a fixed number of protrusions, and the protrusions are temporarily held in the positioning holes, so that the possibility that the protrusions protrude from the positioning holes is low. A positioning hole is formed by drilling 321. Further, a part determined to be “small” may not be able to temporarily hold the protrusion in each positioning hole due to the small number of protrusions, and the straight pin 301 is regarded as having a high possibility of protrusion protruding from the positioning hole. Thus, a positioning hole is formed.

  Further, for example, “plating presence / absence” indicating whether or not the component is plated is determined, and the positioning hole pins 301, 311, 321 are selected based only on the determination result. It may be configured. Specifically, if the plating process is performed, it is determined as “present”, and if the plating process is not performed, it is determined as “absent”. In addition, since the thickness of the protrusion of the component determined as “existing” is increased by the plating layer, the positioning hole is formed by the taper pin 311 or the hybrid pin 321 so that the protrusion can be easily fitted into the positioning hole. To do. In addition, since the thickness of the protrusion of the component determined as “none” is not increased by plating, the positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301.

  Further, for example, it is configured to determine whether the “base transparency” of the part is “transparent” or “non-transparent” and to select the positioning hole pins 301, 311, 321 based only on the determination result. May be. In this case, in the evaluation item of “transparency of the base”, it is not determined based on the binary content of “transparency of the base” of “transparent” or “non-transparent”, but, for example, pin suitability is determined by ternary determination. May be determined. Specifically, for example, if the base of the part is transparent, it is determined as “transparent”, if the base of the part is translucent, it is determined as “translucent”, and if the base of the part is non-transparent, “non-transparent” is determined. It is determined as “transparent”. The parts determined to be “transparent” are formed by forming a positioning hole with a taper pin 311 because the peeled portion of the positioning hole is clearly visible because the back side of the base is clearly visible. Further, since the part determined to be “semi-transparent” can be seen from the back side of the base part to some extent, and the peeling part of the positioning hole can be seen, the positioning hole is formed by the hybrid pin 321. Further, since the part determined to be “non-transparent” cannot see the peeling portion of the positioning hole because the back side of the base is not visible, the positioning hole is formed by the straight pin 301.

  Further, for example, it is determined whether the component placement position is “inside” or “outside” of the “game area”, and the positioning hole pins 301, 311, 321 are selected based only on the determination result. It may be configured. In this case, in the “game area” evaluation item, the part determined as “inside” of the “game area” comes into contact with the game ball driven into the game area. The influence on the flow direction of the ball is large, and the game result greatly fluctuates. Therefore, the parts arranged in “inside” of the “game area” are tapered pins 311 or hybrid pins that form a positioning hole in which the protrusions of the parts are easily inserted into the positioning hole, with priority given to insertion into the positioning hole first. A positioning hole is formed using 321. On the other hand, even if the part determined to be “outside” of the “game area” does not come into contact with the game ball even if it is not fixed, there is no influence on the game result. Therefore, the components arranged “outside” of the “game area” form the positioning holes using the straight pins 301 that form the positioning holes that easily hold the projections of the components.

  Further, for example, it is determined whether the “ball passage amount” to the part is “large” or “small (none)”, and the positioning hole pins 301, 311, 321 are selected based only on the determination result. You may comprise. In this case, in the evaluation item of “ball passage amount”, a part whose “ball passage amount” is determined to be “large” comes into contact with a lot of game balls that have been driven in, and if the ball is not firmly fixed, The influence on the flow direction is large, and the game result fluctuates greatly. Accordingly, a part having a “large ball passage” is prioritized to be inserted into the positioning hole first, and the taper pin 311 or the hybrid pin 321 that forms the positioning hole in which the protrusion of the part is easily inserted into the positioning hole is used. A positioning hole is formed. On the other hand, a component that is judged to have a “ball passage amount” of “small (no)” has little (no) contact with the game ball that has been struck, and even if it is not fixed, it is given in the direction of the flow of the game ball. Since the influence is small, the influence on the game result is small (no). Therefore, a part with a “small amount of passing ball” has a positioning hole using a straight pin 301 that forms a positioning hole that easily holds the protrusion of the part.

  Further, for example, it is determined whether the degree of influence on the game result in the part is large or small, that is, whether the “game influence degree” is “large” or “small”, and based on only the determination result, The pins 301, 311, and 321 may be selected. Specifically, if it is a part that is a cause of a special symbol jackpot, etc., the “game influence level” is judged as “large”, and if it is a part that does not give a player a game value, it is judged as “small”. . In the case of a component determined to be “large”, if the projection is not firmly inserted in the positioning hole, a game result different from the design value may be derived, and the game result greatly fluctuates. Accordingly, a part having a “game influence level” of “large” is a taper pin 311 or a hybrid pin in which a positioning hole in which a protrusion of the part is easily inserted into the positioning hole is formed with priority given to insertion into the positioning hole first. 321 is used to form a positioning hole in the game board 13. On the other hand, a component determined to be “small” has little (or no) influence on the game result even if the protrusion is not inserted into the positioning hole. Therefore, a part having a “game influence level” of “small” has a positioning hole formed using a straight pin 301 that forms a positioning hole that easily holds the protrusion when the protrusion of the positioning hole is inserted. Form.

  Further, for example, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, it is determined whether the length of the “conveyance distance” from placing the game part on the game board 13 to fixing with the screw is “long” or “short”. The positioning hole pins 301, 311, and 321 may be selected based on only the determination result. Specifically, a component having a “long transfer distance” from when the game component is placed on the game board 13 to being fixed with a screw is easily affected by an impact or the like generated during the transfer. There is a possibility of deviation from the position. Accordingly, a part having a “long conveyance distance” is formed by forming a positioning hole using the straight pin 301 or the hybrid pin 321 so that the protrusion is firmly held by the positioning hole. On the other hand, a component having a “conveyance distance” of “short” is not easily affected by an impact or the like generated during the conveyance, and is unlikely to be displaced from the initial placement position. Accordingly, in the case of a component having a “short conveyance distance”, the positioning hole is formed by using the taper pin 311 in preference to inserting the protrusion into the positioning hole rather than holding the protrusion by the positioning hole.

  Further, for example, it is possible to determine whether the “part unit price” of a part is “expensive” or “cheap” and to select the positioning hole pins 301, 311, 321 based only on the determination result. Good. Specifically, a part with an “expensive” “part price” has a large loss because the part itself has a high unit price when the part is damaged and must be replaced. Accordingly, in order to prevent a “screw fixing failure” error or the like from occurring in a part whose “part unit price” is “expensive” by holding a protrusion in the positioning hole, a positioning hole is used. Is formed. On the other hand, a part whose “part price” is “inexpensive” does not have a large loss because the price of the part itself is low when the part is damaged and must be replaced. Therefore, a part whose “part unit price” is “inexpensive” is formed by drilling the positioning hole using the taper pin 311 in order to reliably insert the protrusion into the positioning hole.

  Further, for example, it is determined whether a “common” part or a “non-common” part is commonly used by one model and another model, and the positioning hole pins 301 and 311 are based only on the determination result. , 321 may be selected. Specifically, if the parts are “common”, the worker on the production line is accustomed to handling the parts. Therefore, the skill level of the worker is high and a placement error is unlikely to occur. Accordingly, a part that is used in common among a plurality of models is formed by forming a positioning hole using the straight pin 301. On the other hand, if the parts are “non-common”, workers on the production line are not used to handling them, and work mistakes are likely to occur. Therefore, in a part that is “non-common” among a plurality of models, the positioning hole is formed by using the taper pin 311 or the hybrid pin 321 with priority given to easy insertion of the protrusion into the positioning hole.

  In addition, you may comprise so that the pins 301,311,321 for positioning holes may be selected based on characteristics other than the characteristic of the above-mentioned components.

<Modification 2>
In each of the above-described embodiments, for each component to be attached to the game board 13, when an evaluation point for determining a pin to be used for forming a positioning hole is obtained, an element (characteristic) of the component that can cause a serious error The pin aptitude was determined by summing the evaluation points after increasing the score and providing a difference from the component elements that could cause minor errors. On the other hand, the same score may be assigned to each element without providing a difference for each component element, and the pin suitability may be determined based on the total score of the evaluation points.

<Modification 3>
In the second embodiment or the third embodiment, the positioning holes for the respective protrusions are formed by using different pins of the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321 with respect to a plurality of protrusions formed on one component. Was illustrated. On the other hand, a positioning hole for projection may be formed by drilling one component using three types of pins, that is, a straight pin 301, a taper pin 311 and a hybrid pin 321.

<Modification 4>
In the second embodiment or the third embodiment, the positioning hole for the protrusion is formed by the taper pin 311 and the hybrid pin 321 which are in a close relationship with one component. On the other hand, a positioning hole for projection may be formed by drilling with a straight pin 301 and a taper pin 311 having a counter electrode relationship with respect to one component. Further, a positioning hole for projection may be formed by drilling a straight part 301 and a hybrid pin 321 in one part.

<Modification 5>
In each of the above embodiments, a plurality of evaluation items (“weight”, “number of protrusions”, “plating presence / absence”, “base transparency”, “inside / outside of game area”, “game influence degree”, “ball” Evaluate the “passage amount”, “part unit price”, “common part”, and “conveyance distance”), select the optimal pins 301, 311, 321 (331), and drill the positioning holes for the protrusions of each part Was forming. On the other hand, elements other than the above evaluation items may be determined, and positioning holes for protrusions of the respective parts may be formed. For example, a positioning hole for projection of each component may be formed by drilling depending on whether the component is disposed in the router holes 651 to 656.

  Further, the positioning hole may be formed by drilling according to the positional relationship of the positioning holes of one component. Specifically, for example, when three positioning holes are formed in a part having three protrusions, when the positions of the three protrusions are divided into left, middle, and right, it corresponds to the left and right protrusions. The positioning hole to be formed may be formed by drilling with the taper pin 311, and the positioning hole corresponding to the projection inside may be formed by drilling with the hybrid pin 321 or the straight pin 301. When there are two or more protrusions in the middle, the positioning hole corresponding to the protrusion in the first hole is formed by the straight pin 301 or the hybrid pin 321, and the positioning hole for the other protrusion is a taper pin 311 or a hybrid pin. It may be configured to be perforated by 321. Further, the positioning holes corresponding to the left and right protrusions may be formed by drilling with the straight pins 301 or the hybrid pins 321.

  Further, points may be assigned to elements other than the above evaluation items, and positioning holes for protrusions of the respective parts may be formed by drilling based on the total points. For example, you may comprise so that it may distribute about whether it is a component arrange | positioned by the router holes 651-656. Specifically, the parts disposed in the router holes 651 to 656 are temporarily held by the router holes 651 to 656 so that the insertion portions (not shown) of the parts are temporarily retained. In the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the placement position of the installed parts is difficult to shift. Therefore, even if the parts arranged in the router holes 651 to 656 are positioning holes by the taper pin 311 having a weak “projection holding function”, the protrusions are difficult to protrude from the positioning holes. It can be said that the protrusions of the parts to be formed are highly suitable for positioning holes by the taper pins 311. Therefore, it is evaluated whether or not the parts are arranged in the router holes 651 to 656. If the parts are arranged in the router holes 651, “2 points” are assigned as evaluation points. If the parts are not arranged at ˜656, “0 points” are assigned as evaluation points.

  Further, it is possible to arrange according to the positional relationship of the positioning holes of one component, and to select a pin for forming the positioning hole based on the total point. For example, when three positioning holes are drilled and formed for a part having three protrusions, when the positions of the three protrusions are divided into left, middle, and right, even the inner protrusion has a “projection holding function”. If the right straight pins 301 are firmly held temporarily by the positioning holes by the high straight pins 301, the left and right protrusions are positioning holes by the taper pins 311 having a low "projection holding function", and the protrusions are difficult to jump out of the positioning holes. It can be said that the positioning hole by the taper pin 311 is appropriate. Accordingly, the position of the protrusion in the part is evaluated. If the protrusion is located on the left and right of the part, “2 points” is assigned as the evaluation point. Points are assigned.

<Modification 6>
In each of the above embodiments, no positioning projection is provided in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion hole 87h of the main display unit 87 (for example, a distance of 5 mm from the main display screw insertion hole 87h). The number of main display protrusions 87j and 87k (two) is one less than the number (three) of 87 main display screw insertion holes 87g to 87i. This is because the main display positioning holes 609 and 610 corresponding to the main display unit 87 are formed by the straight pins 301, and thus the protrusion holding function is sufficiently secured by the two main display protrusions 87j and 87k. . In contrast, a positioning projection may be provided in the vicinity of the main display screw insertion hole 87h (for example, a distance of 5 millimeters from the main display screw insertion hole 87h). By comprising in this way, the number of main display screw insertion holes 87g-i and the number of protrusions are made equal, and by temporarily holding each screw insertion portion, the main display unit 87 as a whole can be more reliably secured. Can be temporarily held on the game board 13.

<Modification 7>
In each of the above embodiments, when the positioning holes are formed by the pins 301, 311, 321, the front view of the positioning holes formed by the straight pins 301 or the taper pins 311 is a perfect circle, and the hybrid pins 321 are used for the front view. A front view of the formed positioning hole was formed in a rounded rectangular (oval) shape. On the other hand, the positioning holes to be drilled and formed may be drilled and formed so that the front view is a figure such as an ellipse, a square, a rectangle, a triangle, and a pentagon. In this case, on the hole surface of the positioning hole to be drilled and formed, a shape in which both the protrusion holding function and the protrusion insertion allowing function function is suitable. In order to realize both functions, an ellipse, a rectangle, etc. A figure that is bilaterally symmetric (vertically symmetric) and that has different lengths of each side (each diameter) is preferable.

<Modification 8>
In each of the above embodiments, the shape of the protrusion for each part is made common (length 2.00 mm and diameter φ 2.4 mm (without plating layer), or length 2.05 mm and diameter φ 2.5 mm (with plating layer)). Was configured. On the other hand, you may comprise so that the shape of protrusion may differ for every components. Specifically, for example, the shape of the center protrusion of the center frame 86 is configured with a length of 3.00 mm and a diameter of φ3.00 mm, while the shape of the start protrusion of the start winning opening unit 4 is 1.00 mm in length, The diameter may be configured to be 1.00 mm, and the size of the protrusion may be changed for each part size. However, when the shape of the protrusion differs for each part, a positioning hole corresponding to the shape of the protrusion must be formed. Therefore, many types of pins for positioning hole formation must be prepared.

<Modification 9>
In each of the above embodiments, the shape of the protrusion for each component is a predetermined cylindrical shape (length: 2.00 mm and diameter φ2.4 mm (no plating layer), or length 2.05 mm and diameter φ2.5 mm (plating layer). Yes)). On the other hand, the shape of the protrusion for each component may be configured in other shapes such as a prism shape, a pyramid shape, a cone shape, and the like. However, when the shape of the protrusion differs from part to part, a positioning hole corresponding to the shape of the protrusion must be formed. Therefore, many types of pins for positioning hole formation must be prepared.

<Modification 10>
In the first embodiment, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 has two straight portions and two taper portions (for example, the through straight portion 627a and the through taper portion of the through positioning hole 627). 627b). On the other hand, you may comprise so that only one straight part may be formed in a positioning hole. Moreover, you may comprise so that only one taper part may be formed in a positioning hole. By using one straight portion or tapered portion, the structure of the positioning hole drilling pin can be simplified, and the pin can be easily formed. Furthermore, you may comprise so that three or more taper parts may be formed in a positioning hole. Moreover, you may comprise so that three or more straight parts may be formed in a positioning hole.

<Modification 11>
In the first embodiment, the positioning hole formed by the hybrid pin 321 is formed so that two straight portions and two taper portions are alternately arranged (for example, the through positioning hole 627). Through straight portion 627a and through taper portion 627b). On the other hand, you may comprise so that it may form so that two straight parts may continue in a positioning hole. Specifically, for example, two straight portions are continuously drilled and formed so that the straight portion forms a V-shape in front view of the hole. And you may comprise so that a taper part may be drilled and formed from the V-shaped both ends, and the front view of a positioning hole may become a fan shape.

<Modification 12>
In the first embodiment, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the game board 13 is transported with the left side of the game board 13 as viewed from the front, and among the positioning holes formed by the hybrid pins 321, the hybrid straight portion The through straight portion 627a is configured to be parallel to the longitudinal direction of the game board 13 so that the straight portion formed by 324a is perpendicular to the transport direction of the game board 13. On the other hand, the straight portion formed by the hybrid straight portion 324a only needs to be positioned at a right angle to the transport direction of the game board 13, and for example, the game board 13 with the upper side in the front view of the game board 13 at the top. , The through straight portion 627a may be configured to be parallel to the lateral direction of the front view of the game board.

<Modification 13>
In the fourth embodiment, the case where the positioning hole is formed in the game board 13 by using the modified hybrid pin 331 as an improved version of the hybrid pin 321 is illustrated. On the other hand, as an improved version of the straight pin 301, a modified straight taper portion is formed in a modified straight body portion of the modified straight pin, and a positioning hole is formed by drilling the modified straight pin, thereby peeling the cell sheet 60a. You may comprise so that it may suppress. Specifically, the modified straight taper portion has a distance of 3.8 mm to 6.5 mm (that is, the boundary between the modified straight barrel portion and the modified straight buttocks portion) from the modified straight barrel portion of the modified straight barrel portion. It is formed. The shaft diameter of this modified straight taper portion is formed at a distance of 3.8 mm from the tip of the modified straight tape with a shaft diameter of 2.80 mm, from which the shaft diameter of the modified straight taper portion gradually increases (the tip of the modified straight taper Every time the distance from the part 3.8mm increases by 0.2mm, the shaft diameter of the modified straight taper increases 0.05mm) and the distance from the modified straight tip is 6.5mm. It is formed in a substantially inverted truncated cone shape that gradually increases in diameter so as to have a diameter of 3.50 mm.

<Modification 14>
In each of the above embodiments, when the component is plated, the plating layer is uniformly applied to the base of the component, and the positioning hole is formed on the assumption that the thickness of the plating layer is uniform. The installation pin was selected. On the other hand, a pin for positioning hole drilling may be selected on the assumption that the thickness of the plating layer on the part may not be uniformly applied due to manufacturing unevenness. Specifically, when manufacturing unevenness is likely to occur in the thickness of the plating layer due to the characteristics of each component (for example, the overall size of the component), positioning holes that can cope with manufacturing unevenness are provided by the hybrid pin 321 and the taper pin 311. Drill and form. With this configuration, it is possible to easily insert the protrusions into the positioning holes even when the manufacturing unevenness of the plating layer occurs.

<Modification 15>
In each of the above-described embodiments, the resin portion excluding the plating layer of each protrusion is configured with a length of each protrusion of 2 mm and a diameter of each protrusion of φ2.4 mm, and has a substantially common specification. As a premise, a pin for positioning hole drilling was selected. On the other hand, a pin for positioning hole drilling may be selected on the assumption that an error may occur in the shape of the protrusion due to manufacturing unevenness in the resin portion of the protrusion. Specifically, when manufacturing unevenness tends to occur in the shape of the protrusion due to the characteristics of each part (for example, differences in resin components constituting the part), positioning that can cope with manufacturing unevenness by the hybrid pin 321 or the taper pin 311 A hole is formed by drilling. With this configuration, even when manufacturing unevenness of the shape of the protrusion occurs, the protrusion can be easily inserted into the positioning hole.

<Modification 16>
In each of the above embodiments, the game board 13 is formed by the wooden base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a, and each positioning hole is formed in the game board 13. On the other hand, a game board (hereinafter referred to as “transparent resin plate”) is formed of a transparent synthetic resin material, and each positioning hole is formed in the transparent resin plate by a straight pin 301, a taper pin 311 or a hybrid pin 321. You may comprise so that it may form. This transparent resin plate is made of a synthetic resin material (for example, Fiber-Reinforced Plastics (FRP)) that is transparent on the back side. In the transparent resin plate, the base plate 60 is a member that can be elastically deformed. However, since the strength and hardness are higher than those of the base plate 60, it is less likely to be elastically deformed than the base plate 60. The transparent resin plate is configured to be elastically deformable so that the protrusions of each component can be inserted.

<Modification 17>
In each of the above embodiments, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the characteristics of the parts are evaluated according to the transport distance from the placement on the game board 13 to the fixing with screws, and the drilling formation is performed based on the characteristics. The positioning hole to be selected was selected. On the other hand, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, the characteristics of the part are evaluated according to the position of the projection of the part with respect to the transport direction of the game board 13, and the positioning hole to be formed is selected based on the characteristic. You may comprise. Specifically, for example, in the manufacturing process of the game board 13, for one component, the impact applied when the transport of the game board 13 is stopped by the protrusion on the front side in the transport direction and the protrusion on the rear side in the transport direction. Is different. Specifically, when the transport of the game board 13 is stopped, the protrusion on the rear side in the transport direction may turn upward on the game board 13 around the protrusion on the front end side in the transport direction. Therefore, the positioning hole for the projection on the front end side in the transport direction is formed by drilling with the taper pin 311 and the positioning hole for the projection on the rear side in the transport direction is formed by drilling with the straight pin 301 or the hybrid pin 321. With this configuration, even when the transport of the game board 13 is stopped, the protrusion on the rear side in the transport direction is firmly held in the positioning hole, so that the protrusion is difficult to jump out of the positioning hole. Therefore, it is possible to make it difficult to shift the part with respect to 13.

  In each of the above-described embodiments, the case where one start winning opening 4a is provided in the game board 13 for starting a big win lottery when a ball enters the game board 13 is not necessarily limited to this. The game board 13 may be provided with a plurality of (for example, two) winning winning openings at which a winning ball is detected independently and a jackpot lottery is started. Specifically, for example, a left starting winning opening is provided at the center of the gaming area of the gaming board 13 for entering the ball in the normal gaming state of the pachinko machine 10, and the pachinko machine 10 is positioned on the right side of the gaming area of the gaming board 13. A right start winning opening is provided for entering a ball in an advantageous state (for example, a probability variation state, a time reduction state, or a big hit state). In this case, since the right start winning opening is configured so that the ball hardly passes or contacts in the normal gaming state of the pachinko machine 10, it is evaluated as “low” in the evaluation item of “ball passing amount”. Based on the evaluation, a positioning hole drilling pin for the projection of the right start winning opening is selected. On the other hand, since the left start winning opening is configured so that the ball frequently passes or contacts in the normal gaming state of the pachinko machine 10, it is evaluated as “large” in the evaluation item of “ball passing amount”. Based on the evaluation, a positioning hole drilling pin for the projection of the left start winning opening is selected.

  In each of the above-described embodiments, the winning winning opening 4a and the passing through the through gate 7 are each configured to be held up to four times, but the maximum number of balls to be held is not limited to four times. You may set to 3 times or less or 5 times or more (for example, 8 times). In addition, the number of the suspended balls in the variable display based on the winning to the start winning opening 4a is different in the special symbol display device 81 by a number or the four divided areas by the number of the retained balls ( For example, it may be displayed in a color or lighting pattern), and a light emitting member such as a lamp is provided separately from the first symbol display device 87a, and the number of reserved balls is notified by the light emitting member. May be.

  Further, the present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine of a type different from the above embodiments. For example, once a big hit, a pachinko machine that raises the expected value of the big hit until a big hit state occurs (for example, two times or three times) including that (for example, a two-time right item, a three-time right item) May also be implemented. Further, after the jackpot symbol is displayed, it may be implemented as a pachinko machine that generates a special game that gives a player a predetermined game value on the condition that a ball is won in a predetermined area. Further, the present invention may be implemented in a pachinko machine that has a special area such as a V zone and has a special gaming state as a necessary condition that a special ball is awarded to the special area. Further, in addition to the pachinko machine, the game machine may be implemented as various game machines such as an alepatchi, a sparrow ball, a slot machine, a game machine in which a so-called pachinko machine and a slot machine are integrated.

  Hereinafter, in addition to the gaming machine of the present invention, concepts of various inventions included in the above-described embodiments are shown.

<Group A>
A plate (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) that forms a game area where a game medium is played on the front side, and a component (for example, a through gate 7) that is fixed to the front side of the plate, In a gaming machine provided with a gaming board (for example, gaming board 13) configured by:
The parts are
A base (for example, a through base 7b) in contact with the plate,
A projection (for example, through projections 7e and 7f) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate body,
The plate is
Holes (for example, through positioning holes 626 and 627) formed so that the protrusions of the parts can be inserted;
The hole is
An insertion receiving portion (for example, a through taper portion 627b) that accepts the insertion of the protruding portion into the hole;
A holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) that holds the protruding portion inserted into the hole;
A gaming machine A0 characterized by comprising:

  According to the gaming machine A0, a game area where a game with a game medium is performed is formed on the front side of the board, the parts are fixed to the front side of the board, and the game board is configured by the board and the parts. The base is provided with a protrusion on the side in contact with the plate, and the plate is formed with a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. In the hole, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion. Is received, and the protrusion inserted into the hole is held by the holding portion. Accordingly, the protrusion of the component can be held by the holding portion of the hole while the protrusion of the component is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion of the hole. Therefore, it is possible to continue to hold the protrusion while securely inserting the protruding portion into the hole, and it is possible to prevent the component from being detached from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the component to the game board. There is. The “part mounting performance with respect to the game board” means the ease of mounting of parts to the game board, the ease of mounting work, the difficulty of removing parts once attached to the game board, and the like.

In gaming machine A0,
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
The gaming machine A1 is characterized in that the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are respectively formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole.

  According to the gaming machine A1, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A0, the following effects are achieved. That is, the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. As a result, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and inserted into the hole by the holding portion similarly formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Can immediately hold the protruding portion.

  Conventionally, there is a (first) hole that can hold the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. This (first) hole has only a holding part that can be elastically deformed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the projection of the component inserted into the (first) hole is the (first) hole. ) It is configured to be held by the hole holding portion. However, when trying to insert the protrusion into the (first) hole, only the holding part is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, so that the protrusion is firmly inserted into the (first) hole. In other words, a situation has occurred in which the components are not securely fixed to the plate.

  In addition, as a hole into which the protruding portion of the component can be inserted, there is a (second) hole that easily accepts insertion of the protruding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. This (second) hole has only an insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole so that the projection of the component can be easily inserted, and in the (second) hole, And an insertion holding portion. In the (second) hole, the insertion receiving part on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is configured so that the protrusion of the component is easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole, The projection holding part inserted into the (second) hole can be held by the insertion holding part provided inside the (second) hole. However, the plate body has individual differences (thickness or hardness differences) due to manufacturing unevenness at the time of manufacture, and the function of the (second) hole insertion receiving portion or insertion holding portion is lowered due to the influence of the individual difference. May end up.

  Specifically, for example, when the (second) hole is formed largely due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the insertion receiving part on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed large, (2) The insertion holding portion inside the hole is also formed large, and the projection of the component inserted into the (second) hole is not firmly held, and the component is securely fixed to the plate body. A situation that has not occurred. Further, for example, when the (second) hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences of the plate bodies, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed small, and the projection There was a situation in which the part was not firmly inserted into the (second) hole and the component was not securely fixed to the plate.

  Therefore, as a hole into which the protruding portion of the component can be inserted, an insertion receiving portion and a holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Accordingly, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and is inserted into the hole by the holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The protrusion can be held immediately. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be held while being reliably inserted into the hole.

In the gaming machine A1,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The holding portion is a constant load means (e.g., through straight) that constantly applies elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine A2 having an inner diameter of the portion 627a.

  According to the gaming machine A2, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A1, the following effects are achieved. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the plate body is always applied to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth by the constant load means provided in the holding portion. The elastic force is applied. Accordingly, the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protrusion by the load means and the protrusion can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to keep holding the protruding portion inserted into the hole.

In gaming machine A2,
The constant load means is configured such that the size of the holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion.

  According to the gaming machine A3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A2, the following effects are produced. That is, in the constant load means, the size of the holding portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion. Accordingly, the plate body is elastically deformed so that the protrusion can be inserted into the holding portion, and the elastic force of the plate body can be continuously applied to the protrusion inserted into the holding portion. . Therefore, the protrusion part inserted into the hole can be continuously held by the constant load means of the holding part, and the component can be prevented from coming off the plate body, and the mounting performance of the component to the game board can be improved. There is an effect that.

In any of the gaming machines A1 to A3,
The insertion receiving portion extends from the predetermined portion of the hole less than the predetermined depth (for example, a portion where the long diameter of the through taper portion 627b coincides with the diameter of the through projection 7f) to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine A4 comprising an insertion holding portion (for example, a portion of the through taper portion 627b where the through projection 7f is in contact with the outer diameter).

  According to the gaming machine A4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines A1 to A3, the following effects are produced. That is, on the surface of the hole, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion, and is inserted into the hole by the insertion holding portion provided from the predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the hole to the predetermined depth. The projected portion is held. This makes it easy to insert the protrusion into the hole by the insertion receiving part provided on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the insertion holding part provided from the predetermined part of the hole to the predetermined depth, A protrusion inserted into the hole can be held. Therefore, the protrusion can be held by the holding portion, and the protrusion can be additionally held by the insertion holding portion, so that the holding force of the protrusion inserted into the hole is increased and the component comes off the plate body. This is advantageous in that it is possible to improve the mounting performance of components to the game board.

In gaming machine A4,
The insertion receiving portion is
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion,
In a predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion,
The gaming machine A5, wherein the insertion holding portion is formed so that the insertion receiving portion is smaller in size than the outer shape of the protruding portion from the predetermined portion of the hole to the predetermined depth.

  According to the gaming machine A5, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A4, the following effects are achieved. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion, and at the predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion. Then, the insertion holding portion forms a size of the insertion receiving portion smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth.

  Conventionally, there is a (first) hole that can hold the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. This (first) hole has only an elastically deformable holding part on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the holding part is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion part. The protrusion of the component inserted into the (first) hole can be held by the holding portion of the (first) hole. However, when trying to insert the protrusion into the (first) hole, the size of the holding part is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion is not firmly inserted into the (first) hole, and the component is There was a situation where it was not securely fixed to the body.

  In addition, as a hole into which the protruding portion of the component can be inserted, there is a (second) hole that easily accepts insertion of the protruding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. This (second) hole has only an insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole so that the projection of the component can be easily inserted, and in the (second) hole, And an insertion holding portion. In the (second) hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is configured to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole Is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion, so that the protruding portion of the component is easily inserted on the surface of the (second) hole, and the (second) insertion holding portion provided inside the hole (second ) It is configured to be able to hold the protrusion inserted into the hole. However, the plate body has individual differences (thickness or hardness differences) due to manufacturing unevenness at the time of manufacture, and the function of the (second) hole insertion receiving portion or insertion holding portion is lowered due to the influence of the individual difference. May end up.

  Specifically, for example, when the (second) hole is formed largely due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the insertion receiving part on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed large, (2) The insertion holding portion inside the hole is also formed large, and the projection of the component inserted into the (second) hole is not firmly held, and the component is securely fixed to the plate body. A situation that has not occurred. Further, for example, when the (second) hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences of the plate bodies, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed small, and the projection There was a situation in which the part was not firmly inserted into the (second) hole and the component was not securely fixed to the plate.

  Therefore, as the hole into which the protrusion part of the component can be inserted, the insertion receiving part has a size larger than the outer shape of the protrusion part on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the hole has a predetermined depth. In this case, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the insertion holding portion provided in the insertion receiving portion allows the insertion receiving portion to be sized from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth. It is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. In addition, the elastic force of the plate body is always applied to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth by the constant load means of the holding portion. With this configuration, since the size of the insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion on the surface of the hole, it is easy to insert the protruding portion into the hole, and from a predetermined portion to a predetermined depth. Since the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion, the protruding portion inserted into the hole can be held. Further, the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protruding portion by the always-loading means of the holding portion to hold the protruding portion. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held.

In gaming machine A5,
The gaming machine A6 is characterized in that the size of the insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually become narrower in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole.

  According to the gaming machine A6, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine A5, the following effects are achieved. That is, the size of the insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually become narrower in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Thereby, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted from the surface side (hole edge) to the predetermined portion of the hole, the protrusion is held from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, and further, gradually from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. In addition, the elastic force of the plate loaded on the protrusion can be increased. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held.

In any of the gaming machines A0 to A6,
The holding part is provided with at least two or more,
In the hole, the game machine A7 is formed so that at least two of the holding portions face each other.

  According to the gaming machine A7, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines A0 to A6, the following effects are produced. That is, at least two holding portions are provided, and at least two holding portions are formed to face each other (opposite) in the hole. As a result, the protruding portion of the component can be held so as to be sandwiched by the holding portion of the hole, so that the force to hold the protruding portion is increased and the protruding portion can be prevented from jumping out of the hole. There is.

In any of the gaming machines A0 to A7,
At least two or more insertion receiving portions are provided,
The gaming machine A8 is characterized in that at least two of the insertion receiving portions are opposed to each other in the hole.

  The gaming machine A8 has the following effects in addition to the effects played by the gaming machines A0 to A7. That is, at least two insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other (opposite) in the hole. Thereby, the projection of the component can be inserted into the space formed by the insertion receiving portion of one of the holes and the other insertion receiving portion, so that the projection can be easily inserted into the hole. There is.

In gaming machine A8,
In the hole,
Forming the one holding part and the other holding part opposite to each other;
A gaming machine A9, wherein one insertion receiving portion and the other insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other.

  According to the gaming machine A9, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine A8, the following effects are produced. That is, in the hole, one holding part and the other holding part are formed so as to face each other (opposite), and one insertion receiving part and the other insertion receiving part face each other (opposite). This makes it easy to insert the protruding portion into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed so as to face (opposite) and holds the protruding portion so as to be sandwiched by the holding portion formed to face (opposite). Can do. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held.

<Group B>
A plate body (for example, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a) that forms a game area where a game medium is played on the front surface side, and a plurality of components (for example, a starting prize opening unit) fixed to the front surface side of the plate body 4, a gaming machine comprising a gaming board (for example, gaming board 13) constituted by a through gate 7 and a main display unit 87),
The plurality of parts are:
A base (for example, starting base 4e, through base 7b and main display base 87f) in contact with the plate,
Protrusions (for example, starting protrusions 4i, 4j, through protrusions 7e, 7f or main display protrusions 87j, 87k) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate body,
The plate body has a plurality of different types of holes formed so that the protrusions of the component can be inserted therein (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610, start positioning holes 620 and 621 or through positioning holes 626 and 627). With
The gaming machine B0 is characterized in that a plurality of types of the holes are selected and arranged for the part.

  According to the gaming machine B0, a game area where a game with a game medium is played is formed on the front side of the board, a plurality of parts are fixed to the front side of the board, and the game board is configured by the board and the plurality of parts. The plurality of parts are provided with protrusions on the side that contacts the base plate, and the plate is formed with a plurality of different types of holes into which the protrusions of the parts can be inserted. One type of hole is selected and disposed. Thereby, the hole of a different shape is provided for each part, and a part can be arrange | positioned to a board | plate body using the hole corresponding to every part. Therefore, it is possible to continue holding the protrusions of each component while inserting them into the holes formed in the plate body, preventing each component from being detached from the plate body, and improving the mounting performance of the component to the game board. There is an effect that improvement can be achieved.

In gaming machine B0,
The parts are
A first component configured based on a first characteristic;
A second component configured based on a second characteristic different from the first characteristic,
The plurality of types of holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic, respectively.

  According to the gaming machine B1, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine B0, the following effects are achieved. That is, among the parts, the first part is configured based on the first characteristic, and the second part is configured based on the second characteristic different from the first characteristic. The plurality of types of holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic of the component. Thereby, a component can be arrange | positioned to a board using the hole corresponding to the characteristic of each component. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to keep holding the protrusions of the parts having different characteristics while inserting them into the holes formed corresponding to the characteristics.

In gaming machine B1,
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding part for holding the projection part;
A second hole (for example, start positioning holes 620 and 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
Inserting the protrusion of the first component into the first hole;
A gaming machine B2 in which the protrusion of the second part is inserted into the second hole.

  According to the gaming machine B2, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine B1, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding part is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding part. Is done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion. In addition, the protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the second hole. Accordingly, there is an effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is made different for each hole, and the component can be arranged on the plate body using the hole corresponding to the component.

In gaming machine B1,
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding part for holding the projection part;
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part that holds the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion. 627), and
Inserting the protrusion of the first component into the first hole;
A gaming machine B3, wherein the protrusion of the second part is inserted into the third hole.

  According to the gaming machine B3, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine B1, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding part is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is formed by the first auxiliary holding part. Retained. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion, and the third holding portion The protrusion is held. Further, the protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the third hole. Accordingly, there is an effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is made different for each hole, and the component can be arranged on the plate body using the hole corresponding to the component.

In gaming machine B1,
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
A second hole (for example, start positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part that holds the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion. 627), and
Inserting the protrusion of the first component into the second hole;
A gaming machine B4, wherein the protrusion of the second part is inserted into the third hole.

  According to the gaming machine B4, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine B1, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the second hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the second insertion receiving part is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is formed at the second insertion receiving part. Is accepted. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion, and the third holding portion The protrusion is held. In addition, the protrusion of the first component is inserted into the second hole, and the protrusion of the second component is inserted into the third hole. Accordingly, there is an effect that the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is made different for each hole, and the component can be arranged on the plate body using the hole corresponding to the component.

In gaming machine B1,
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding part for holding the projection part;
A second hole (for example, start positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part that holds the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion. 627), and
The component includes a third component configured based on a third characteristic different from the first characteristic and the second characteristic,
Inserting the protrusion of the first component into the first hole;
Inserting the protrusion of the second part into the second hole;
The gaming machine B5, wherein the protrusion of the third part is inserted into the third hole.

  According to the gaming machine B5, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine B1, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding part is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding part. Is done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion, and the third holding portion The protrusion is held. Further, the component includes a third component configured based on a third characteristic different from the first characteristic and the second characteristic, and further, a protrusion of the first component is inserted into the first hole, and the second hole The projection of the second component is inserted into the third hole, and the projection of the third component is inserted into the third hole. Accordingly, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is made different for each hole, and each component can be arranged on the plate body using the holes corresponding to the protruding portions of the components having different characteristics. There is an effect that.

In any of gaming machines B2 to B5,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The first holding portion is a first constant load that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine B6 comprising means (for example, inner diameters of main display positioning holes 609 and 610).

  According to the gaming machine B6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B2 to B5, the following effects are produced. In other words, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the first constant loading means provided in the first holding portion allows the projection portion to protrude from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole to a predetermined depth. Thus, the elastic force of the plate is always applied. Accordingly, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protrusions inserted into the first holes by the first constant load means to hold the protrusions.

In any of gaming machines B3 to B6,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The third holding portion is a third constant load that constantly applies the elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine B7 comprising means (for example, an inner diameter of the through straight portion 627a).

  According to the gaming machine B7, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B3 to B6, the following effects are produced. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and by the third constant load means provided in the third holding portion, the protrusion is formed from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole to a predetermined depth. Thus, the elastic force of the plate is always applied. Accordingly, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protruding portion inserted into the third hole by the third constant load means to hold the protruding portion.

In gaming machine B6 or B7,
The gaming machine B8, wherein the first constant load means or the third constant load means is formed such that a size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion is smaller than an outer shape of the protruding portion.

  According to the gaming machine B8, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine B6 or B7, the following effects are produced. That is, in the first constant load means or the third constant load means, the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion. Thus, the plate body is elastically deformed so that the protrusion can be inserted into the first holding part or the third holding part, and the protrusion inserted into the first holding part or the third holding part, The elastic force of the plate can be constantly applied. Accordingly, there is an effect that the protrusions inserted into the first hole or the third hole can be continuously held by the constant load means of the first holding part or the third holding part.

In any of gaming machines B2 to B8,
The second insertion receiving portion includes a second insertion holding portion (for example, a start positioning hole 620) that holds the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the second hole less than the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. , 621, a portion that comes into contact with the outer shape of the starting protrusions 4 i, 4 j).

  According to the gaming machine B9, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B2 to B8, the following effects are produced. In other words, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole of the second hole, the protrusion is inserted into the second hole by the second insertion receiving portion, and the predetermined depth from a predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the second hole. The protrusion inserted into the second hole is held by the second insertion holding portion provided over the entire length. Thereby, while making it easy to insert a projection part into a 2nd hole by a 2nd insertion receiving part, the 2nd insertion holding part provided over the predetermined depth from the predetermined part less than the predetermined depth of the 2nd hole Thus, the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole and the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held.

In any of gaming machines B3 to B9,
The third insertion receiving portion is a third insertion holding portion (for example, in the through taper portion 627b) that holds the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the third hole less than the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine B10 including a portion in contact with the outer shape of the through projection 7f.

  According to the gaming machine B9, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B2 to B8, the following effects are produced. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole, the protrusion is inserted into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion, and the predetermined depth from a predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the third hole. The protrusion inserted into the third hole is held by the third insertion holding portion provided over the entire length. Thereby, while making it easy to insert a projection part into the 3rd hole by the 3rd insertion acceptance part, the 3rd insertion holding part provided over the predetermined depth from the predetermined part less than the predetermined depth of the 3rd hole Thus, the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held.

In gaming machine B9 or B10,
The second insertion receiving part or the third insertion receiving part is
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving part or the third insertion receiving part is formed larger than the outer shape of the projection part,
In the predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion,
The second insertion holding portion or the third insertion holding portion has a size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine B11 that is smaller than the outer shape.

  According to the gaming machine B11, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine B9 or B10, the following effects are produced. That is, in the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, The size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the second insertion holding portion or the third insertion holding portion allows the predetermined depth from the predetermined portion. In addition, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. Thereby, since the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, it is easy to insert the protruding portion into the second hole or the third hole. To do. Further, since the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, the protruding portion inserted into the second hole or the third hole. Can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole, and the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be held.

In gaming machine B11,
The game is characterized in that the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually become narrower in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Machine B12.

  According to the gaming machine B12, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machine B11, the following effects are achieved. That is, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually become narrower in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Accordingly, the insertion of the protruding portion is accepted from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole over the predetermined portion, the protruding portion is held from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, and further from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. The elastic force of the plate that is gradually loaded on the protrusion can be increased. Therefore, it is easy to insert the protruding portion into the second hole or the third hole, and keeps the protruding portion inserted into the second hole or the third hole, thereby preventing each component from being detached from the plate body. Thus, there is an effect that it is possible to improve the mounting performance of the parts to the game board.

In any of the gaming machines B0 to B12,
The gaming machine B13, wherein the part has a different shape of the hole based on characteristics of the part.

  According to the gaming machine B13, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B0 to B12, the following effects are produced. That is, the shape of the hole is different based on the characteristics of the part. Accordingly, there is an effect that a hole having a shape corresponding to the characteristic of the part can be selected, and the part can be arranged on the plate body using the selected hole.

  As a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a first hole that can hold the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The first hole has only a first holding part that can be elastically deformed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the first holding part is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. Accordingly, there is an excellent effect in that the protruding portion of the component inserted into the first hole can be held by the first holding portion of the first hole. However, there is a drawback that when the protrusion is inserted into the first hole, the protrusion may not be firmly inserted into the first hole due to the size of the first auxiliary holding portion being smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. is there.

  In addition, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a second hole having only a second insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The second hole has a second insertion receiving portion so that a projection of a component can be easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and has a second insertion holding portion inside the hole. . In the second hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is configured to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the size of the second insertion holding portion inside the hole is the protrusion. The second insertion holding portion provided inside the hole of the second hole is configured such that the protrusion of the component is easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole of the second hole. Therefore, there is an excellent effect in that the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held.

  However, the plate body has individual differences (thickness or hardness difference) due to manufacturing unevenness at the time of manufacture, and the function of the second insertion receiving portion or the second insertion holding portion of the second hole is affected by the individual difference. It may decrease. Specifically, for example, when the second hole is formed large due to the influence of the individual difference of the plate body, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed large, and the inside of the hole The second insertion holding part is also formed in a large size, and there is a drawback in that the protruding part of the component inserted into the hole of the second hole is not firmly held.

  For example, when the second hole is formed small due to the individual difference of the plate, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed small, and the protrusion is the second. There is a drawback of not being firmly inserted into the hole.

  Here, as a hole into which the protruding portion of the component can be inserted, there is a third hole having a third insertion receiving portion and a third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. In the third hole, in the third insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion. Further, in the third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion at a predetermined depth of the hole. Furthermore, in the third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the projection portion from the predetermined portion of the third hole to the predetermined depth by the third insertion holding portion. In addition, the third constant loading means of the surface side (hole edge) third holding part of the hole always makes the plate body to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth. Elastic force is applied.

  By configuring in this way, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, since the size of the third insertion receiving part is larger than the outer shape of the protrusion part, it is easy to insert the protrusion part into the third hole, Since the size of the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. Further, there is an excellent effect in that the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protruding portion by the third constant load means of the third holding portion to hold the protruding portion. However, the third hole has a function of easily inserting the protrusion of the component into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion and a function of holding the protrusion inserted into the third hole by the third holding portion. However, as a function of facilitating insertion of the protrusion, the second insertion receiving portion of the second hole is higher than the third insertion receiving portion of the third hole, and the function of holding the protrusion is as follows: The first holding portion of the first hole is configured to be higher than the third holding portion of the third hole.

  Therefore, based on the characteristics of the part, select one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole, and use the selected first hole, second hole, or third hole to place the part on the plate body. By disposing, there is an effect that it is possible to keep holding the protrusions having different characteristics depending on the parts while inserting the protrusions into the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole of the plate body.

In gaming machine B13,
The characteristic of the part is the weight of the part,
The gaming machine B14, wherein the component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the weight.

  According to the gaming machine B14, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine B13, the following effects are achieved. That is, the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the weight of the component.

  For example, since a light component has a light load on the component itself, even when the protrusion is once inserted into the hole, the protrusion is easily detached from the hole. Therefore, the light component is disposed on the plate body using the first hole in which the protrusion is easily held, not the second hole in which the protrusion is easily inserted. Also, a heavy component is unlikely to come off the hole once the protrusion is inserted into the hole due to the weight of the load of the component itself. Accordingly, the heavy component is disposed on the plate body using the second hole in which the protruding portion is easily inserted instead of the first hole in which the protruding portion is easily held. Further, since the parts that are neither heavy nor light have no remarkable characteristics, they are arranged on the plate body using the third holes that are easy to insert the protrusions and easily hold the protrusions.

  In this way, by holding the protrusion using the hole corresponding to the weight of the part, select whether to prioritize the insertion or fixation of the protrusion into the hole based on the weight of the part, The protrusion can be kept inserted while being inserted into the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate body and to improve the performance of attaching the parts to the game board.

In gaming machine B13 or B14,
The characteristic of the part is the number of the protrusions of the part,
The gaming machine B15, wherein the component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the number of the protrusions.

  According to the gaming machine B15, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine B13 or B14, the following effects are produced. That is, the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the number of the protruding portions of the component.

  For example, a part with a small number of protrusions has a small number of protrusions, so the total holding force of each protrusion by each hole is weak, and once the protrusion is inserted into the hole However, the protruding portion is easily detached from the hole. Therefore, a component having a small number of protrusions is arranged on the plate body using the first holes in which the protrusions are easily held, not the second holes in which the protrusions are easily inserted. Also, parts with a large number of protrusions have a large number of protrusions, so the combined holding force of each protrusion by each hole is strong, and once the protrusion is inserted into the hole In addition, the protrusion is difficult to be removed from the hole. Therefore, a component having a large number of protrusions is disposed on the plate using a second hole in which the protrusions are easily inserted, instead of the first holes in which the protrusions are easily held. Furthermore, since the parts having neither a small number nor a large number of protrusions have no remarkable characteristics, they are arranged on the plate body using the third holes that are easy to insert the protrusions and easily hold the protrusions.

  In this way, by holding the protrusions using the holes corresponding to the number of protrusions of the component, whether to prioritize insertion or fixation of the protrusions into the holes based on the number of protrusions of the component And can continue to hold the protrusion while inserting the protrusion into the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate body and to improve the performance of attaching the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B15,
The characteristic of the part is the presence or absence of a plating treatment for the part,
The gaming machine B16, wherein the component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the presence or absence of the plating process.

  According to the gaming machine B16, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B13 to B15, the following effects are produced. That is, the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the presence or absence of the plating process on the component.

  For example, when the component is plated, the thickness of the protrusion of the fixture is increased by the plating layer by the plating process. For this reason, it arrange | positions in a board | plate body using the 2nd hole or 3rd hole which is easy to insert a projection part. In addition, when the component is not plated, there is no plating layer by plating. For this reason, it arrange | positions in a board | plate body using the 1st hole or 3rd hole which is easy to hold | maintain a projection part instead of the 2nd hole which is easy to insert a projection part.

  In this way, the protrusion of the component is held using a hole corresponding to the presence or absence of the plating treatment on the component. Accordingly, it is possible to select whether to give priority to the insertion of the protruding portion into the hole or to fix based on the presence or absence of the plating process on the component, and to keep holding the protruding portion inserted into the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate body and to improve the performance of attaching the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B16,
The characteristic of the part is the magnitude of the influence on the game result by the part,
The component is disposed in the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the degree of influence on the game result. Game machine B17.

  According to the gaming machine B17, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machines B13 to B16, the following effects are achieved. That is, the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the degree of influence of the component on the game result.

  For example, a part having a great influence on the game result (for example, the start winning port unit 4) has a large change in the game result when the protrusion is not firmly inserted into the hole. Accordingly, the parts having a large influence on the game result are first arranged in the hole, and the protrusions are arranged on the plate using the second hole or the third hole in which the protrusion is easily inserted. In addition, a component (for example, the main display unit 87) having a small (no) influence on the game result has little influence on the game result even if no protrusion is inserted into the hole. Therefore, a component having a small influence on the game result is arranged on the plate body using the first hole that easily holds the protrusion when the protrusion is inserted into the hole.

  In this way, the protrusion of the part is held using the hole corresponding to the magnitude of the influence of the part on the game result. Accordingly, it is possible to select whether to give priority to the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or the fixing based on the degree of influence on the game result by the component, and to keep holding the protrusion while inserting the protrusion into the hole. . Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate body and to improve the performance of attaching the parts to the game board.

In any of the gaming machine B13 to FIG.
The characteristic of the part is a passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the part,
The gaming machine is characterized in that the component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the passing amount (contact amount). B18.

  According to the gaming machine B18, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B13 to B17, the following effects are produced. That is, it is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the component.

  For example, a part having a large amount of game media passing through (contact amount) (for example, the start winning unit 4) has a large influence on the game media when not firmly fixed, and the game result greatly fluctuates. Accordingly, a part having a large amount of game medium passing through (contact amount) is first placed in the hole, and the protrusion is disposed on the plate using the second hole in which the protrusion is easily inserted. In addition, a part (for example, the main display unit 87) having a small amount of game medium passing amount (contact amount) (for example, the main display unit 87) has a game medium passing amount (contact amount) even if the protrusion is not inserted into the hole. Since it is small (no), it has little effect on game results. Therefore, a part with a small amount of game media passing through (contact amount) is disposed on the plate using the first hole in which the protrusion is easily held when the protrusion is inserted into the hole.

  In this way, by using the hole corresponding to the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the component and holding the projection portion of the component, the protrusion portion based on the passage amount (contact amount) of the game medium in the component It is possible to select whether priority is given to insertion into the hole or fixation, and the protrusion can be inserted into the hole and held. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate body and to improve the performance of attaching the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B18,
The plate includes a partition member (for example, an inner rail 61, an outer rail 62, and a right corner decoration 70) for partitioning and forming the game area on the front side of the plate,
The characteristic of the component is whether or not the placement position of the component is within the game area partitioned by the partition member,
The component is arranged on the plate body by one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on whether or not the arrangement position of the component is within the game area. A gaming machine B19 characterized by that.

  According to the gaming machine B19, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B13 to B18, the following effects are produced. That is, the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on whether or not the placement position of the component is within the game area partitioned by the partition member. Established.

  For example, a component (for example, the start prize opening unit 4 or the through gate 7) disposed in the game area comes into contact with the game medium driven in the game area, so that when the game medium is not firmly fixed, The influence on the flow direction is large, and the game result may fluctuate greatly. Accordingly, the parts disposed in the game area are first disposed in the plate with priority given to being inserted into the holes, using the second or third holes in which the protrusions are easily inserted into the holes. In addition, even if the parts (for example, the main display unit 87) arranged outside the game area are not fixed, they do not come into contact with the game medium, and thus do not affect the game result. Therefore, the components disposed outside the game area are disposed on the plate body using the first holes in which the protrusions are easily held.

  In this way, by using the hole corresponding to whether or not the placement position of the component is within the game area, the projection of the component is held, so that the hole of the projection is based on whether or not the component is in contact with the game medium. It is possible to select whether priority is given to insertion into the fixing or fixing, and the protrusion can be kept inserted while being inserted into the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate body and to improve the performance of attaching the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B19,
The game board
A component placing step in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is placed on the plate;
A transporting process for transporting the plate,
A component fixing step of fixing the component placed on the plate body with a fixing tool (for example, a screw), and
The characteristic of the component is a length of a transport distance from the component being placed on the plate in the component placing step until the component is fixed by the fixture in the component fixing step.
The gaming machine B20 is characterized in that the component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the length of the transport distance. .

  According to the gaming machine B20, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B13 to B19, the following effects are produced. That is, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the component placing process, the component is placed on the plate body, the plate body is conveyed by the conveying step, and the component placed on the plate body by the component fixing step. A game board that is fixed by a fixing tool and formed through the above-described steps is provided, and after the component is placed on the plate in the component placing step, the component is fixed by the fixing tool in the component fixing step. The component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the length of the transport distance.

  For example, since a part having a long transport distance (for example, the panel side decoration 8) has a long transport distance from being placed on the plate body to being fixed, an impact generated during transport such as when transport is stopped or transport is started. It is easy to be influenced by the above, and there is a possibility that it is displaced from the initial placement position. Therefore, a part having a long conveyance distance is arranged on the plate body using the first hole or the third hole so that the protrusion is firmly held by the hole. In addition, a component having a short conveyance distance (for example, the start winning opening unit 4) has a short conveyance distance from being placed on the plate body to being fixed, and thus is not easily affected by an impact or the like generated during conveyance. The possibility of deviation from the mounting position is low. Therefore, a component having a short conveying distance is disposed on the plate body using the second hole in preference to firmly inserting the protrusion into the hole rather than holding the protrusion with the hole.

  In this way, by using the hole corresponding to the length of the conveyance distance from when the component is placed on the plate body to when it is fixed, the projection of the component is held, thereby shifting the placement position of the component. There is an effect that it is possible to select whether priority is given to the insertion of the protrusion into the hole or the fixation based on the possibility of occurrence of the protrusion, and the protrusion can be held while being inserted into the hole.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B20,
The characteristic of the part is a part unit price of the part,
The gaming machine B21, wherein the component is disposed in the plate body by any of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the component unit price.

  According to the gaming machine B21, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B13 to B20, the following effects are produced. That is, the component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the component unit price of the component.

  For example, a part with a high part unit price has a large loss when it is damaged and must be replaced. Therefore, a component with a high component unit price is disposed on the plate using the first hole in order to hold the protrusion firmly in the hole. In addition, a part with a low part unit price is not lossy if it is damaged and must be replaced. Therefore, a part with a low unit price is arranged on the plate body using the second hole or the third hole in order to reliably insert the protrusion into the hole.

  As described above, there is an effect that it is possible to select whether priority is given to the insertion of the protruding portion into the hole or the fixing based on the component unit price of the component, and the holding can be continued while the protruding portion is inserted into the hole. .

In any of gaming machines B13 to B21,
The characteristic of the part is whether or not it is a common part commonly used in different types of gaming machines,
The gaming machine B22, wherein the component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on whether the component is the common component. .

  According to the gaming machine B22, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B13 to B21, the following effects are produced. That is, the component is arranged on the plate body by one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on whether the component is a common component that is commonly used in different types of gaming machines. Established.

  For example, if it is a non-common part that is not commonly used in different types of gaming machines, an operator may not be used to handling the part, and thus a work mistake may easily occur. Therefore, non-common parts are arranged on the plate body using the second hole or the third hole in order to reliably insert the protrusion into the hole. In addition, if the parts are common parts that are commonly used in different types of gaming machines, the operator is accustomed to handling the parts, and therefore, work mistakes are unlikely to occur. Therefore, in order to hold the protrusions firmly in the holes, the first holes are used to arrange the protrusions.

  Thus, based on whether or not the part is a commonly used part, it is selected whether to give priority to insertion of the protrusion into the hole or fixing, and keep holding the protrusion while inserting the protrusion into the hole. be able to. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the parts having different characteristics from being detached from the plate body and to improve the performance of attaching the parts to the game board.

In any of gaming machines B13 to B22,
The gaming machine B23, wherein the part has a different shape of the hole based on a plurality of characteristics of the part.

  According to the gaming machine B23, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B13 to B22, the following effects are produced. That is, the shape of the hole is configured to be different based on a plurality of characteristics of the component. Accordingly, it is possible to select an optimum hole in consideration of a plurality of characteristics of the component, and to arrange the component on the plate body using the selected hole. Therefore, there is an effect that the protruding portion of the component can be continuously held while being inserted into the optimum hole corresponding to a plurality of characteristics of the component.

In any of gaming machines B3 to B23,
The third holding part is provided at least two or more,
In the third hole, the gaming machine B24 is formed so that at least two of the third holding portions face each other.

  According to the gaming machine B24, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines B3 to B23, the following effects are produced. That is, at least two or more third holding portions are provided, and at least two third holding portions are formed so as to face (opposite) each other in the third hole. As a result, the protruding portion of the component can be held so as to be sandwiched by the third holding portion of the third hole, so that the force for holding the protruding portion increases and the protruding portion is prevented from jumping out of the third hole. be able to. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be retained.

In any of gaming machines B3 to B24,
The third insertion receiving part is provided at least two or more,
In the third hole, the game machine B25 is formed so that at least two of the third insertion receiving portions face each other.

  The gaming machine B25 has the following effects in addition to the effects played by the gaming machines B3 to B24. That is, at least two or more third insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two third insertion receiving portions are formed so as to face (opposite) each other in the third hole. As a result, the protrusion of the component can be inserted into the space formed by one third insertion receiving portion and the other third insertion receiving portion of the third hole, so that the protrusion is inserted into the third hole. There is an effect that it can be made easy.

In gaming machine B25,
In the third hole,
Forming one third holding portion and the other third holding portion opposite to each other;
A gaming machine B26, wherein one third insertion receiving portion and the other third insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other.

  According to the gaming machine B26, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine B25, the following effects are produced. That is, in the third hole, one third holding portion and another third holding portion are formed so as to face (opposite) each other, and one third insertion receiving portion and another third insertion receiving portion are formed. Opposed (opposed). This makes it easy to insert the protrusion into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion formed so as to face (opposite), and allows the protrusion to be formed by the third holding portion formed to face (opposite). It can be held so as to be pinched. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held.

<Group C>
A plate (for example, base plate 60 and cell sheet 60a) that forms a game area where a game medium is played on the front side, and a component (for example, start of the second embodiment) fixed to the front side of the plate In a gaming machine provided with a prize opening unit 4) and a gaming board (for example, gaming board 13) constituted by:
The parts are
A base (for example, starting base 4e) in contact with the plate,
A plurality of protrusions (for example, start protrusions 4i1, 4j) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate body,
The plate body includes a plurality of types of holes (for example, start positioning holes 620 and 621) having different shapes formed so that the protrusions of the component can be inserted respectively.
The gaming machine C0 is characterized in that different types of holes are selected for each of the protrusions.

  According to the gaming machine C0, a game area where a game is played using a game medium is formed on the front side of the board, the parts are fixed to the front side of the board, and the game board is configured by the board and the parts. Is provided with a plurality of protrusions on the side of the base that comes into contact with the plate, and the plate is formed with a plurality of different types of holes into which the protrusions of the parts can be inserted, and different types for each protrusion. Are selected and disposed. Thereby, components can be disposed on the plate using different types of holes for each protrusion of one component. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be continuously held while being inserted into a hole of a type corresponding to each protrusion of one component.

In gaming machine C0,
The protrusion is
A first protrusion configured based on the first characteristic;
A second protrusion configured based on a second characteristic different from the first characteristic,
The plurality of types of holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic, respectively.

  According to the gaming machine C1, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine C0, the following effects are achieved. That is, the first protrusion provided in the protrusion is configured based on the first characteristic, and the second protrusion provided in the protrusion is configured based on the second characteristic different from the first characteristic. The plurality of types of holes are formed in different shapes based on the first characteristic or the second characteristic of the protrusion. Accordingly, the component can be disposed on the plate body using the holes corresponding to the characteristics of the protruding portions of the component. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to keep holding the protrusions having different characteristics depending on the part parts while inserting them into the holes of the plate.

In the gaming machine C1,
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding part for holding the projection part;
A second hole (for example, start positioning holes 620 and 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
Inserting the first protrusion into the first hole;
A gaming machine C2 wherein the second protrusion is inserted into the second hole.

  According to the gaming machine C2, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine C1, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding part is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding part. Is done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion. Further, the first protrusion is inserted into the first hole, and the second protrusion is inserted into the second hole. As a result, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different for each hole, and the components can be arranged on the plate using holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is.

In the gaming machine C1,
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding part for holding the projection part;
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part that holds the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion. 627), and
Inserting the first protrusion into the first hole;
A gaming machine C3, wherein the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole.

  According to the gaming machine C3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C1, the following effects are produced. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding part is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding part. Is done. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion, and the third holding portion The protrusion is held. Further, the first protrusion is inserted into the first hole, and the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole. As a result, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different for each hole, and the components can be arranged on the plate using holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is.

In the gaming machine C1,
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
A second hole (for example, start positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part that holds the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion. 627), and
Inserting the first protrusion into the second hole;
A gaming machine C4, wherein the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole.

  According to the gaming machine C4, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C1, the following effects are produced. That is, in the second hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the second insertion receiving part is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is formed at the second insertion receiving part. Is accepted. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion, and the third holding portion The protrusion is held. Further, the first protrusion is inserted into the second hole, and the second protrusion is inserted into the third hole. As a result, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different for each hole, and the components can be arranged on the plate using holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is.

In the gaming machine C1,
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having only a first holding part for holding the projection part;
A second hole (for example, start positioning holes 620, 621) having only a second insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a third hole (for example, a through positioning hole 626) having a third holding part that holds the protrusion and a third insertion receiving part that accepts the insertion of the protrusion. 627), and
The protrusion includes a third protrusion configured based on a third characteristic different from the first characteristic and the second characteristic,
Inserting the first protrusion into the first hole;
Inserting the second protrusion into the second hole;
A gaming machine C5, wherein the third protrusion is inserted into the third hole.

  According to the gaming machine C5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C1, the following effects are produced. That is, in the first hole in which the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate and only the first holding part is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding part. Is done. In the second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion. In the third hole in which the third insertion receiving portion and the third holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion receiving portion, and the third holding portion The protrusion is held. Further, as the protrusion, a third protrusion having a third characteristic different from the first characteristic and the second characteristic is provided. Further, the first protrusion is inserted into the first hole, the second protrusion is inserted into the second hole, and the third protrusion is inserted into the third hole. As a result, the shape (function) of the surface side (hole edge) of each hole can be made different for each hole, and the components can be arranged on the plate using holes corresponding to the protrusions having different characteristics. There is.

In any of gaming machines C2 to C5,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The first holding portion is a first constant load that constantly applies an elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine C6 having means (for example, inner diameters of main display positioning holes 609 and 610).

  According to the gaming machine C6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines C2 to C5, the following effects are produced. In other words, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the first constant loading means provided in the first holding portion allows the projection portion to protrude from the surface side (hole edge) of the first hole to a predetermined depth. Thus, the elastic force of the plate is always applied. Thereby, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protrusion by the first constant load means and the protrusion can be held.

In any of gaming machines C3 to C6,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The third holding portion is a third constant load that constantly applies the elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine C7 having means (for example, an inner diameter of the through straight portion 627a).

  According to the gaming machine C7, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines C3 to C6, the following effects are produced. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and by the third constant load means provided in the third holding portion, the protrusion is formed from the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole to a predetermined depth. Thus, the elastic force of the plate is always applied. Accordingly, there is an effect that the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protrusion by the third constant load means and the protrusion can be held.

In gaming machine C6 or C7,
The gaming machine C8, wherein the first constant load means or the third constant load means is formed such that the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion.

  According to the gaming machine C8, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C6 or C7, the following effects are produced. That is, in the first constant load means or the third constant load means, the size of the first holding portion or the third holding portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion. Thus, the plate body is elastically deformed so that the protrusion can be inserted into the first holding part or the third holding part, and the protrusion inserted into the first holding part or the third holding part, The elastic force of the plate can be constantly applied. Therefore, there is an effect that the protruding portion inserted into the hole can be continuously held by the constant load means of the first holding portion or the third holding portion.

In any of gaming machines C2 to C8,
The second insertion receiving portion includes a second insertion holding portion (for example, a start positioning hole 620) that holds the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the second hole less than the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. , 621, a portion in contact with the outer shape of the starting protrusions 4 i, 4 j).

  According to the gaming machine C9, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines C2 to C8, the following effects are produced. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the second hole, the protrusion is inserted into the second hole by the second insertion receiving portion, and the predetermined depth from the predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the second hole is reached. The protrusion inserted into the second hole is held by the second insertion holding portion provided over the second insertion holding portion. Thereby, while making it easy to insert a projection part into a 2nd hole by a 2nd insertion receiving part, the 2nd insertion holding part provided over the predetermined depth from the predetermined part less than the predetermined depth of the 2nd hole Thus, the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole and the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held.

In any of gaming machines C3 to C9,
The third insertion receiving portion is a third insertion holding portion (for example, in the through taper portion 627b) that holds the protrusion from a predetermined portion of the third hole less than the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine C10 having a portion in contact with the outer shape of the through projection 7f.

  According to the gaming machine C10, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines C3 to C9, the following effects are produced. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the third hole, the protrusion is inserted into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion, and the predetermined depth from a predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the third hole is reached. The projecting portion inserted into the third hole is held by the third insertion holding portion provided across. Thereby, while making it easy to insert a projection part into the 3rd hole by the 3rd insertion acceptance part, the 3rd insertion holding part provided over the predetermined depth from the predetermined part less than the predetermined depth of the 3rd hole Thus, the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held.

In the gaming machine C9 or C10,
The second insertion receiving part or the third insertion receiving part is
In the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion,
In the predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion,
The second insertion holding portion or the third insertion holding portion has a size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine C11 that is smaller than the outer shape.

  According to the gaming machine C11, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C9 or C10, the following effects are produced. That is, in the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, The size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the second insertion holding portion or the third insertion holding portion allows the predetermined depth from the predetermined portion. In addition, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. Thereby, since the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, it is easy to insert the protruding portion into the second hole or the third hole. To do. Further, since the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, the protruding portion inserted into the second hole or the third hole. Can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the second hole or the third hole, and the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole can be held.

In the gaming machine C11,
The game is characterized in that the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually become narrower in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Machine C12.

  According to the gaming machine C12, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C11, the following effects are produced. That is, the size of the second insertion receiving portion or the third insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually become narrower in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Thus, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted from the surface side (hole edge) to the predetermined portion of the hole, the protrusion is held from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, and further, the protrusion is gradually increased from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. The elastic force of the plate loaded on the plate can be increased. Therefore, it is possible to easily insert the protrusion into the second hole or the third hole, and it is possible to keep holding the protrusion inserted into the second hole or the third hole. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the component from being detached from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the component to the game board.

In any of the gaming machines C0 to C12,
The gaming machine C13, wherein the protruding portion has a different shape of the hole based on characteristics of the protruding portion.

  According to the gaming machine C13, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines C0 to C12, the following effects are produced. That is, the shape of the hole is configured to be different based on the characteristics of each protrusion of the component. Thereby, there is an effect that a hole corresponding to the characteristic of the protrusion can be selected, and a component having the protrusion can be arranged on the plate body using the selected hole.

  As a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a first hole that can hold the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The first hole has only a first holding part that can be elastically deformed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the first holding part is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. Accordingly, there is an excellent effect in that the protruding portion of the component inserted into the first hole can be held by the first auxiliary holding portion of the first hole. However, when trying to insert the protruding portion into the first hole, there is a drawback that the protruding portion may not be firmly inserted into the first hole due to the size of the first holding portion being smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion. .

  In addition, as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted, there is a second hole having only a second insertion receiving portion that accepts the insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The second hole has a second insertion receiving portion so that a projection of a component can be easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and has a second insertion holding portion inside the hole. . In the second hole, the size of the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is configured to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the size of the second insertion holding portion inside the hole is the protrusion. The second insertion holding portion provided inside the hole of the second hole is configured such that the protrusion of the component is easily inserted on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole of the second hole. Therefore, there is an excellent effect in that the protrusion inserted into the second hole can be held.

  However, the plate body has individual differences (thickness or hardness difference) due to manufacturing unevenness at the time of manufacture, and the function of the second insertion receiving portion or the second insertion holding portion of the second hole is affected by the individual difference. It may decrease. Specifically, for example, when the second hole is formed large due to the influence of the individual difference of the plate body, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed large, and the inside of the hole The second insertion holding part is also formed in a large size, and there is a drawback in that the protruding part of the component inserted into the hole of the second hole is not firmly held.

  For example, when the second hole is formed small due to the individual difference of the plate, the second insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole is formed small, and the protrusion is the second. There is a drawback of not being firmly inserted into the hole.

  Here, as a hole into which the protruding portion of the component can be inserted, there is a third hole having a third insertion receiving portion and a third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. In the third hole, in the third insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion. Further, in the third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion at a predetermined depth of the hole. Furthermore, in the third hole, the size of the third insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the projection portion from the predetermined portion of the third hole to the predetermined depth by the third insertion holding portion. In addition, the plate is always applied to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) to the projection portion by the third constant loading means of the third holding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. The elastic force is applied.

  With this configuration, since the size of the third insertion portion is larger than the outer shape of the projection on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the projection can be easily inserted into the third hole, and a predetermined portion Since the size of the third insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the projection from the first to the predetermined depth, the projection inserted into the third hole can be held. Further, there is an excellent effect in that the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protruding portion by the third constant load means of the third holding portion to hold the protruding portion. However, the third hole has a function of easily inserting the protrusion of the component into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion and a function of holding the protrusion inserted into the third hole by the third holding portion. However, as a function of facilitating insertion of the protrusion, the second insertion receiving portion of the second hole is higher than the third insertion receiving portion of the third hole, and the function of holding the protrusion is as follows: The first holding portion of the first hole is configured to be higher than the third holding portion of the third hole.

  Accordingly, on the basis of the characteristics of each protrusion of the component, the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole is selected, and each of the selected first hole, second hole, or third hole is used. By disposing the parts on the plate through the protrusions, the protrusions having different characteristics can be held while being inserted into the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole of the plate. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the component from being detached from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the component to the game board.

In gaming machine C13,
The characteristic of the protrusion is the presence or absence of a plating process on the protrusion,
The protrusion is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the presence or absence of a plating process on the protrusion. Game machine C14.

  According to the gaming machine C14, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C13, the following effects are produced. That is, the protrusion provided based on the presence or absence of the plating process on the protrusion is inserted into one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole, and the component is disposed on the plate.

  For example, in the case where one part includes a part that has been plated and a part that has not been plated, when the plating is applied to the protrusion, The thickness of the protrusion is increased. For this reason, the protrusion is inserted into the second hole or the third hole in which the protrusion is easily inserted, and the component is disposed on the plate. Further, when the projection is not plated, there is no plating layer by plating. For this reason, the protrusion is inserted into the first hole or the third hole in which the protrusion is easily held, instead of the second hole in which the protrusion is easy to insert, and the component is disposed on the plate body.

  In this way, in a part where there is a portion that has been plated and a portion that has not been plated, the protrusion is held using a hole corresponding to the presence or absence of the plating process in the protrusion of the component. With this, it is possible to select whether to prioritize the insertion or fixing of the protrusions into the holes based on the presence or absence of the plating treatment for each part of the component, and continue to hold the protrusions while inserting the protrusions into the holes. it can. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the protruding portions having different characteristics from being removed from the holes, to securely fix the component to the plate body, and to improve the mounting performance of the component to the game board.

In the gaming machine C13 or C14,
The characteristic of the protrusion is the magnitude of the influence on the game result in the part where the protrusion is disposed,
The protrusion is formed by either the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the degree of influence on the game result at the portion where the protrusion is disposed. A gaming machine C15, which is disposed on a body.

  According to the gaming machine C15, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C13 or C14, the following effects are produced. That is, the component is arranged on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the second hole, and the third hole provided based on the degree of influence on the game result at the portion where the protrusion is provided. The

  For example, if the protrusions at the portions having a large influence on the game result are not firmly fixed, the game result greatly fluctuates. Therefore, the protrusions in the portion having a great influence on the game result are given priority to first inserting the protrusions into the holes, and the plate body using the second hole or the third hole in which the protrusions are easily inserted into the holes. To be disposed. In addition, a protrusion having a small (not present) influence on the game result has little influence on the game result even if the protrusion is not inserted into the hole. Therefore, the protrusions having a small (not present) influence on the game result are arranged on the plate body using the first holes in which the protrusions are easily held when the protrusions are inserted into the holes.

  In this way, the protrusions of the component are held using the holes corresponding to the degree of influence on the game result for each part where the protrusions are disposed. This allows you to select whether to prioritize the insertion or fixing of the protrusion into the hole based on the degree of influence on the game result by the portion where the protrusion is disposed, and insert the protrusion into the hole. While holding it. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the protruding portions having different characteristics from coming out of the holes, to securely fix the component to the plate body, and to improve the mounting performance of the component to the game board.

In any of the gaming machines C13 to C15,
The characteristic of the protrusion is the amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the protrusion is disposed,
The protrusion is formed by either the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on a passing amount (contact amount) of a game medium at a portion where the protruding portion is disposed. A gaming machine C16, which is disposed on a body.

  According to the gaming machine C16, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines C13 to C15, the following effects are produced. That is, it is inserted into one of the first hole, the second hole, or the third hole provided based on the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the protrusion is disposed, and the component is arranged on the plate body. Established.

  For example, a protrusion at a portion where the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium is large has a large influence on the game medium when it is not firmly fixed, and the game result greatly fluctuates. Therefore, the protrusion of the portion where the amount of game media passing (contact amount) is large gives priority to first inserting the protrusion into the hole, and the protrusion is easily inserted into the plate using the second hole. Arrange. In addition, the protruding portion of the portion where the passing amount (contact amount) of the game medium is small (absent) should have a small amount of passing (contact amount) of the game medium even if the protruding portion is not inserted into the hole. Therefore, there is little influence on game results. Therefore, the protrusions at the portions where the amount of game media passing (contact amount) is small (not present) are arranged on the plate body using the first holes where the protrusions are easily held when the protrusions are inserted into the holes.

  In this manner, the protrusion is held using a hole corresponding to the amount of passage (contact amount) of the game medium at the portion where the protrusion is disposed. This selects whether priority is given to the insertion or fixing of the protrusions based on the amount of game media passing through the part where the protrusions are disposed (contact amount), and the protrusions are inserted into the holes. Can be kept holding. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the protruding portions having different characteristics from coming out of the holes, to securely fix the component to the plate body, and to improve the mounting performance of the component to the game board.

In any of gaming machines C13 to C16,
The gaming machine C17, wherein the protruding portion has a different shape of the hole based on a plurality of characteristics of a portion where the protruding portion is disposed.

  According to the gaming machine C17, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines C13 to C16, the following effects are produced. That is, the shape of the hole is configured to be different based on a plurality of characteristics of the portion where the protrusion is disposed. Accordingly, it is possible to select an optimum hole in consideration of a plurality of characteristics of the protruding portion, insert the protruding portion into the selected hole, and dispose the component on the plate body. Therefore, there is an effect that the protruding portion of the component can be continuously held while being inserted into the optimum hole corresponding to a plurality of characteristics of the portion where the protruding portion is disposed.

In any of gaming machines C3 to C17,
The third holding part is provided at least two or more,
In the third hole, the gaming machine C18 is formed so that at least two of the third holding portions face each other.

  According to the gaming machine C18, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines C3 to C17, the following effects are produced. That is, at least two or more third holding portions are provided, and at least two third holding portions are formed so as to face (opposite) each other in the third hole. As a result, the protruding portion of the component can be held so as to be sandwiched by the third holding portion of the third hole, so that the force for holding the protruding portion increases and the protruding portion is prevented from jumping out of the third hole. be able to. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be retained.

In any of the gaming machines C3 to C18,
The third insertion receiving part is provided at least two or more,
In the third hole, the gaming machine C19 is formed such that at least two of the third insertion receiving portions face each other.

  The gaming machine C19 has the following effects in addition to the effects played by the gaming machines C3 to C18. That is, at least two or more third insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two third insertion receiving portions are formed so as to face (opposite) each other in the third hole. As a result, the protrusion of the component can be inserted into the space formed by one third insertion receiving portion and the other third insertion receiving portion of the third hole, so that the protrusion is inserted into the third hole. There is an effect that it can be made easy.

In gaming machine C19,
In the third hole,
Forming one third holding portion and the other third holding portion opposite to each other;
A gaming machine C20, wherein one third insertion receiving portion and the other third insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other.

  According to the gaming machine C20, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine C19, the following effects are produced. That is, in the third hole, one third holding portion and another third holding portion are formed so as to face (opposite) each other, and one third insertion receiving portion and another third insertion receiving portion are formed. Opposed (opposed). This makes it easy to insert the protrusion into the third hole by the third insertion receiving portion formed so as to face (opposite), and allows the protrusion to be formed by the third holding portion formed to face (opposite). It can be held so as to be pinched. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the third hole and the protrusion inserted into the third hole can be held.

<Group D>
A plate body (for example, base plate 60 and cell sheet 60a) that forms a game area where a game medium is played on the front side, and a component (for example, through gate 7) disposed on the front side of the plate body , A gaming board (for example, gaming board 13),
A hole forming step (for example, a component positioning hole creating step (S201)) for forming a hole (for example, a through positioning hole 627) in the plate body;
A component placement step (for example, an attacker unit placement step (S206)) in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is placed on the plate;
A transport step (for example, a first transport step) for transporting the plate body such that the vertical direction of the front view of the plate body is a predetermined direction with respect to the transport direction of the plate body;
A transport stop means for stopping the transport of the plate (for example, when the game board 13 is transported from the attacker unit mounting step (S206) to the main display unit mounting step (S207) in the first transport step);
The game formed through a component fixing step (for example, a first screwing step (S212)) for fixing the component placed on the plate whose transportation has been stopped by a fixing tool (for example, a screw). With a board,
The hole is
An insertion receiving portion (for example, a through taper portion 627b) that accepts the insertion of the protruding portion into the hole;
A holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) that holds the protruding portion inserted into the hole,
The holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in the direction intersecting the transport direction of the plate body in the hole.

  According to the gaming machine D0, a game area in which a game medium is played on the front side of the board is formed, and the parts are arranged on the front side of the board, and the game board is formed by the board and the parts. In the main holding forming process, a hole into which the protrusion of the component is inserted is formed in the plate body, and in the component mounting process, the protrusion is inserted into the hole, and the component is mounted on the plate body, and the conveying process Accordingly, the plate body is transported so that the vertical direction of the plate body in a front view is a predetermined direction with respect to the transport direction of the plate body, the transport of the plate body is stopped by the transport stop means, The parts placed on the plate that has been stopped are fixed by fixtures, and are provided with a game board formed through the above-described steps. The insertion receiving part provided in the hole projects the hole. Part is accepted and inserted into the hole by the holding part provided in the hole. Raised portion is held. And a holding | maintenance part is formed in the predetermined position of the direction which cross | intersects the conveyance direction of a board | plate body in a hole.

  Conventionally, an inertial force in the transport direction is applied to the plate that is transported in the transport process. And when conveyance of a plate is stopped by a conveyance stop process, the impact based on the said inertial force is added to the components mounted in the plate. Further, when the transport of the stopped plate is started in the transport process, an impact based on inertia is applied to the component placed in a stopped state on the plate. Since the component placed on the plate before the component fixing step is not fixed to the plate by the fixture, the placement position of the component may be shifted due to the impact generated in the transfer step and the transfer stop step. . Therefore, a projection is formed in the component, a hole is formed in the plate, and the projection is inserted into the hole to hold the component with respect to the plate. In such a situation, depending on the impact generated when the conveyance of the plate is stopped, the projection may protrude from the hole, and the component placement position may be displaced from the plate. .

  Therefore, by forming the holding portion provided in the hole at a predetermined position in the direction intersecting with the conveyance direction of the plate body, even when an impact in the conveyance direction accompanying the conveyance stop of the plate body is given to the component, The protrusion and the hole holder are configured to contact each other. With such a configuration, even when an impact based on an inertial force in the conveyance direction is applied to a component when the conveyance of the plate body is stopped or the conveyance is started, the protrusion and the holding unit contact and interfere with each other. By sticking together, it is possible to prevent the protrusion from jumping out of the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the placement position of the component from being shifted during the conveyance of the plate.

In gaming machine D0,
In the transporting step, the plate body is transported so that the front view vertical direction of the plate body is orthogonal to the transport direction,
The holding part is provided with at least two or more,
In the hole, the gaming machine D1 is formed so that the holding portion is opposed to a direction crossing the vertical direction (a direction parallel to the transport direction of the plate body).

  According to the gaming machine D1, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine D0, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the transporting process, the plate body is transported so that the front view vertical direction of the plate body is orthogonal to the transport direction, at least two or more holding portions are provided, and the direction intersecting the vertical direction of the plate body in the hole (plate body) The holding part is formed so as to oppose (opposite) in a direction parallel to the transport direction. Thereby, for example, when the conveyance of the plate body is stopped, even if the projection of the component is slightly inclined to the front side in the conveyance direction when the conveyance of the plate body is stopped, one holding portion on the front side in the conveyance direction of the hole Interferes with the protruding portion, and the other holding portion on the rear side in the transport direction of the hole interferes with the protruding portion, and the protruding portion and the holding portion of 2 interfere with each other. Therefore, even when an impact occurs during the conveyance of the plate body, by holding the protruding portion so as to sandwich the protruding portion between the two holding portions, it is possible to prevent the protruding portion from jumping out of the hole. There is. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the placement position of the component from being shifted during the conveyance of the plate.

In the gaming machine D1,
In the component placing step, the component is placed from a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction of the plate body.

  According to the gaming machine D2, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine D1, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the component placing step, the component is placed from a direction orthogonal to the plate transport direction. Therefore, when the worker places the component on the plate body from the direction orthogonal to the conveying direction of the plate body, the worker can perform the work in a state in which the plate body is viewed from the upper side or the lower side when viewed from the front. it can. In particular, when the work is performed while looking at the plate body from the lower side of the front view of the plate body, the work can be performed with the plate body viewed from the front. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to easily perform the work of placing the parts, increase the work efficiency, and improve the manufacturing efficiency of the game board.

In any of the gaming machines D0 to D2,
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
The gaming machine D3, wherein the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are respectively formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole.

  According to the gaming machine D3, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines D0 to D2, the following effects are produced. That is, the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. As a result, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion inserted into the hole can be immediately held by the holding portion while the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be held while being reliably inserted into the hole.

In the gaming machine D3,
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The holding portion is a constant load means (e.g., through straight) that constantly applies elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to the predetermined depth. A gaming machine D4 including an inner diameter of the portion 627a.

  According to the gaming machine D4, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine D3, the following effects are achieved. That is, the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, and the plate body is always applied to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth by the constant load means provided in the holding portion. The elastic force is applied. Accordingly, the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protrusion by the load means and the protrusion can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to keep holding the protruding portion inserted into the hole and prevent the component from being detached from the plate.

In gaming machine D4,
The gaming machine D5, wherein the constant load means is formed such that the size of the holding portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion.

  According to the gaming machine D5, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D4, the following effects are produced. That is, in the constant load means, the size of the holding portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion. Accordingly, the plate body is elastically deformed so that the protrusion can be inserted into the holding portion, and the elastic force of the plate body can be continuously applied to the protrusion inserted into the holding portion. . Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to keep holding the protruding portion inserted into the hole by the constant load means of the holding portion and prevent the component from being detached from the plate.

In any of the gaming machines D3 to D5,
The insertion receiving portion includes an insertion holding portion (for example, a through projection 7f in the through taper portion 627b and an outer diameter) that holds the projection portion from a predetermined portion of the hole less than the predetermined depth to the predetermined depth. A game machine D6 characterized in that the game machine D6 has a matching portion.

  According to the gaming machine D6, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines D3 to D5, the following effects are produced. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the protrusion is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion, and the insertion is provided from the predetermined portion less than the predetermined depth of the hole to the predetermined depth. The protrusion inserted into the hole is held by the holding portion. This makes it easy to insert the protruding portion into the hole by the insertion receiving portion, and holds the protruding portion inserted into the hole by the insertion holding portion provided from the predetermined portion of the hole to the predetermined depth. it can. Therefore, the protrusion can be held by the holding portion, and the protrusion can be additionally held by the insertion holding portion, so that the holding force of the protrusion inserted into the hole is increased and the component comes off the plate body. This is advantageous in that it is possible to improve the mounting performance of components to the game board.

In gaming machine D6,
The insertion receiving portion is
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protrusion,
In the predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion,
The gaming machine D7, wherein the insertion holding portion is formed so that the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion from the predetermined portion of the hole to the predetermined depth.

  According to the gaming machine D7, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine D6, the following effects are produced. That is, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion, and at the predetermined depth of the hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion. Then, the insertion holding portion is formed so that the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth.

  Conventionally, there is a (first) hole that can hold the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole as a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. This (first) hole has only an elastically deformable holding part on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the size of the holding part is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion part. The protrusion of the component inserted into the (first) hole can be held by the holding portion of the (first) hole. However, when trying to insert the protrusion into the (first) hole, the size of the holding part is smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, so that the protrusion is not firmly inserted into the (first) hole, and the component is There was a situation where it was not securely fixed to the body.

  In addition, as a hole into which the protruding portion of the component can be inserted, there is a (second) hole that easily accepts insertion of the protruding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. This (second) hole has only an insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole so that the projection of the component can be easily inserted, and in the (second) hole, And an insertion holding portion. In the (second) hole, the size of the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is configured to be larger than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the insertion holding portion inside the (second) hole Is configured to be smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion, so that the protruding portion of the component is easily inserted on the surface of the (second) hole, and the (second) insertion holding portion provided inside the hole (second ) It is configured to be able to hold the protrusion inserted into the hole. However, the plate body has individual differences (thickness or hardness differences) due to manufacturing unevenness at the time of manufacture, and the function of the (second) hole insertion receiving portion or insertion holding portion is lowered due to the influence of the individual difference. May end up.

  Specifically, for example, when the (second) hole is formed largely due to the influence of individual differences in the plate, the insertion receiving part on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed large, (2) The insertion holding portion inside the hole is also formed large, and the projection of the component inserted into the (second) hole is not firmly held, and the component is securely fixed to the plate body. A situation that has not occurred. Further, for example, when the (second) hole is formed small due to the influence of individual differences of the plate bodies, the insertion receiving portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the (second) hole is formed small, and the projection There was a situation in which the part was not firmly inserted into the (second) hole and the component was not securely fixed to the plate.

  Therefore, as the hole into which the protrusion part of the component can be inserted, the insertion receiving part has a size larger than the outer shape of the protrusion part on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the hole has a predetermined depth. In this case, the size of the insertion receiving portion is formed to be smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion, and the insertion holding portion provided in the insertion receiving portion allows the insertion receiving portion to be sized from a predetermined portion of the hole to a predetermined depth. It is formed smaller than the outer shape of the protrusion. In addition, the elastic force of the plate body is always applied to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth by the constant load means of the holding portion. With this configuration, since the size of the insertion receiving portion is larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion on the surface of the hole, it is easy to insert the protruding portion into the hole, and from a predetermined portion to a predetermined depth. Since the size of the insertion receiving portion is smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion, the protruding portion inserted into the hole can be held. Further, the elastic force of the plate body can be always applied to the protruding portion by the always-loading means of the holding portion to hold the protruding portion. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held.

In gaming machine D7,
The gaming machine D8 is characterized in that the size of the insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually become narrower in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole.

According to the gaming machine D8, in addition to the effects played by the gaming machine D7, the following effects are achieved. That is,
The size of the insertion receiving portion is configured to gradually become narrower in the depth direction from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Thereby, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted from the surface side (hole edge) to the predetermined portion of the hole, the protrusion is held from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth, and further, gradually from the predetermined portion to the predetermined depth. In addition, the elastic force of the plate loaded on the protrusion can be increased. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held.

In any of the gaming machines D0 to D8,
The holding part is provided with at least two or more,
In the hole, the game machine D9 is formed so that at least two of the holding portions face each other.

  According to the gaming machine D9, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machines D0 to D8, the following effects are produced. That is, at least two holding portions are provided, and at least two holding portions are formed to face each other (opposite) in the hole. As a result, the protruding portion of the component can be held so as to be sandwiched by the holding portion of the hole, so that the force to hold the protruding portion is increased and the protruding portion can be prevented from jumping out of the hole. There is.

In any of the gaming machines D0 to D9,
At least two or more insertion receiving portions are provided,
The gaming machine D10 is characterized in that at least two of the insertion receiving portions are opposed to each other in the hole.

  The gaming machine D10 has the following effects in addition to the effects played by the gaming machines D0 to D9. That is, at least two insertion receiving portions are provided, and at least two insertion receiving portions are formed to face each other (opposite) in the hole. Thereby, the projection of the component can be inserted into the space formed by the insertion receiving portion of one of the holes and the other insertion receiving portion, so that the projection can be easily inserted into the hole. There is.

In the gaming machine D10,
In the hole,
Forming the one holding part and the other holding part opposite to each other;
A gaming machine D11, wherein one insertion receiving portion and the other insertion receiving portion are formed to face each other.

  According to the gaming machine D11, in addition to the effects achieved by the gaming machine D10, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the hole, one holding part and the other holding part are formed so as to face each other (opposite), and one insertion receiving part and the other insertion receiving part face each other (opposite). This makes it easy to insert the protruding portion into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed so as to face (opposite) and holds the protruding portion so as to be sandwiched by the holding portion formed to face (opposite). Can do. Therefore, there is an effect that the protrusion can be easily inserted into the hole and the protrusion inserted into the hole can be held.

<Group E>
A plate body (for example, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a) that forms a game area where a game medium is played on the front surface side, and a plurality of components (for example, a starting prize opening unit) fixed to the front surface side of the plate body 4, a gaming machine comprising a gaming board (for example, gaming board 13) constituted by a through gate 7 and a main display unit 87),
The parts are
A base (for example, starting base 4e, through base 7b and main display base 87f) in contact with the plate,
Protrusions (for example, starting protrusions 4i, 4j, through protrusions 7e, 7f and main display protrusions 87j, 87k) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate body,
The plate is
An elastically deformable plate member (for example, the base plate 60);
A decorative sheet (for example, cell sheet 60a) to be adhered to the surface of the plate member;
A plurality of different types of holes (for example, main display positioning holes 609, 610, start positioning holes 620, 621 or through positioning holes 626, 627) formed so that the protrusions of the component can be inserted;
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
A first hole (e.g., a first constant load means for constantly applying an elastic force of the plate member to the protrusion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to the predetermined depth) Main display positioning holes 609, 610),
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a second hole (for example, a start positioning hole 620) having a second insertion receiving portion that is larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion and smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion at the predetermined depth. 621 or through positioning holes 626, 627),
The gaming machine E0 is characterized in that the component is disposed on the plate body by either the first hole or the second hole based on the transparency of the base.

  According to the gaming machine E0, a game area where a game is played using a game medium is formed on the front side of the board, a plurality of parts are fixed to the front side of the board, and the game board is configured by the board and the plurality of parts. The plurality of parts are provided with a base portion in contact with the plate body, and a protruding portion is provided on a side of the base portion in contact with the plate body. The plate member is provided with a plate member that can be elastically deformed. A decorative sheet is attached to the surface of the plate member, and a plurality of types of holes having different shapes into which the protrusions of the components can be inserted are formed. Further, in the first hole having the predetermined depth with respect to the plate body and having the first constant load means, the plate member is provided on the protruding portion from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole over the predetermined depth. The elastic force is applied. Further, in the second hole having the second insertion receiving portion, the insertion receiving portion is formed to be larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion on the hole surface side (hole edge) and smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion at a predetermined depth of the hole. The Then, based on the transparency of the base of the component, the component is disposed on the plate body by either the first hole or the second hole.

  Since the plate member constituting the plate body is configured to be elastically deformable, the plate member is inserted into the plate member when the plate forming tool for hole formation is inserted into the plate body. When the plate body drilling tool is pulled out, a load based on elastic deformation of the plate member is applied to the plate body drilling tool. In addition, a decorative sheet is attached to the surface of the plate member, and when it is intended to pull out the plate drilling tool inserted in the plate body constituted by the plate member and the decorative sheet, the plate member is cut. While the installation tool is pulled out, the decorative sheet attached to the plate member also keeps in contact with the plate drilling tool as the plate member is elastically deformed. By the contact, the decorative sheet is peeled off from the plate member, and the decorative sheet is broken and peeled off at the hole edge of the hole.

  Here, the first hole is formed so as to have the first constant load means from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole to a predetermined depth of the hole. Therefore, when the first plate body drilling tool for the first hole is pulled out from the plate body, the decorative sheet comes into contact with the first plate body drilling tool under the influence of the first constant loading means of the plate member. Keep doing. Therefore, the decorative sheet peels relatively large on the hole surface (hole edge) of the first hole.

  On the other hand, the size of the second hole is large at the hole surface (hole edge) and small at a predetermined depth of the hole. For this reason, when pulling out the 2nd board drilling tool for the 2nd hole from a board part, contact with the drilling tool for 2nd board, a board member, and a decoration sheet can be controlled. Therefore, the decorative sheet does not peel off much on the hole surface (hole edge) of the second hole.

  Thus, although it comprises so that the magnitude | size of peeling of a decoration sheet may differ for every kind of hole, when the base part of components is transparent, the back surface side of a base part will be visually recognized. For this reason, the peeling formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the hole is visible to the player, and the decorativeness of the gaming machine is deteriorated. In such a case, based on the transparency of the base of the component, the component is disposed on the plate body by either the first hole or the second hole.

  Therefore, for example, since the back side of a component having a transparent base portion can be clearly seen, the component is arranged on the plate body using the second hole that does not deteriorate the decorativeness even if the back side is visible. Moreover, since the back side of the component whose base is opaque is not visible, the component is disposed on the plate body using the first hole. In this way, by changing the hole that holds the protrusion according to the transparency of the base of the component, it is possible to prevent a decrease in decorativeness when peeling of the decorative sheet is visible based on the transparency of the component. There is an effect that can be.

In the gaming machine E0,
The second hole is
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a pure second hole having only the second insertion receiving portion (for example, the start positioning holes 620 and 621),
A third insertion receiving portion that is larger than the outer shape of the protruding portion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole and smaller than the outer shape of the protruding portion at the predetermined depth, and the predetermined insertion point from the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. A composite second hole (e.g., through positioning holes 626 and 627) having a third constant load means for constantly applying an elastic force of the plate member to the protrusion over the depth of With
The first hole has a first peeling portion (for example, a straight peeling portion 60b) in which the decorative sheet is peeled from the plate member at a hole edge of the first hole,
The pure second hole has a pure second peeling part (for example, a taper peeling part 60c) formed smaller than the first peeling part at the hole edge of the pure second hole,
The composite second hole is a composite second peel part (for example, a hybrid taper peel part 60d and a hybrid taper peel part 60d) formed smaller than the first peel part and larger than the pure second peel part at the hole edge of the composite second hole. A hybrid straight peeling part 60e),
The gaming machine is characterized in that the component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the pure second hole, and the composite second hole provided based on the transparency of the base. E1.

  According to the gaming machine E1, in addition to the effects produced by the gaming machine E0, the following effects are produced. That is, in the pure second hole in which only the second insertion receiving portion is formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion. Further, in the composite second hole having the third insertion receiving portion and the third constant load means, the insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the third insertion reception portion, and inserted into the composite second hole by the third constant load means. The elastic force of the plate member is applied to the protrusion. Further, a first peeling portion is formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the first hole, and the decorative sheet is peeled off from the plate member, and the hole surface (hole edge) of the pure second hole is formed smaller than the first peeling portion. The formed pure second peeling portion is formed, and the composite second peeling portion formed smaller than the first peeling portion and larger than the pure second peeling portion is formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole. . Then, based on the transparency of the base of the component, the component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the pure second hole, and the composite second hole.

  The composite second hole is formed so as to have a third constant load means from the hole surface (hole edge) to a predetermined depth of the hole. For this reason, when pulling out the third plate body drilling tool for the composite second hole from the plate body, the decorative sheet is separated from the third plate body drilling tool under the influence of the third constant loading means of the plate member. Keep in touch. Further, in the third insertion receiving portion, the composite second hole is formed such that the size of the hole is large at the hole surface (hole edge) and small at the predetermined depth of the hole. When the tool is pulled out from the plate body, the contact between the third plate drilling tool, the plate member, and the decorative sheet can be suppressed. Accordingly, the composite second peeling portion formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole is formed by the influence of the third constant load means, but the composite second hole is the third constant load means and the third constant load means. Since it is comprised by the insertion receiving part, the composite 2nd peeling part formed in the hole surface (hole edge) of a composite 2nd hole is limited and formed near the 3rd always load means. Therefore, the composite second peeling portion formed on the hole surface (hole edge) of the composite second hole is smaller than the first peeling portion and larger than the pure second peeling portion.

  In this way, the size of each peeling portion is different for each type of hole, but when the base of the component is transparent, the back side of the base is visible, so the hole surface of the hole (hole The peeling portion formed on the edge) is visible to the player, and the decorativeness of the gaming machine is reduced. In such a case, based on the transparency of the base of the component, the component is disposed on the plate body by any one of the first hole, the pure second hole, and the composite second hole.

  Since the 1st peeling part formed in the surface of the hole of the 1st hole is comparatively large, it will reduce the decorating property of a game machine from the badness of the appearance. On the other hand, since the pure 2nd peeling part formed in the surface of the hole of a pure 2nd hole is formed smaller than a 1st peeling part, the decorating property of a game machine does not fall. In addition, since the composite second peeling portion formed on the surface of the hole of the composite second hole is smaller than the first peeling portion and larger than the pure second peeling portion, the decorativeness is more than the pure second hole. Although it decreases, the decorativeness does not decrease as much as the first hole.

  Therefore, for example, since the back side of a component with a transparent base is clearly visible, the component is disposed on the plate body using a pure second hole that does not deteriorate the decorativeness even if the back side is visible. In addition, since the back side of the component whose base is opaque is not visible, the first peeling portion is formed, but the component is arranged on the plate body using the first hole that is easy to hold the protrusion by the first constant load means. Make it. Furthermore, since the back side of the part whose base is translucent is visible to some extent, the composite second hole that is easy to hold the protrusion by the third always-on load means does not deteriorate the decorativeness even if the back side is visible. Used to arrange the parts on the plate.

  In this way, by holding the protrusion using the hole corresponding to the transparency of the base of the component, priority is given to preventing the deterioration of the decorative property when the peeling portion is visible based on the transparency of the component. It is possible to select whether to give priority to the fixing of the part, and to keep holding the protrusion while inserting the protrusion into the hole without deteriorating the decoration of the gaming machine. Therefore, while preventing the deterioration of the decorativeness of the gaming machine, it is possible to prevent the parts with different characteristics from being detached from the plate body, and to improve the mounting performance of the parts to the gaming board. is there.

<F group>
A plate body (for example, base plate 60 and cell sheet 60a) that forms a game area where a game medium is played on the front side, and a component (for example, through gate 7) disposed on the front side of the plate body , A manufacturing method of a gaming machine provided with a gaming board (for example, gaming board 13) comprising:
A hole forming step (for example, a component positioning hole creating step (S201)) for forming a hole (for example, a through positioning hole 627) in the plate body;
A component placement step (for example, an attacker unit placement step (S206)) in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is placed on the plate;
A transporting process for transporting the plate (for example, a first transporting process);
A transport stop process (for example, when the game board 13 is transported from the attacker unit mounting process (S206) to the main display unit mounting process (S207) in the first transport process) to stop transporting the plate body;
A game board is formed through a component fixing step (for example, a first screwing step (S212)) for fixing the component placed on the plate body whose conveyance is stopped by a fixing tool (for example, a screw). ,
In the hole forming step, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole,
An insertion receiving part (for example, a through taper part 627b) that accepts the insertion of the projection part into the hole;
A game machine manufacturing method F0, wherein a holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) that holds the protruding portion inserted into the hole is formed.

  According to the gaming machine manufacturing method F0, a game area in which a game is played with a game medium is formed on the front side of the board, and the parts are arranged on the front side of the board, and the game is formed by the board and the parts. A hole is formed in the plate body by the hole forming means, and the component is placed on the plate body by inserting the projection portion into the hole by the component placing process. In the process, the plate body is conveyed, in the conveyance stop process, the conveyance of the plate body is stopped, and in the component fixing process, the component placed on the plate body in which the conveyance is stopped is fixed by the fixture, and the above steps are performed. A game board is formed after that. Further, in the hole forming step, on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, an insertion receiving part that accepts insertion of the protruding part into the hole and a holding part that holds the protruding part inserted into the hole are formed. . Thus, the protrusion of the component is inserted into the hole by the insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and the protrusion of the component is also formed by the holding portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Part can be held. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent parts from being detached from the plate body in the plate body conveyance step and the conveyance stop step.

In the game machine manufacturing method F0,
In the hole forming step, the hole is formed so that the holding portion is positioned on the front side or the rear side in the conveyance direction of the plate body.

  According to the gaming machine manufacturing method F1, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine manufacturing method F0, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the hole forming step, the hole is formed so that the holding portion is positioned on the front side or the rear side in the conveyance direction of the plate.

  Conventionally, an inertial force in the transport direction is given to the plate transported in the transport process based on the transport. And when conveyance of a plate is stopped by a conveyance stop process, the impact based on the said inertial force is added to the components mounted in the plate. Further, when the transport of the stopped plate is started in the transport process, an impact based on inertia is applied to the component placed in a stopped state on the plate. Since the component placed on the plate before the component fixing step is not fixed to the plate by the fixture, the placement position of the component may be shifted due to the impact generated in the transfer step and the transfer stop step. . Therefore, a protrusion is formed in the component, a hole is formed in the plate, the protrusion is inserted into the hole, the component is held with respect to the plate, and the placement position of the game component is determined when the plate is transported. It is configured not to be misaligned. In such a situation, depending on the impact generated when the conveyance of the plate is stopped, the projection may protrude from the hole, and there is a possibility that the placement position of the game component is displaced from the plate. is there.

  Therefore, in the hole forming step, when the hole holding part is formed on the front side or the rear side in the plate conveyance direction, an impact in the conveyance direction accompanying the conveyance stop of the plate is given to the component However, the projecting portion of the component and the holding portion of the hole are configured to interfere with each other. With this configuration, even when an impact based on an inertial force in the conveyance direction is given to a component when the conveyance of the plate body is stopped, the protrusion and the holding portion interfere with each other. The portion can be prevented from jumping out of the hole. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the component placement position from being shifted due to the stop of the conveyance of the plate body.

In the gaming machine manufacturing method F1,
In the transporting step, transporting the plate body so that the front view vertical direction of the plate body is orthogonal to the transport direction of the plate body,
In the hole forming step, the holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in the direction intersecting with the vertical direction of the plate body in the hole in the hole.

  According to the gaming machine manufacturing method F2, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine manufacturing method F1, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the conveying step, the plate body is conveyed so that the vertical direction in the front view is orthogonal to the conveying direction, and in the hole forming step, the holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in the direction intersecting the vertical direction in the front view of the plate body. The Thereby, for example, even when the impact in the transport direction accompanying the stop of transport of the plate body is given to the component, the projecting portion of the component and the holding portion of the hole are configured to interfere with each other. That is, in the conveyance stop process, even when an impact based on the inertial force in the conveyance direction is given to the component along with the conveyance of the plate body, the protrusion and the holding portion interfere with each other, so that the protrusion Jumping out of the hole can be prevented. Therefore, in the manufacturing process of the game board, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the component placement position from being shifted due to the stop of the conveyance of the plate body.

In gaming machine F2,
In the hole forming step,
The holding part is provided with at least two or more,
A manufacturing method F3 of a gaming machine, wherein the holding portion is formed so as to face in a direction crossing a front view vertical direction of the plate body in the hole.

  According to the gaming machine manufacturing method F3, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine manufacturing method F2, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the hole forming step, at least two or more holding portions are provided, and the holding portions are formed so as to face (opposite) each other in a direction intersecting the vertical direction of the plate in the hole. Thereby, for example, when the conveyance of the plate body is stopped, even if the projection of the component is slightly inclined to the front side in the conveyance direction when the conveyance of the plate body is stopped, one holding portion on the front side in the conveyance direction of the hole Interferes with the protruding portion, and the other holding portion on the rear side in the transport direction of the hole interferes with the protruding portion, and the protruding portion and the holding portion of 2 interfere with each other. Therefore, even when an impact occurs during the conveyance of the plate body, by holding the protruding portion so as to sandwich the protruding portion between the two holding portions, it is possible to prevent the protruding portion from jumping out of the hole. There is. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the placement position of the component from being shifted during the conveyance of the plate.

In the game machine manufacturing method F3,
In the component placing step, the component is placed from a direction orthogonal to the conveying direction of the plate body.

  According to the gaming machine manufacturing method F4, in addition to the effects exhibited by the gaming machine manufacturing method F3, the following effects are achieved. That is, in the component placing step, the component is placed from a direction orthogonal to the plate transport direction. Therefore, when the worker places the component on the plate body from the direction orthogonal to the conveying direction of the plate body, the worker can perform the work in a state in which the plate body is viewed from the upper side or the lower side when viewed from the front. it can. In particular, when the work is performed while looking at the plate body from the lower side of the front view of the plate body, the work can be performed with the plate body viewed from the front, so that the work of placing the parts can be facilitated. It is possible to increase the work efficiency and improve the production efficiency of the game board.

<G group>
A large diameter portion (for example, a hybrid collar 323);
A small-diameter portion (for example, a hybrid trunk portion 324) configured with a diameter smaller than the large-diameter portion and provided coaxially with the large-diameter portion;
In a plate drilling tool (for example, a hybrid pin 321) having a tip formed in a sharp shape, and a tip (for example, a hybrid tip 325) provided coaxially with the small diameter part and the large diameter part. ,
The small diameter portion is
A small-diameter straight portion (for example, a hybrid straight portion 324a) formed in parallel toward the insertion direction;
A plate drilling tool comprising: a small-diameter taper portion (for example, a hybrid taper portion 324b) formed so that the diameter dimension continuously decreases from the large-diameter portion to the tip portion side. G0.

  According to the plate drilling tool G0, the large-diameter portion, the small-diameter portion having a smaller diameter than the large-diameter portion, the small-diameter portion provided coaxially with the large-diameter portion, the tip is formed in a sharp shape, and the small-diameter portion And a tip portion provided coaxially with the large-diameter portion, and a small-diameter straight portion is formed parallel to the insertion direction in the small-diameter portion, and the small-diameter tapered portion is continuous from the large-diameter portion to the tip-end side. The diameter is formed to be small. Thereby, the shape of the hole formed in the plate by the small-diameter portion is provided with a straight portion parallel to the piercing direction and a tapered portion with a continuously decreasing inner diameter dimension in the depth direction. In other words, the protruding portion of the component can be held by the straight portion of the hole while the protruding portion of the component is inserted into the hole by the tapered portion of the hole formed by the plate drilling tool G0. Therefore, the hole formed by the plate drilling tool G0 can keep the projection of the component inserted into the hole while being reliably inserted. As a result, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent the component from being detached from the plate body and to improve the mounting performance of the component to the game board.

  In addition, when the hole is formed by inserting the plate drilling tool G0 into the plate, the plate is elastically deformed while the plate punching tool G0 inserted into the plate is pulled out. However, contact with the small diameter tapered portion can be suppressed. Moreover, the decorative sheet stuck to the plate member can also suppress contact with the small diameter tapered portion. Therefore, the peeling part of the decoration sheet formed by contact of the small diameter part and the decoration sheet can be suppressed by the small diameter taper part, and the peeling part of the decoration sheet when the hole is formed in the plate body is made small. There is an effect that can be.

In the plate drilling tool G0,
The plate drilling tool is for forming a hole in the plate,
The small-diameter straight portion is a straight taper portion formed so that the diameter dimension is continuously increased on the large-diameter portion side at a position corresponding to the surface side (hole edge) of the hole formed in the plate body. A plate drilling tool G1 having (for example, a modified hybrid second tapered portion 334c).

  According to the plate body drilling tool G1, in addition to the effects produced by the plate body drilling tool G0, the following effects are produced. That is, a hole is formed in the plate body by the plate body drilling tool, and the diameter of the small-diameter straight portion is reduced by a straight taper portion provided at a position corresponding to the surface side (hole edge) of the hole formed in the plate body. It is formed so as to increase continuously on the large diameter side. Accordingly, when the plate punching tool G1 is pulled out from the plate body, the decorative sheet formed by reducing the portion of the small-diameter straight portion that comes into contact with the decorative sheet so that the small-diameter straight portion and the decorative sheet come into contact with each other. There is an effect that the peeled portion can be reduced.

<Group H>
A plate (for example, the base plate 60 and the cell sheet 60a) that forms a game area where a game medium is played on the front side, and a component (for example, the main display unit 87) fixed to the front side of the plate. In a gaming machine provided with a gaming board (for example, gaming board 13) configured by
The parts are
A base (for example, main display base 87f) in contact with the plate,
A protrusion (for example, main display protrusions 87j, 87k) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate,
The plate body includes a plurality of holes (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610) formed so that the protrusions of the component can be inserted.
The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The hole is provided with a constant load means (for example, the inner diameter of the main display positioning holes 609 and 610) that constantly applies the elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion.
The gaming machine H1 is characterized in that the hole is formed in the plate body so that one hole and the other hole have a predetermined positional relationship.

  According to the gaming machine H1, a game area where a game is played using a game medium is formed on the front side of the plate body, the game parts are fixed to the front side of the plate body, and the game board is configured by the plate body and a plurality of parts. The component is provided with a protrusion on the side of the base that contacts the plate, and the plate is formed with a plurality of holes into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. The plate is configured to be elastically deformable, and the elastic force of the plate is always applied to the protrusions inserted into the holes by the constant load means provided in the holes. Moreover, it forms in a plate so that one hole and another hole may become a predetermined positional relationship.

  The hole is configured to always apply the elastic force of the plate to the protrusion inserted into the hole. Therefore, even when the hole is formed in the plate body, the elasticity of the plate body with respect to the drilling tool while the drilling tool is inserted into the plate body with respect to the drilling tool for forming the hole. Giving power. In this case, when the drilling tool is pulled out from the plate body, if the load applied to the drilling tool is stronger than the weight of the plate body, the plate body is lifted.

  When forming holes in the plate body, for example, if only one side of the plate body is lifted and tilted, the position where the hole is formed by the drilling tool differs from the design value by the amount lifted and tilted. There is a risk of unevenness. Therefore, when forming a hole, a drilling tool is used with respect to the plate body so that one hole and the other hole have a predetermined positional relationship (for example, a relationship in which holes are uniformly arranged in the plate body). By arranging and forming holes, the plate body can be lifted without tilting when the drilling tool is pulled out to prevent tilting of the plate body and prevent the production of holes from becoming uneven. There is an effect that can be.

  The “predetermined positional relationship” may be any arrangement as long as the plate body is inclined and does not lift up. For example, a position where a plurality of holes are uniformly arranged in the plate body. Examples thereof include a positional relationship, a positional relationship in which the holes are arranged symmetrically in the left-right (upper and lower) direction of the plate, and a positional relationship in which the holes are arranged at equal intervals from the center position of the plate.

<Group I>
A plate (for example, a base plate 60 and a cell sheet 60a) that forms a game area where a game medium is played on the front side, and a plurality of components (for example, fixed adjacent to the front side of the plate, for example) In a gaming machine provided with a game board (for example, a game board 13) constituted by a general prize opening unit 3 and an attacker unit 5),
The plurality of parts are:
A base (for example, a general base 3d and an attacker base 5e) in contact with the plate,
A protrusion (for example, a general protrusion and an attacker protrusion) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate body,
The plate body includes holes (for example, general positioning holes 611 and 612 and attacker positioning holes 622 to 625) formed so that the protrusions of the components can be inserted.
A component placing step (for example, an attacker unit placing step (S206) and a general prize opening unit placing step (S213)) in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole and the component is placed on the plate body; ,
A transporting process for transporting the plate (for example, a first transporting process and a second transporting process);
A transport stop process (for example, when the game board 13 is transported from the attacker unit mounting process (S206) to the main display unit mounting process (S207) in the first transport process) to stop transporting the plate body;
A game board is formed through a component fixing step (for example, a first screwing step (S212)) for fixing the component placed on the plate body whose conveyance is stopped by a fixing tool (for example, a screw). ,
The parts include a front part (for example, the attacker unit 5) that is first placed on the plate body, and a rear part (for example, the general prize opening unit 3) that is placed on the plate body after the front part. With
The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
On the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, a first hole (for example, main display positioning holes 609 and 610) having a first holding part for holding the projection part;
A second hole (for example, an attacker positioning hole 622 to 625) having a second insertion receiving portion that accepts insertion of the protrusion on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole;
The gaming machine I1, wherein the protrusion of the tip part is inserted into the second hole.

  According to the gaming machine I1, a game area where a game using a game medium is performed is formed on the front side of the plate body, and a plurality of adjacent components are fixed to the front side of the plate body. A gaming board is configured, and a plurality of components are provided with protrusions on the side of the base that contacts the plate, and holes in which the protrusions of the components can be inserted are formed in the plate. In addition, the projecting part is inserted into the hole by the component placing process, the component is placed on the plate body, the plate body is transported by the transport process, and the transport of the plate body is stopped by the transport stop process. In the fixing step, the components placed on the plate whose conveyance has been stopped are fixed by the fixing tool, and the game board is formed through the above steps. Further, in the component placing step, the leading part is placed on the plate body first, and the rear part is placed on the plate body after the leading part. Further, the hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate body, and in the first hole, the protrusion is held by the first holding part formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole, and in the second hole, The insertion of the protrusion is accepted by the second insertion receiving portion formed on the surface side (hole edge) of the hole. Then, in the component placement step, the protrusion of the previous component is inserted into the second hole.

  The front part is configured to be placed before the rear part among the parts to be placed on the plate. If the front part is not securely inserted into the hole, there is a risk that the subsequent part that is subsequently placed on the plate will not be properly placed on the plate. Therefore, the front part placed on the plate body before the rear part arranged adjacently is placed on the plate body using the second hole having the second insertion receiving portion into which the protrusion is easily inserted. Thereby, there is an effect that the front part can be surely inserted into the second hole, and the front part and the rear part can be surely placed on the plate body.

<Group J>
A plate body (for example, base plate 60 and cell sheet 60a) that forms a game area where a game medium is played on the front side, and a component (for example, through gate 7) disposed on the front side of the plate body , A gaming board (for example, gaming board 13),
The parts are
A base (for example, a through base 7b) in contact with the plate,
A projection (for example, through projections 7e and 7f) provided on the side of the base that contacts the plate body,
The plate is
Holes (for example, through positioning holes 626 and 627) formed so that the protrusions of the parts can be inserted;
The hole is
An insertion receiving portion (for example, a through taper portion 627b) that accepts the insertion of the protruding portion into the hole;
A holding portion (for example, a through straight portion 627a) that holds the protruding portion inserted into the hole,
The holding portion is formed at a predetermined position in a direction intersecting with a direction in which the plate body is conveyed in a state in which the protrusion is inserted into the hole when the game board is manufactured. .

  According to the gaming machine J1, a game area in which a game medium is played on the front side of the board is formed, and the parts are arranged on the front side of the board, and the board is formed by the board and the parts. The component is provided with a protrusion on the side of the base that contacts the plate, and the plate is formed with a hole into which the protrusion of the component can be inserted. The insertion of the protrusion is accepted, and the protrusion inserted into the hole is held by the holding part. And at the time of manufacture of a game board, a holding | maintenance part is formed in the predetermined position of the direction which cross | intersects the direction in which a board body is conveyed in the state in which the projection part was inserted in the hole.

  Conventionally, an inertial force in the conveying direction of the plate body is given when the plate body is manufactured. When the conveyance of the plate body is stopped, an impact based on the inertial force is applied to the components placed on the plate body. Further, when the transport of the stopped plate is started, an impact based on inertia is applied to the component placed in a stopped state on the plate. If the impact is applied before the component placed on the plate is fixed at the time of manufacturing the plate, the placement position of the component may be displaced. Therefore, a projection is formed in the component, a hole is formed in the plate, and the projection is inserted into the hole to hold the component with respect to the plate. In such a situation, depending on the impact generated when the conveyance of the plate is stopped, the projection may protrude from the hole, and the component placement position may be displaced from the plate. .

  Therefore, by forming the holding portion provided in the hole at a predetermined position in the direction intersecting with the conveyance direction of the plate body, even when an impact in the conveyance direction accompanying the conveyance stop of the plate body is given to the component, The protrusion and the hole holder are configured to contact each other. With such a configuration, even when an impact based on an inertial force in the conveyance direction is applied to a component when the conveyance of the plate body is stopped or the conveyance is started, the protrusion and the holding unit contact and interfere with each other. By sticking together, it is possible to prevent the protrusion from jumping out of the hole. Therefore, there is an effect that it is possible to prevent (suppress) the placement position of the component from being shifted during the conveyance of the plate.

  In addition, with respect to any configuration of the gaming machines A0 to A9, the gaming machines B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1 You may apply the structure limited in any one. In addition, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines B0 to B26, the gaming machines A0 to A9, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1 You may apply the structure limited in any one. In addition, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines C0 to C20, the gaming machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1 You may apply the structure limited in any one. In addition, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines D0 to D11, the gaming machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1 You may apply the structure limited in any one. In addition, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines E0 to E4, the gaming machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1 You may apply the structure limited in any one. In addition, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines F0 to F4, the gaming machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1 You may apply the structure limited in any one. In addition, for any of the configurations of the gaming machines G0 to G1, the gaming machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, H1, I1, and J1 You may apply the structure limited in any one. Further, with respect to the configuration of the gaming machine H1, any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, I1, and J1. The configuration limited in (1) may be applied. Further, with respect to the configuration of the gaming machine I1, any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, and J1. The configuration limited in (1) may be applied. Further, with respect to the configuration of the gaming machine J1, any one of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1 The configuration limited in 1 may be applied. In these cases, further effects can be achieved by applying each configuration.

  One of the gaming machines A0 to A9, B0 to B26, C0 to C20, D0 to D11, E0 to E4, F0 to F4, G0 to G1, H1, I1, and J1, the gaming machine is a pachinko gaming machine A gaming machine K1 characterized by Among them, the basic configuration of a pachinko gaming machine is provided with an operation handle, and a ball is launched into a predetermined game area based on the operation of the operation handle, and the ball is placed in an operation port arranged at a predetermined position in the game area. As a necessary condition for winning (or passing through the operating port), the identification information dynamically displayed on the display means is determined and stopped after a predetermined time. In addition, when a special gaming state occurs, a variable winning device (specific winning opening) disposed at a predetermined position in the gaming area is opened in a predetermined manner so that a ball can be won, and a value corresponding to the number of winnings is obtained. Examples include those to which values (including data written on magnetic cards as well as premium balls) are given.

7 Through gate (part of parts)
7f Through protrusion (part of protrusion)
10 Pachinko machines (game machines)
13 game board 60 base board (part of the plate)
60a Cell sheet (part of plate)
321 Hybrid pin 627 Through positioning hole (part of hole)
627a Through straight part (part of holding part)
627b Through taper part (part of insertion receiving part)

Claims (3)

In a gaming machine provided with a game board composed of a plate body in which a game area where a game medium is played on the front side is formed, and parts fixed to the front side of the plate body,
The parts are
A base in contact with the plate,
A protrusion provided on the back side of the base, and
The plate is
A hole formed so that the protrusion of the component can be inserted;
The hole is
An insertion receiving portion that accepts insertion of the protruding portion into the hole;
A holding portion for holding the protruding portion inserted into the hole;
A gaming machine characterized by comprising: The hole has a predetermined depth with respect to the plate,
The gaming machine according to claim 1, wherein the insertion receiving portion and the holding portion are respectively formed on a surface side of the hole. The plate is configured to be elastically deformable,
The holding portion is provided with a constant load means for constantly applying an elastic force of the plate body to the protrusion from the surface side of the hole to the predetermined depth. The gaming machine according to claim 2.

Images